A TREATISE OF English Particles SHOWING How to render them according to the Propriety and Elegancy of the Latin: with A PRAXIS upon the same.  
Whereunto is Affixed IDIOMATOLOGIAE Anglo-latinae Specimen OR, A Taste of an English-latine phraseology.  
At first intended for the private benefit of Louth-School but now published for the Common good By W. W. Master of the Free Grammar-School of K. EDWARD the VI, in LOUTH in Lincolnshire.  
LONDON Printed by R. & W. L. for T. GARTHWAIT at the Little North-door of St. Paul's Church, 1655.   
A. Gellius Noct. Att. l. 11. c. 3. Quando ab arbitris negotiisque otium est, & motandi corporis gratia aut spatiamur aut vectamur, quaerere nonnunquam apud meipsum soleo res ejusmodi, parvas quidem minutásque & hominibus non bene eruditis aspernabiles: sed ad veterum scripta penitus noscenda & ad scientiam linguae Latinae cumprimis necessarias; velut est, quod forte nuper in Praenestino recessu verspertina ambulatione solus. ambulans considerabam, qualis quantáque esset PARTICULARUM quarundam in Oratione Latina varietas, etc.  

To the right Worshipful, the ornament of Learning, and Encourager of the Learned Mr. PETER BRADLY Warden of the School of King EDWARD the Sixth in LOUTH. And to the Worshipful Mr. John North Justice of the Peace for the said Town. Together with the rest of the Venerable Company of Assistants. His singular good Friends and Patrons W. W. wisheth a blessed accomplishment of grace on Earth, and glory in Heaven.  
Gentlemen.  
SInce your first most gracious reception of me, into so calm a harbour as Louth hath proved in the midst of the late so stormy times, you have still to this day, so continually with your favours, honoured and encouraged me in my endeavours, that I have ever held myself in duty bound both by private service, and public acknowledgement, to make you, what possible returns of thanks I should by Providence be empowered to. And this is the ground of this present consecration of this Treatise to your Names; for whose numerous favours towards me, I have designed it as a monument of my thankfulness: which to express, this is the best, and indeed the only way that I have, or can hope for. And truly were it better, (even so good, as to seem worthy of your acceptance) you should have the best. And the best you well deserve to have, whose merits justly claim the all, of what is possible in any way of gratitude to be ever done by  
Your Worship's most humble and most thankful servant, William Walker. Louth School April 25th 1655   

Eximio Viro D no Johanni Clarke sacrae Theologiae Baccalaureo, Scholae Lin colniensis nuper Moderatori, Suóque in perpetuum summè colendo Praeceptori, Guilielmus Walker S. P. D.  
PRaeter communes observantiae nexus, quibus, unà cum reliquis omnibus discipulis tuis, clarisssimis plerisque viris, obstrictus teneor, ipse certè peculiari quâdam, unique propriâ mihi ratione, aeternùm tibi devinctus sum: ut qui non modò artificem pollice sub tuo vultum puer duxerim, verùm jam inde à meo ex ephebis egressu, omnibus à te modis usque auctus fuerim, & honestatus. Ac p●oinde, quod divino jam tandem numine consecutus s●m, id mihi in primis semper votis fuit, nempe ut nomini dicatum tuo existerct per me olim monumentum, quà tuorum erga me sun-morum certè beneficiorum, quà meae item quàm debitissimae in te observantiae atque gratitudinis. Hasce itaque qual●s quales si udiorum meorum primitias tibi jam hercle pridem, Vir ●raestantissime, devotas sereno precor vultu excipias: nec tam respicias quantum sit cultoris munus, quàm qui in te colentis animus: qui si ingratus apud te minùs audiet, cùm gratias tua meas beneficiae superent, triumphabo. Quanquam vel ipsum planè hoc, quod tenuissimi ego censùs homo tibi offero, tantùm non est totum tuum: tuo quippe inprimis concinnatum consilio, tuo saepiùs limatum stylo, tuo denique solius quasi obstetricantis excusum, seu, ut veriùs dicam, exclusum auxilio: ut nihil interim dicam, quantum id demum fit, quod meo huic ascitum, atque insertum operi, tuis acceptum studiis referre debeam. Foetum itaque hunc meum, (vel veriùs tuum, cujus quippe meum vix est quicquam, praeterquam quod in eo est peccatum) foràs jam reptantem quidem at suis nondum satis valentem viribus, tuis dignare, quaeso, auspiciis emittere, tutelâ protegere, auctoritate defendere. Sic utique fiet, ut laudes qui in praesentiâ tuas vix balbutire queat, eas in posterum, si minùs exornare, saltem effari valeat. Vivas proin, ac salvus precor, quàm diutissimè fis, Ornatissime Domine, Honoratissime Praeceptor, & ipsius usque studiis favere pergas, qui charius sibi nihil unquam, aut antiquius duxit, quàm ut à Magistro te quondam suo agnosceretur  
Discipulus semper tuus humillimus, gratissimus, Tuique observantissimus, quoad vixerit, servus Guilielmus Walker. Ludae octavo Calend. Maii, Anno Dom. 1655.   

The Preface to the Reader.  
Courteous Reader,  
THe public good being the principal aim of this Treatise, and so the publication thereof justifiable upon that ground, I shall forbear to trouble thee with any impertinent relation either of its first birth or after growth 
Being at first a naked collection of observations for my private use out of the Writings of several English Authors, viz. Master Danes, Master Poole, Mr. Brinsley, Master Clark, the Author of the Supplementa ad Grammaticam Ordinariam, etc. and after brought to this bigness and form by further consultation with other Grammarians and Writers of Particles, viz. Jul. Scaliger, Joh. Ger. Vossius, Augustinus Saturnius, Godeschalcus Stewichius, Adam Durrerus, Horat. Tursellinus, Laurent. Valla, Philip. Pareus, Master Farnabic, Doctor Hawkins, the Dictionary Latin and English in 12mo, &c  but such as it is present thee with it, after I shall have first premised some few things needful to be known touching the Use and design of the Book.  
To make it appear that the Book is useful, I shall not be so injurious to thy patience, as to say much: there being nothing even to common apprehensions more evident, than that much, if not the most, of that quaintness, that any language can boast of, consists in the elegant use of the Particles thereof, which, like the Arteries in the body, running through the whole, add life and motion, strength and grace to every part. So that to clear the way to so useful a skill from those so many errors, and difficulties, which it is obnoxious to, and obstructed with, through the great variety of use, that is made of our English Particles (the ignorance whereof is the cause of those many gross and ridiculous Barbarismes committed daily by young Learners, for whose use chief this work is designed) will be conceived, as I have great hopes, a work of equal use and need.  
Now as to the way of Using it, I conceive the first and fullest use of it may be this, viz. for the Learner to commit all or the most material Rules unto memory having had the force thereof made clear unto him by the Examples. After which I could wish him so perfected in the Praxis, as to be able to give the Latin for the English without Book: and then of himself, or at least by the help of the directive figures, to find out and give the Rule for every Particle, why it is, or aught to be so rendered into Latin.  
But if this course (which I only propound, not prescribe) seem either too tedious or laborious to be taken, then may the Learner be put to the Praxis at the first, and caused to learn so much thereof at a time, as he can by the help of the Directions there given find out, and examine the Rules for, till the whole be gone over twice or thrice. After which the Industrious Teacher may be pleased to compose new Englishes of his own for his Scholars, either in the method of the Chapters, or promiscuously as he shall think fit. And the better to furnish him with matter for that purpose, I have to most of the Rules in the Treatise added Supernumerary troops of Examples pressed as auxiliaries for that service Although they are brought in for other ends also; as, viz. to justify some Examples, which otherwise perhaps, might by some be suspected as not warrantable; To be a fuller evidence and exemplification to the Rule; And besides, that the learners observation may hereby be exercifed by trying how he can construe them according to the Idiom of the English observable in the Rule.  
But then a third use of this Book may be for those who desire rather to deal with Examples than with Rules: for even to such the Book may be very profitable, if by reading, hearing read, and examining, they become well versed in the rendering of the Examples (which for that purpose are so distinguished by Letter and Column, that they may be obvious to the eye on a sudden): for besides the learning of so many elegant Phrases they will by degrees be enabled of themselves to make others by Analogy: especially if they now and then reflect somewhat upon the Rule, and take some notice of the sense of it in general: which often some emphatical word therein will suggest to them, as the words, place, time and number in the three first Rules of the first Chapter. And indeed the benefit of Rules is more than to be wholly neglected by any: For Proficients especially will upon experience find some assistance thereby both to judgement and memory. Nor is every young Scholar able to guide himself by mere Examples (which often are seemingly alike, but really different) to a proper and distinct imitation of them. And therefore should we teach by mere example, we should find ourselves ever and anon driven to interpose Rules occasionally: which if not written down, are apt to be forgotten. And therefore for help in such cases, here are Rules in readiness to be consulted upon occasion.  
Yet again the Book may be useful in a fourth way: for the Scholar, having by him this Treatise (which is as it were a Dictionary of Particles) may often help himself very much in many difficulties, that he shall meet withal in almost every Exercise, by having recourse to this Book, wherein endeavour hath been made, that there might be some direction for him in such exigencies.  
Fifthly, there may be made of it an Use not inconsiderable, by exercising the Learners thereof in rending vice versa the Latin Examples into English, which will help somewhat, not Foreigners only, but our own Countrymen also to a proper Idiom in our English phrase, wherein many are deficient, and therefore the more regarded all along this Book.  
Sixthly and lastly, I might add that there are here and there scattered up and down divers Critical ohservations, which may be of use or delight even to those Scholars which have attained to some degree of proficiency.  
Now for the Method of the Book, I have endeavoured to contrive it into the most commodious way, placing the Particles treated of therein according to the order of the Alphabet, so that every thing might be in as much readiness as I could. And yet notwithstanding the great distance that I live at from London, hath been the cause that some Additions, & some few alterations in the Book have come too late to the Press, and so are not in that order wherein otherwise they should have been. But being that it is better that they should come in so, than not at all, especially since they may be readily found by the Index, be pleased therefore, where any of them relates to any particular Rule, etc. to set with thy pen over against that Rule, etc. an Asterisk or some such mark, together with the number of the page where that Addition is to be found: and that will intimate, that there is something further concerning that place to be found in the Additions.  
Some words and observables are here inserted, which perhaps may be thought by some not to come so properly under the name of Particles; but being but few and very useful I would not omit them.  
And now wishing thee as much both pleasure and profit by the reading of this Book, as I have had trouble and pains in the writing of it, I shall here below for a conclusion give thee a taste of some of those Barbarismes mentioned in the former part of this Preface, which are those Diseases that my chief Design in this Book is to prevent or cure; The first Column containing some Englishes; the second such childish and bald Latins, as we often find them turned into; which in the third are corrected according to the Rules there specified.  
But for you I had died. Sed pro te periissem. Absque te essetperiissem, c. 13. r. 2. I am glad that you are well. Gaudeo ut tu bene vales. Quod tu bene vales gaudeo, etc. c. 41. r. 6. We were scarcely set at Table but- Vix eramus sesse ad Mensam sed Ad mensam vix consederamus quin— c. 52. r. 1. c. 13. r. 4. He is so far from gaping after it. Est tam procul ab oscitatione post id. Tantum abest ut illi inhiet; adeo illi non inhiat: c. 34. r. 8. c. 3. r. 4. He was angry at me for it. Irascebatur apud me nam id. Eâ de cause [propterea] mihi succensuit, c. 8. r. 11. c. 15. r. 2. You are not to be blamed for not thinking so. Nones culpari pro non cogitante sic. Non es culpandus quod non sic judices, c. 44. Note 1. c. 34. r. 4. I will lend it you but for a month. Commodabo tibi sed enim mensem. Commodabo tibi tantum in mensem, c. 13. r. 8. c. 1●. r. 7. He cannot learn without he be taught. Non potest discere extra doceatur. Discere non potest nisi doceatur, c. 48. r. 3. There is little hope of it for all that. Est p●rva spes ejus Pro omni eo. Attamen, [tamen, nihilominus] exiguaspes est, c. 15. r. 11. I make no question but Non facio quaestionem sed. Nihil dubito quinc. 13. r. 7. It becomes not a man to scold like a woman. Non fit homo jurgare similis mulieri. Virum non decet muliebriter rixari, c. 9 r. 3. It shall not be long of me. Non erit longum mei. Per me non stabit quo minus [non ero in causâ] etc. c. 21. r. 2.   

Ad AUCTOREM.  
REmitto Tibi, Vir Doctissime Opusculum tuum, maximâ sane cum gratulatione existere etiamnum è nobis aliquem, qui in mediâ Saeculi barbarie veram & nativam Latini Sermonis puritatem, etiam in optimis temporibus vix satis vel intellectam vel animadversam, & exerceat & doceat. In quo, sicut Rem tolam vehementer probo, ità Materiae ipsius delectu valde capior, qui in eo versatur doctrinae genere, in quo maxim a existat & Elegantia & Difficultas. Caetera quod attinet, nolo importunis laudibus vel aliorum judicio praescribere, vel nomini tuo invidiam facete; id certè, (siquid Ego ex hâc parte intelligo) ausim promittere, non Tyrocinia tantùm, quorum in gratiam potissimùm haec scripta sunt, expectatos fructus abunde perceptura, sed eos etiam qui multò majores in litteris humanioribus progressus fecerint, haud contemnenda exinde operaepretia facturos. Vale, Vir amicissime; & elegantissimos hosce labores tuos Amicis Reique Publicae litterariae fac quam primum impertias. Id impatienter expectat  
Addictissimè Tuus J. Nicholas Med. D.   

In eruditiss. amici mei D. G. Walker, de vario Particularum usu Opus Anglo-latinum, magni & usûs & laboris, pueriles versionum ineptias è Scholis foeliciter eliminans.  

Romanos rerum Dominos, Orbisque Britanni  
Vicisti; ferulaeque facis submittere fasces:  
Roma caput mundi, facta est Provincia; oujus  
Linguam etiam nobis subigis conferre tributa.  
Quantus (Io!) plausus, captivum tradere nostris  
Vel pueris Latium, totum quod vicerat Orbem!  
In tenui labor; at tenuis non est labor; unum  
Omnes evolvisse libros, veterique subactâ  
Italiâ, doctas calam● circundare Athenas.  
Atreum, & Alciden alii, titulosque superbos  
Ponant; ex minimis tibi surgit gloria major.  
Ille Tarentinus volucrem struxisse columbam  
Quem referunt, artisque, operisque, peritior exit,  
Quàm quos ingentem dicunt conflâsse Colossum.  
Arte, usuque valent libri; sic ergo capacem  
Sic placet angustis animum summittere curis,  
Exigua ut magnum tibi dent monosyllaba nomen,  
Quale nec, immeritas quamvis nive conspuat Alps,  
Furius, aut fumos populo, nugasque sonoras  
Quisquam alius, qui vendit, habet. Sit gloria rara  
Haec tua; at, impensis an par sit quaero; nec aequum est  
Haereat in parvis, qui in magnos sufficit usus.  
Dic Musae Genioque tuo, majora canamus;  
Aude aliquid magnum, tenuesque relinquito curas  
His quibus ingenium tenue est; Quin ponis ayenam?  
Arma virumque cane; & Linguarum retia blanda  
Ab●umpens, tu res, non tantum scribito verba;  
Ascende, & certam per te dent pulpita vocem;  
Ut capita abscondant audax inscitia, & error;  
Impia nec piet as imponat imagine falsâ,  
Tramite q●●● ●ngusto miseros deducit ad Orcum.  
Ludio adhuc cernens incenc●ia? diripit hostis  
Urbem, & tu vacuus numeros in pulvere ducis?  
Quin cicus arma cape, & Satyrâ transfige nocentes,  
Quos infame maner lignumq●e & debitus Orcus,  
Ficta licet pietas, rabies & credula vulgi  
Ad coelum evexit, superosque lacesscre fecit.  
Vel tu intende lyra● sylvasque, ferasque sequentes  
Detonde, & demulce, & reddas carmine mentem.  
Vel prelum percurre oculo, subtilia solvens  
Bella Scholae, & tenui deducta sopbismata filo;  
Sat ludo, puerisque datum; te magna morantur;  
Incumbas, & scribe viris, & consule famae.   
Jo. Callcroft Art. Mag. Coll. Regin. Cant.   

A TREATISE OF English Particles.  

CHAP. 1. Of the Particle About.  
1. ABout) Joined with a word of Place, is made in Latin, 
I.  by Circum or Circa: as,  
Commander about the shores Errare circum littora. Virg. He took the Towns tound about Capua. Urbes circa Capuam occupavit. Cic.  
¶ Namque videbat uti bellantes Pergama circum hac fugerent Graii. Aen. 1. Circum Aquileiam hyemabant. Caes. Com. 1. Visâ circa caput flammâ. Flor. 1. 6. Capillus passus, prolixus, circum caput rejectus negligentèr. Ter. Heaut. A. 2. Sc. 3.  
2. (About) Joined with a word of Time, and signifying at, 
II.  or almost, is made by quasi, circiter, ferè, circa, sub, ad, and plus minus: as,  
And it was about the sixth hour. Erat autem ferè hora sexta [quasi sexta.] About noon. Circa meridiem. About eight a clock. Octavam circiter horam. Hor About the same time. Sub id tempus. About sixteen years old. Annos ad sedecim natus. About thirty days. Dies plus minus triginta.  
¶ Quantulus vobis videtur? mihi quidem quasi pedalis. Cic. Quasi quadraginta minas, Plaut. Mostell. 3. 1. Circiter horam decimam noctis, Cic. 4. Ep. 12. Hora ferè nona, Cic. Sub lucem exportant calathis, Virg. Sub noctem dixere vale, Ovid. Sub ortum [occasum] solis, Liv ●. 30. Postero igitur die quàm illa erant acta, horâ ferè secund â, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Ad quae tempora te expectem, facias me certiorem velim, Cic. Ad 16 Calend. Feb. Cic. Quos ad me venturos [id temporis] esse praedixeram, Cic. Cat. 1.  
3. (About) Joined with words of Number, is made by circiter, 
III.  plus minus, or add: as,  
They marched about fifteen days. Dies circiter quindecim ite● fecerunt, Caes. About thirty thousand men. Hominum plus minus triginta millia. About fifteen did agree to Curto. Homines ad quindecim Curioni assensorunt, Cic.  
¶ Frequentes fuimus ad ducentos, Turselinus, c. 1. n. 5. Ad hominum millia decem undique coegit, Caes.  
4. (About) Signifying of, or concerning, is made by the, super, 
iv  or circa: as,  
I came yesterday to you about your daughter. Adii te heri, de filiâ, Ter. About these things be divers opinions. Varia circa haec opinio, Plin. I will write to thee about this matter. Hâc super re scribam ad te, Cic. To strive about a triste. De re nihili contendere.  
¶ Mirificè sum solicitus quidnam de provinciis decernatur, C. F. 2. 11. Ad cum de civitate impetrandâ convenerunt, V Max. 3. 1. Super câ re Graeci nostrique qui de officiis scripserū●, tres sententias esse tradiderunt, A. Gell. 2. 7. Super aetate Homeri, atque Hesiodi, non consentitur, A. Gell. li. 3. cap. 11. Circa verba occupatus es? Sen. Ep. 75. Teneo quid animi vostri super hac re siet, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Praecipuè circa partis hujus praecepta elaboravit. Quintil. Prooem. l. 8.  
5. (About) signifying ready, is a sign of the Participle of the 
V  Future in rus: as  
About to love. Amaturus. Being about to fight his last battle. Ultimum praelium initurus, Val. Max.  
¶ Vulnifico fuerat fixurus pectora telo, Ovid. Met. 2. Quod ipse civitatis suae imperium obtenturus esset, Caes. Aemilium circa judum Faber imus, etc. Hor. de Art Poet.  
6. (About) signifying in some part, or place, of the whole, is 
VI  made by circa or quasi: as  
About the marketplace. Circa forum. About the last side. Quasi in extremâ paginâ, Cic.  
7. (About) is sometimes part of the signification of the foregoing 
VII  Verb: as  
To go about a thing. Conari. Moliri, etc. To bring a thing about. Efficere. Effectum dare, etc. To go about from place to place. Hue illuc errare. [Circumvenire,] etc.  
¶ Siqua conabuntur agere, Cic. Spemque suam motis avidus circumvolat alis, Ovid. Met. 2. 721.  

Other Phrases.  You are long about it. Diu es in hoc negotio.  
¶ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; Luc. 2. 49.  
To go about the bush. Circuitione uti. A place fenced round above. Locus undique [circumcirca.] Septus  
¶ Densi circumstant sacra ministri, Ovid. Met. 2. 719.  
They that were about him. Qui circa illum erant.  
¶ Multa sibi opus esse, multa canibus suis, quos circa se haberet. Cic. 3. Ver. Quae sit me circum copia lustro. Aen. 2.  
He came from about Bome. Venit à Româ. He turns round about. Flectitur in gyrum, Ovid. Met. 2. 720.   

CHAP. II. Of Adjectives and Adverbs compounded with Dis, In, or Vn.  
1. ADjectives and Adverbs compounded with Dis, In, or 
I.  Un (if they have no note of intention, or aggravation going before them) may be expressed by Minus, or Parum: as  
Unfit. Minùs aptus Indiscreet. Parùm prudens. A dishonest man. Parùm probus.  
¶ In unâ re paulo minùs consideratus, Cic. pro Quint. Neque parùm facetus scurra, nec inhumanus praeco est unquam existimatus, ib. Homo in re ramiliari non parùm diligens, Cic. 6. Fam. 19 Ep.  
2. But if any note of intention or aggravation go before, then 
II.  may the Phrase be changed: as  
A very dishonest man. Homo omni probitate vacuus.   

CHAP. III. Of the Particle After.  
1. AFter) Coming before a Noun, is made by post, à, ab: as 
I.   
After his departure. Post ejus discessum. After dinner. A prandio. Camel's milk next after women is sweetest. Dulciffimum ab hominis lac Camelinum, Plin.  
¶ Post ejus mortem, Caes. Hoc erit post me, quod ante me fuit, Sen. Ep. 54. A coena ortus est sermo varius. Apud Farn. Syst. Gram. Pag. 87.  
2. (After) Coming before a Verb, is made by postquam, ubi, 
II.  cùm, and ut: as  
After I heard it, Postquam audivi. After he perceived he was in a strait. Ubi vidit se in angustias redactum. After thou a●t once out. Cùm semel exieris After I departed from you. Ut abii abs te, Ter.  
Sometimes by an Ablative case absolute: as  
After the Kings were driven out of the city. Pulsis ex urbe regibus. Flor. 1. 10.  
¶ Postea voro quam respicere coepistis, Cic. Quae postquam sensêre, Ovid. Met. 2. Ut ab urbe discessi, nullum praetermisi diem, quin aliquid ad te literarum dedi, Cic. Ut lea saeva sitim multâ compescuit undâ, Ovid. Met. 4. 102.  
3. (After) Coming after a Noun, is made by post, postridie, 
III.  inde, exinde: as  
Fifteen years after Consuls were made. Annum post quintum decimum creati consuls, Liv. The next day after that. Postridie ejus diei, Caes. The next day after the games of Apollo. Postridie Ludos Apollinares.  
¶ Te expectabo postridie, Cic. ad Att. 12. 5.  
4. (After) Coming after a Verb, is often part of the Signification 
iv  of the Verb, and included in the Latin of it: as  
To gape after wealth. Inhiare divitiis. He looks not after any thing to find fault withal. Non inquirit, quod reprehendat, Cic. Or.  

Other Phrases.  The next day after he had killed him. Proximo die, quo eum interemerat.  
¶ Cum esset mihi exploratissimum cum proximo anno Consulem futurum, Cic. ad Quir. post Red.  
Not long after. Non ità multo post. Haud multis interjectis diebus  
¶ Neque enim sunt aut obscura, aut non multo pòst commissa, Cic. Cat. 1.  
He attributed most unto them next after his Brother. Secundum fratrem illis plurimum tribuebat, Cic.  
¶ Secundum vocem plurimum potest, Cic.  
After this manner, [fashion, or sort.] Hoc modo. Ad morem. Ad hunc modum. In  
¶ Ad fimilitudinem coelestium Syderum, Flor. 1. 2. Servilem in modum cruciari, Cic.  
After what manner? Quomodo. Quemadmodum, Cic. He calls him after his own name. De suo dicit nomine, Virg.  
¶ Humeris de more habilem suspenderat arcum, Virg. Romanosque suo de nomine dicit, Aeneid. 1.   

CHAP. IU. Of the Particle All.  
ALL) signifying whole, is made by integer, totus, and cunctus: 
I.  as  
I have not seen him all [i. e. this whole] day. Hodie toto non vidi die, Tor. All [i. e. the whole] the City. Cuncta civitas. Keep all to yourself. Integtum tibi reserves. Coel.  
¶ Totum hunc locum accuratiùs explicemus, Cic. Senatus haberi non potest mense, Feb. toto, Cic. Pulchrior in totâ, quam Larissaea Coronis, non fuit Aemoniâ, Ovid. Cùm & cunctus ordo, & multi cum summi viri orarent, Cic. ad Quirit.  
2. (All) In other significations is rendered by omnis and universus: 
II.  as  
All men do speak all good things. Omnes omnia bona dicunt. Let the profit of every man in particular, and of all in general be all one. Eadem sit utilitas uniuscujusque & univerforum, Cic.  
¶ Reliqui Magistratus penè omnes fuerunt defensores salutis meae, Cic. ad Quir. Praeclara est aequabilitas in omni vit● Cic. Off. 1.  
3. (All) Joined with Long, vide Long; with For, vide 
III.  For, Chap. 15. Rule 11.  

Other Phrases.  It is all one [i. e. even so] as it. Perinde est, ac si. It comes all to a thing, [matter or purpose.] Eodèm recidit.  
¶ Cùm eò jam processissem, ut meâ nihil interesset utrum irem, an redirem, Sen. Ep. 53.  
All the judgement I had. Quicquid habuerim judicii, Cic. 6. Fam. 19 Ep. All one [i. e. the same.] Idem, eadem, idem, supra Reg. 2. Nothing at all. Nihil prorsus [omnino.]  
¶ Rumour, est, Pompeium non in Balearibus omnino fuisse, Cic. ad Att. 12. 2.  
He is all for himself. Sibi duntaxat prospicit [soli cavet.] All alone. Persolus' By all means. Quoquo pacto. Without all doubt. Sine ullâ dubitatione, Cic. I could not be here & there, and all at once. Ego hîc esse, & illîc simul haud potui, Plaut. Mostel. 3. 2.   

CHAP. V Of the Particle Along.  
1. ALong) having with joined to it, is made by unà: as 
I.   
Thou mayest go along with me. Unà mecum eas, Ter.  
¶ Persuadent ut unà cum his proficiscantur, Caes.  
2. (Along) When it hath not with coming after it, either is 
II.  made by per, as  
The fire ran along the ground. Obibat ignis per terram.  
¶ Equidem per littora certos dimittam, Virg. Aeneid. 1. Fugiens per gramina rivus, Virg. Georg. 4. Huic cervi● comaeque trahuntur per terram, Virg. Aeneid. 1.  
Or by the Ablative case of the following Substantive, governed of in understood: as  
I was going along the high way. Publicâ ibam viâ.  
¶ Ibam fortè viâ sacrâ sicut meus est mos.  
Or else it is included in the fignification of the foregoing word: as  
To lie along. Recubo.  
¶ Tityre tu patulae recubans sub tegmine fagi— meditaris, Virg. Ecl. 1.   

CHAP. VI Of the Particle And.  
1. ANd) coming next before Not, prohibiting an act following, 
I.  is made by autem: as  
You should relieve him, and not tation him. Oportet te hominem sublevare, non autem jurgiis adoriri.  
2. (And) Parted from his Negative following is expressed by 
II.  nec, neque, and tamen: as  
I am sued, and I cannot tell for what. In jus vocor, nec [neque] tamen causam scio.  
¶ Juss● venires, Nec prior huc veni, Met. 4. 112. Nec libidini potiùs quàm liberalitati pateat, Cic. Off. 1. † Hic si sibi ipse consentiat, & non interdum naturae bonitate vincatur, Cic. 1. Off. 1.  
3. (And) coming before Yet and Therefore, may in Latin be 
III.  omitted: as  
I brought him up of a child, and yet he useth me this. Eduxi hominem à puero, mihi tamen sic imposuit. The Consul sees it, and yet he lives. Consul videt hic, tamen vivit, Cic. Cat. 1. And therefore whilst you have time, think— Proin tu, dum est tempus cogita—  
¶ Proinde fac tantum animus habeas,— quanto opus est— Cic. 12. Ep. 6.  
4. (And) Otherwise is to be translated by et, ae, que, quoque, 
iv  tum, verò, etc. as  
Both this and that. Tum hoc, tum illud.  
¶ Not non & vario noctem sermone trahebat, Virg. Aen. 1. See Chap. 12. Rule 2.  

Other Phrases.  And if I should do by you, as you do by me. Quod si ego tibi vicem reponerem. I commend them, and that deservedly. Ego illos laudo, idque meritò. And not fat from hence. Nec procl hinc, Aen. Up and down. Passim.   

CHAP. VII. Of the Particle As.  
1. AS) implying Time of Action, is made by in, inter, dum, cum, 
I.  or a Participle of the present tense: for example,  
As I went to London. In via Londinum versus. As we were eating. Inter edendum. As they were sitting. Dum sedebant [or sedebatur.] As I was getting upon horseback. Cùm jam in equum ascenderem. As they were drinking. Bibentibus illis, etc.  
¶ Munichiosque volans [as he flew] agros despiciebat, Ovid. Met. 2. 711. Cùm complicarem hanc epistolam ad me venit tabellarius, Cic. ad Att. li. 12. Ep. 1. In ipso discessu nostro, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 13. Inter agendum occursare capro cave, Virg. Tribuni plebis vobis inspectantibus vulnerati, Cic. ad Quir.  
2. (As) Implying Manner, Custom, or Proportion, may be rendered 
II.  by pro, ut, uti, prout: for example,  
As his fashion is. Pro more suo. [Ut solet.] As you please. Pro tuo libitu. [Pro arbitrio tuo.] As far as I am able. Ut possum. [Pro viribus.] As is the beginning, so is the end. Ut initium, sic finis est, Sal. As our duty bindeth. Prout officii ratio postulat.  
¶ Nec me pro conjuge gessi, Ovid. Ep. 3. Ita ut aequum est, Plaut. Prout sequi poterant, Flor. A. 1. Cap. 3.  
3. (As) Implying Quantity is made by quantus, etc. for instance, 
III.   
As great honour as might be possible was given to the gods. Diis immortalibus quantus maximus poterat, habitus est honos, Liv. Give her as much as I bade you. Quantum imperavi date, Ter.  
¶ De cujus meritis tanta Senatus judicia fecisset, quanta de nullo, Cic.— So great, as—. Quàm maximum potest militum numerum impera●, Caes. Com. Ut quàm primum & quàm minlmâ cum molestiâ tota res transigeretur, Cic. pro Quint. Dignitatem meam quibus potuit, verbis amplissimis ornavit, Cic. ad Quir.  
4. (As) Implying quality, is made by qualis: for example, 
iv   
Show thyself now like a man, as thou hast done before time. Praebe te talem hoc tempore, qual●m te jam antè praebuisti, Cic.  
¶— Daphnin Talis amor teneat qualis— Virg.— Such as— Qui si est talis, quam tibi videri scribis— Cic. 6. Ep. 19 Ut potestis optimè, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 2.  
5. (As) Answering to as, is made by aequè [or perindè] ac 
V  [or atque] tamburlaine, quàm, non minùs, quàm: as  
I love thee as well as myself. Tam te diligo, quàm meipsum. What profit would there be, to speak of, in prosperity, without a man had some body, as will to rejoice at it, as himself? Quis esset tantus fructus in prosperis rebus, nisi haberes, qui illis aequè, ac tu ipse gauderet? Cic.  
¶ Eam habuistis rempublicam ut aequè me, atque illam restituendam putaretis, Cic. ad Quir. Non minùs saepe ei venit in mentem potestatis, quàm aequitatis tuae, Cic. Tam ridiculè facio, quàm ille, quisquis— Sen. Ep. 54. Nec quiduam se aequè in temp●state aiebat timere quàm terram, Sen. Ep. 53. Non minùs quàm vestrum quivis [as much as any of you] formidat malum, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Absentes viros perinde habetis, quasi praesentes sint, Plaul. Stich. Ac. 1. Sc. 2. Simul ac de solenni religione retulit, Cic. ad Quir.  
6. (As) In other signisications, commonly is made by an Adverb of likeness, viz. ut, sicut, velut, veluti, quemadmodum, 
VI  etc. for example,  
As thou sowest, so thou shalt reap. Ut sementem feceris, ità meats. As I wrote to you before. Ut scripsi ad te antea, Cic.  
¶ Non ut justus hostis, sed ut percussor veneficus, Curt. Sed quemadmodum propinqui, mihi non affuerunt, sic— Cic. ad Quir. Sed ut patefactum est— Cic.  

Other Phrases.  As for me. Me quod attinet. Quantum ad me.  
¶ Quod est ad [as to] severitatem lenius, ad communem salutem utilius, Cic. Cat. 1.  
I have heard nothing as yet. Nihil dum audivi. As soon as we set foot on land. Ubi primùm terram tetigimus, Plaut.  
¶ Quò simul obvertit saevam cum lumine mentem, Ovid.  
As if there were any certainty in humane affairs. Perinde quasi certi quicquam sit in rebus humanis.  
¶ Quae cùm ità pugnaret, tanquam quae vincere nollet, Ovid. Am. 1. 5. Quasi verò novum nunc proferatur, Plaut. Amph. Prol.  
As if he had been my brother. Juxta ac si frater meus esset, Cic. post Redit.  
¶ Ejus negotium sic velim suscipias, ut si esset res mea, Cic. 2. Fam. 30. Ep.  
As I ought. Pro eo, ac debui, Cic. As it appeareth by their monuments. Id quod ex monumentis patet, Liv.  
¶ Senatu● haberi id quod scis, non potest, Cic. Ut me primùm vidit, Cic.  
As soon as ever he saw me. Statim ut— Cic.  
¶ Ut haec audivit sic exarsit—  
When the hearer is such a one, as— Cùm is est auditor, qui— Cic.  
¶ Ea meditare, quae— Cic. Cùm praesertim is sit, qui vix se contineret, Cic. 8. Fam. 9 Ep.  
They are as it were forced to yield to necessity. Quasi necessitati parere coguntur, Cic. Forasmuch as he enticeth my soldiers by letters to betray me. Cùm milites meos literis ad proditionem folicitet— Curt. lib. 4. 
* Vide cap. 15. reg. 12  As to the keeping of our Liberty, I agree with you. De Libertate retinendâ tibi assentior, Cic. ad Att. li. 15. Ep. 13.  
¶ Quod ad tuum discessum attinet— Cic. 8. Fam. 8. Ep. Quod ad Pomponiam:— Cic. 3. ad Q. Fr. 1. Ep.  
As far as I am able. Quod who— Ter. Ad. 3. 3. You shall learn as long as you will. Disces quàm diu voles, Cic. Off. 1. 1. As briefly as I could. Quàm brevissimè potui, Cic.  
¶ Aves nidos construunt, eósque quàm possunt mollissimè substernunt, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deor.  
(As) after Not: See Not, Chap. 28. Rule 1.   

CHAP. VIII. Of the Particle At.  
1. AT) Before words of Time or Age, is a sign of an Ablative 
I.  case; and sometimes is made by ad: as  
As one a clock. Horâ primâ. At this hour. Ad hanc horam.  
¶ Hoc tempore abest. Praestituto die. Eo tempore principatum obtinebat, Caes. Ad constitutam diem decedemus, Cic. Fam. 2. 11.  
2. (At) before words of Price, is commonly sign of an Ablative 
II.  case: as  
He holds it at a shilling. Licetur solido.  
¶ Cùm esset frumentum sestertiis binis autternis, Cic.  
3. (At) before the proper name of a place of the first or second 
III.  declension, is sign of the Genitive case: as  
He studied at Oxford. Studuit Oxoniae.  
¶ Si Romae fuissemus, Cic. Binas à te accepit literas Corcyrae datas, Cic. Pontem, qui erat ad Genevam, jubet rescindi, Caes. Com. 1.  
4. (At) before the Proper name of a place of the third declension, 
iv  or wanting the singular number is sign of an Ablative or Dative case: as  
He was at Carthage. Fuit Carthagine, [or Carthagini.] He was brought up at Thebes. Thebis nutritus est.  
¶ Quem Curibus Sabinis agentem ultro petiuêre, Flor. 1. 2. Jam oracula Delphis non redduntur, Cic. l. 2. de Divinal. Vide Farnab. Syntax. Reg. 72.  
5. (At) before a common Noun of place, signifying in, is 
V  made by in with an Ablative case: as  
He played at [or in] the Church. Ludebat in templo.  
¶ Alto cord uri, Stat.  
6. (At) before a word of place, signifying near, nigh, or close 
VI  by, is made by ad: as  
At the table. Ad mensam. They fought at [or hard by] the lake. Ad lacum pugnatum est, Caes.  
¶ Conveniant ad busta Nini, Ovid. Met. 4. 88 Ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant, Caes. Cùm vir optimus ad pedes ejus flens jaceret, Cic. ad Quir. Apud Regilli lacum dimicatur, Flor. lib. 2. Caesi apud Cremeram trecenti & sex, Flor. 1. 12.  
7. (At) before Home or House is made by the Genitive case domi: 
VII  as  
I will be at home, if you please to command me any service. Domi ero, si quid me voles, Ter.  
¶ Nunc me oblectant domi, Cic. Qui istius domi erat educatus, Cic. pro Quint. Apud me domi est, Ter. Heaut.  
8. (At) Implying Presence at an Action or Multitude, may be 
VIII  translated by intersum with a Dative case: as  
He was at the Se●mon. Concioni interfuit.  
¶ Nostris tanquam melior interest, Sen. Ep. 41.  
O● an Ablative with in: as  
He was at the feast. In convivio interfuit, Cic.  
9 (At) Noting the Cause, Occasion, or Degree of a thing, 
IX  may be expressed by the Ablative case of the Substantive, with or without the Preposition in, and by the Accusative with ad: as  
He gets much at game. Multum lusu lucratur. At his coming. Ejus interventu. At the very top of honour. In ipso summo dignitatis fastigio. At the first sight they drew. Ad primum conspectum [or primo conspectu] gladios distringebant.  
¶ Helvetii repentino ejus adventu commoti, Caes. Com. 1. Ad nomen Thisbes oculos erexit, Ovid. Met. 4. 145. Jussu Jovis venio, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Cogor nonnunquam homines non optimè de me meritos, rogatu eorum, qui bene meriti sunt defendere, Cic. 7. Ep. 1. Primo adspectu, Sen. Ep. 46.  
10. (At) In the beginning of a sentence, and going before 
X.  words of Action ending in ing, may be rendered by ad, [as before] cùm, ubi, vix, or an Ablative Absolute: as  
At the hearing of these words. Cum haec audiverat. Ubi haec audita sunt. Vix haec audierat. Hisce auditis.  
¶ Num dubitas id, me imperante [at my bidding] facere— Cic. Cat. 1.  
11. (At) Being part of the signification of the foregoing word, 
XI.  is sign of such case as the word governs: as  
He was angry at the young man. Adolescenti succensuit.  
¶ Gravitèr irascendum inimimicis putant, Cic. Off. 1.  

Other Phrases.  At home, at my house. Apud me, domi, Ter.  
¶ Fuisti igitur apud Leccam, Cic. Cat. 1.  
He Inns at the George. Ad [apud] insigne Georgii diversatur [commoratur.] At the first blush. Primâ front [fancy.]  
¶ Primò non adversante post etiam adjuvante collegâ ejus, Cic. ad Qu.  
At our next meeting. Proximo congressu [conventu] nostro. He began at us. Incepit a nobis  
¶ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Joh. 8. 9  
Tolove at ones heart. Amare ex animo. I am not at leisure. Non vacat mihi.  Non est mihi otium I do not in any wise at all agree. Nullo prorsus modo assentior, Cic. At the last. Ad extremum. Tandem.  
¶ Non trepidabo ad extrema, Sen. Ep. 54. Ipse ad extremum pro meâ vos salute rogavit, Cic. ad Quir.  
At the most. [Vide Chap. 23.] Ad summum, Cic. F. 2. Ep. 1.   

CHAP. IX. Of the Verb Becometh.  
1. BEcometh) being a Verb impersonal, is made by decet: as 
I.   
It becometh not any man to— Non decet quenquam—  
¶ Qualem decet exulis esse, Ovid. Trist. 1. l. 1. Fortunae memorem te decet esse meae, ib.  
2. (Becometh) signifying, To be made, or Come to be, is mad● 
II.  by fio, or some other Verb of the like signification: as  
A man that is evil by nature may become [i. e. be made, or come to be] good by nuture. Vir malus naturâ fit bonus culturâ.  
¶ Quid restar, nisi ut porrò miser fiam? Ter.— become a miserable wretch. Evadit insanabile: [It becomes incurable.] Comen.  
3. (Becometh) signifying to Adorn or Befit, is made by deceo: 
III.  as  
This garment becometh me. Decet me haec vestis, Plaut.  
¶ Namque decent animos mollia regna tuos, Ovid. Ipse timor decuit, Ovid. 4. Met. Unum hoc animal sentit, quid sit ordo, quid sit quod deceat in factis dictisque, Cic. 1. Off. c. 5.  

Other Phrases.  What dost thou think will become of thee? Quid te futurum putas?  
¶ Quid de me fiet? Tu fortasse, quid me fiat, parvi curas, Ter. Herald A. 4. Sc. 2.  
What shall become of him afterward? Quid illi fiet postea? What shall become of the money? Quid pecunia fiet?   

CHAP. X. Of the Particle Before.  
1. BEfore) coming before place, person, or thing, may be rendered by coram, apud, ante, pro, sub, ob, or in conspectu: 
I.  as  
The matter was pleaded before the Senate. Coram Senatu res acta est. To speak for the defendant before the judge. Apud Judicem pro reo dicere. Set before your eyes. Ponite ante [or ob] oculos. Is he sat before Castor's temple. Sedens pro aede Castoris, Cic. The matter is before the judge. Sub Judice lis est. To stand before one. In alicujus conspectu astare, Cic.  
¶ Ante domum, quondamque suis erravit in agris, Ovid. Ante januam nostram appone, Ter. And. Hastâ posita pro aede Jovis Statoris, Cic▪ Illa praesidia quae pro templis omnibus cernitis— Cic. Ut stetit ante oculos, posito velamine, nostros, Ovid. Am. 1. 5. Hoc erit post me, quod ante me fuit, Sen. Ep. 54. Ob oculos mihi saepe mors versata est, Cic. pro Rab.  
2. (Before) following Substantives of time or Adverbs (if 
II.  no action follow it) is made by antè: antehac, and pridie: as  
An hour before. Ante horam. Long before. Multò antè. Never before this. Antehac nunquam. He came the day before. Pridie ejus diei venit.  
¶ Sententiam Bibuli pridie ejus diei fregeramus, Cic. Id & paucis antè diebus, cùm posset è custodiâ educi noluit, Cic. Aliquot saeculis antè, A. Gell. 11. 5.  
But if action follow it, then quàm is added to pridie: as  
The day before he was killed. Pridie quàm occideretur.  
¶ Pridie quàm haec scripsi, Cic.  
And quàm is added to antè and antea also, if That be either expressed or understood as following Before. Chap 41. Rule. 9  
¶ Ut reus antè quàm verbum accusatoris audisset, causam dicere cogeretur, Cic. Quae causae antè mortua est, quàm tu natus esses, Cic.— Te antea, quàm tibi successum esset, decessurum fore, Cic.  
3. (Before) following a Verb, having reference to Order of 
III.  time, space, place, or comparison, is made by prae, antè, suprà, or a Verb compounded with one of these Prepositions: as  
Go you before, I will follow. I prae, sequar, Ter. I rise before day. Ante lucem surgo. Of which I spoke before. De quibus dictum suprà. I prefer the uniustest before the sustest war. Iniquissimam pacem justifsimo bello antefero.  
¶ Sed ut antè dictum est, Cic. Etsi antea scripsi, quae existimavi scribi oportere, Cic. Quae suprà dicta sunt, Cic. Alicui facem praeferre, Cic. Bis mille passus ante it, He is gone two miles before. Hoc illi praetulit autor opus, Ou. Am. 1. 1.  
Note, When before is the same in sense with rather, it is to be rendered by antè, priùs, potiùs, or citiùs, with quam either joined to them, or (which is more elegant) by other words divided from them: as  
Before I pat up this wrong I'll endure any thing. Quidvis patiar antequam hoc impunè feram. Before I take this at their hands. Ego vero potiùs quàm istuc patiar. I'll run away before I endure it. Citiùs solum profugus mutabo quam—  
¶ Antè leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi, Quàm nostro ililus labatur pectore vultus, Virg. Omnia consilio priùs experiri, quam armis sapientem decet. Vox me citiù● defecerit quam nomina, Cic. Celeriùs aliquid de fugâ suâ quam de Syllae nece cogitâsset, Val. Max. 3. 1.  

Other Phrases.  Before a man begin, he had need be well advised. Priusquam incipias consulto opus est. There can be nothing said, that hath not been said before. Nihil dictum, quod non dictum fuit priùs. Before any authority came from you. Nondum interpositâ vestrâ authoritate.  
¶ Priusquam pabula gustassent Trojae, Aen. 1. 477. Priusquam hinc abiit. Plaut. Amph. Prol.   

CHAP. XI. Of the Particle Being.  
1. BEing) betwixt two words, neither of which are governed of, or have relation to another word, hath nothing 
I.  made for it: but both the words are put in the Ablative case: as  
Christ being our Captain, we must not despair. Nil desperandum, Christo duce.  
¶— Postea cognitâ facilitate, [the easiness of it being known] contemnitur, Cic.— Quo mortuo, in Galliam proficiscitur Quintius, Cic.  
2. (Being) betwixt two words, the former whereof hath relation 
II.  to some other word, or appeareth evidently not to be the Ablative case, is only a sign of Apposition: as  
My father, being a man loveth me being a child. Pater meus vir amat me puerum  
¶— Opens irritamenta malorum, Ovid. Met. Ignavum fucos pecus à praesepibus arcent, Virg. Ursaque conspectos in montibus horruit, ursos, Ovid. Nisi meis puer olim consiliis paruisses, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1.  
3. (Being) signifying [seeing that, or because that] is made 
III.  by cùm, quoniam, quandoquidem, etc. as  
Being that it fell out ill— Cùm istaee res malè evenit. Being that I have undertaken it, I will not fail him. Quoniam quidem suscepi, non decro, Cic. Being he is of a good disposition. Quandoquidem ipse est ingenio bono.  
¶ Sed cùm hoc tantum sit, Cic. Cùm seirem ita majores locutos esse, Cic. Quandoquidem tu istos tantopere laudas, Cic. de Sen. apud Turs. Quoniam huc non venis, coenes apud nos utique— Cic. ad Att. 2. 2. Quip qui intellexerat, Plaut. Amph. Prol.  
4. (Being) signifying presence in a place, is made by praesentia: 
iv  as  
Let not my being here be any hindrance. Nè mea praesentia obstet. Ter. Hecyr. A. 4. So. 2.  
¶ Ea facere prohibet tua praesentia, Ter. Heaut. A. 3. Sc. 3.  
5. (Being) Is sometimes to be expressed by an Adjective or 
V  a Participle, or a Verb with quod or ut: as  
The Patriatches being mohed with envy, fold joseph. Moti invidiâ Patriarchae josephum vendiderunt. It is so far from being new or Orange. Tantum abest ut vel sit vel rarum. As to the business of your being surety for Pompey. De negotio tuo, quòd sponsor es pro Pompeio, Cic. 6. Fam. 19 Ep.  
¶ Ut ad quem summus moeror morte suâ veniebat: [As being one to whom—] Cic. pro Quint. Laetor quòd absens omnia cum maximâ dignitate es consecutus, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1. Nunquam enim iratus qui accedet ad poenam mediocritatem tenebit, Cic. Offic. 1.  

Other Phrases.  The winter kept it from being bone. Hiems rem geri prohibuit, Cic.   

CHAP. XII. Of the Particle Both.  
1. BOth) spoken of two is made by ambo, or uterque: as 
I.   
They both number their  twice a day. Bisque die numerant ambo pecus, Virg. But both the Drators were undone by their wit. Ingenio sed uterque perit Orator, Juven.  
¶ Ambo florentes aetatibus, Arcades ambo, Virg. Ecl. 5.— boni quoniam convenimus ambo— ib. Magna est vis conscientiae in utramque partem, Cic. In utroque frequentiores sunt Poetae, Cic. Or.  
2. (Both) answered by and, is made by cùm, tum, &, vel, 
II.  quà, etc. as,  
I displease both myself and others. Ipse cùm mihi, tum caeteris displiceo, Cic. He was mightily tessed to and ●ro, both by sea and land. Multùm ille & terris jactatus & alto, Virg. To attend much both upon honour and upon danger. Multum vel honori, vel periculo inservire; Cic. Famous both for his father's glory, and for his own. Insignis, quà paternâ gloriâ, quà suâ, Liv.  
¶ Transferunt verba cùm crebriùs, tum etiam audacius, Cic. Or. Nos àte amari tum volumus tum etiam confidimus, Cic. 7. Fam. 4. Ep. Scripsisti epistolam ad me plenam consilii, summaeque tum benevolentiae, tum etiam prudentiae, Cic. Solicitum autem te habebat cogitatio tum officii tum periculi mei, Cic. 7. Ep. 3. Hoc idem & sentit & praecipit, Cic. Et vincere & vinci luctuosum reipublicae fore putavi, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. Tanta est expectatio vel animi, vel ingenii tui, ut, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1. Vel iteratum pro tum, tum usitatissimum est, Tursel. cap. 213.  
Note, If both be made by cùm, then and is made by tum.  
He hates both learning and virtue. Odit cùm literas tum virtutem.   

CHAP. XIII. Of the Particle But.  
1. BUt) before that, is made by ni or nisi with quod, or ut: 
I.  as  
But that I fear my father. Ni metuam patrem, Plaut. But that we use the words otherwise. Nisi quod verbis aliter utamur, Cic. What remains, but that in the end I become a miserable wretch? Quid restat, nisi porro ut miser fiam? Ter.  
¶ Nisi quod versiculi sunt, Cic. Nisi quod rarò utimur, Cic. Nisi te satis incitatum esse confiderem, Cic.— Nisi cura te sepulturae ejus morar●tur, Curt. 4. Nisi quod etiam ubi causa sublata est, mentimur & consuetudinis causa, Sen. Ep. ●6. Nipartem maximam existimarem scire vostrûm, id dicerem, Ter. Heaut. Prol. Messem lapis, ib. 5. 1.  
2. (But) before for is (in some cases elegantly) made by absque: 
II.  as  
But for your oath, I would not have believed you. Absque juramento, tibi non credidissem.  
¶ Absque co esset, rectè ego mihi vidissem, Ter. Phor. Act. 1. Sc. 4. Vide Farnab. in locum. Sic Plautus in Menaech. locutus est. Nam absque eo esset hodie, nunquam ad solem occasum viverem. Vide Durver. de Partic. pag. 13.  
3. (But) with that after not, is made by quod non, or quin, 
III.  as  
Not but that I am happy enough. Non, quòd non satis sim foelix. Not but that I did put trust in your diligence. Non, quin confiderem diligentiae tuae.  
¶ Non quò ei deesset ingenium. [Not but that he had wit—] Cic. pro Quint. Non quin possint multi esse provinciales viri boni, sed hoc— Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1. 1.  
4. (But) without that, coming after no, none, never, scarce, 
iv  or seldom, is expressed by quin, or qui non, as  
I never was in any place, but I found very great love from all men. Nunquam fui usquam, quin me omnes amarent plurimùm. There is no day almost, but he cometh to my house. Dies ferè nullus est, quin domum meam ventitet, Cic. There is none of us but hath vowed. Nemo nostrûm est, quin vota fecerit, Cic. I searce [or seldom] meet him, but he rails on me. Vix unquam illi obviam eo, quin in me invehitur.  
Nemo est, quin existimet, Cic. Nunquam unum intermitttit diem, quin semper veniat, Ter. Ad. Act. 3. Sc. 1. Nemo est, qui nesciat, Cic. [There is none bus knows.] Nemo illam excussit, nisi qui— Sen. Ep. 75. Nemo est, qui te non metuat, Cic. Cat. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Soph. in Ajace.— Quod neque unquam tempus, quin fuerit motus, etc.— Varro de Ling. Lat. li. 4. Equidem neminem praetermisi— cui literas non dederim, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1. Vix ea fatus erat, cùm circumfusa repentè Scindit se nubes, Virg. Aen. 1. Adhuc neminem novi Poctam, qui sibi non optimus videretur, Cic. 5. Tusc.  
5. (But) After nothing, is made by quàm non, or nisi: as 
V   
I can do nothing, but weep. Nihil aliud possum quàm flere She doth nothing but grieve Nil aliud, quàm dolet, Ovid. I saw nothing but it was commendable. Nil non laudabile vidi, Ovid. Am. 1. 5. I aim at nothing but your safety. Nihil laboro, nisi ut salvus sis, Cis.  
¶ Quod nihil est aliud nisi eloquentia ipsa, Cic. Nec aliud quicquam est dicere, nisi— Cic. Nisi quod ipse facit, nihil rectum putat, Ter. Nihil totâ viâ, quam essetne sibi salvum imperium requirens, Suet. Vide Godescalc. de Part. lib. 1. pag. 197, 198. Nihil nisi de inimicis ulciscendis agebat, Cic. Nihil est, quin malè narrando possit depravarier, Ter. Phorm. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Soph. in Ajace.  
6. (But) After cannot is made by non, with an Infinitive, o● 
VI  by quin with a Subjunctive mood: as  
I cannot but wonder. Non possum non mirari. I cannot choose but cry out. Non possum quin exclamem, Plaut. Trinum.  
¶ Non possum ei non amicus esse, C. Fam. 9 24. Non possum ejus casum non dolere, C. Fam. 11. 6. Teneri non potui, quin declararem, C. Fam. 9 8. Non posse milites contineri, quin spe praedae in urbem irrumperent, Caes. 2. bell. Civ.  
7. (But) After these words not doubting, not fearing, no● 
VII  thinking, not making question, etc. is made by quin, ne non, or turning the Nominative into the Accusative case, and the Verb into the Infinitive mood: as  
There is no doubt but— Non est dubium, quin— I do not fear, but I shall cley you with letters. Non vereor, nè non scribendo te expleam. I make no question, but he will do it. Non dubito eum facturum esse [quinfaciat, or facturus sit.]  
¶ Quis unquam dubitavit, quin— Cic. Non quò verear, ne tua virtus opinioni hominum non respondeat, Cic. Nec dubitavi, quin— Cic. ad Quir. Sunt dicta de morte, quae qui recordetur, haud sanè periculum est, ne non mortem aut optandam, aut certè non timendam putet, Cic. 5. Tuscul.  
8. (But) signifying only, is made by tantum, unum, solummodo, 
VIII  duntaxat, non nisi, etc. as,  
Thou hast but the name of virtue in thy mouth; what itself is, thou knowest not. Nomen tantùm virtutis usurpas; quid ipsa valeat ignoras, Cic. Do but this one this one thing for me. Hoc unum m●hi expedi. He hath but five sheep. Non nisi quinque oves habet. Be but tuled by me. Mihi modò osculta, Plaut. Stich. A. 4.  
¶ Erant omnino Itinera duo, quibus exire possent, Caes. 1. bell. Gall. Tu tantum sida sorori esse velis, Ovid. Non ultra, quàm compedibus coercuit, Suet. [He did but lay him in irons] Hoc unum planè tibi approbare vellem, Sen. Ep. 75. Deos salutabo modò, postea ad te— Plaut. Stich. Vestibus hunc velant, quas non nisi tempore festo. Sternere consuêrant, Ovid. M. 8. 690.  
9 (But) signifying saving or except, is made by nisi, praeter 
IX  praeterquam, etc. as  
Who, but a fool, would refuse offered gold? Quis nisi mentis inops, oblatum respuat aurum? He was condemned by all but one sentence. Omnibus sententiis, praeter unam, damnatus est. No body said so but Cicero. Nemo id dixir, praeterquam Cicero.  
¶— Quam nullis nisi mentis oculis videre possumus, Cic. Indicant omnes Poetae praeter eos, Cic. Ego, nisi ipsi Ballioni, nummum credam gemini, Plaut. Amicum ex consularibus neminem tibi esse video, praeter Hortensium, Cic. Demonstrant sibi, praeter agri solum ' nihil esse reliqui, Caes. Praeterquam quod sine te, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 13. Extra unum te, mortalis nemo corpus corpore attigit, Plaut. Ampb.  
10. (But) In other significations is made by sed, at, vero, verùm, 
X.  autem, caeterum, quod si, atqui, sin, etc.  
¶ Vir bonus, verùm tamen non ita institutus ut— Cic. Tum vero genitus edidit, Ovid. Met. 2. 624. Atqui nullam sensimus tunc vexationem, Sen. Ep. 54. Quod si pacem bonâ fide peteret, Curt. 4. Sin tu exiêris— Cic. In quo autem desiderare te significabis— Cic.  
Note, Autem and Vero never begin a sentence, but Sed doth.  

Other Phrases.  He came but yesterday. Herì primùm venit. But a while since— Nuper admodum.  Non ita pridem. He is but just now gone. Jam nuper est quod decessit. Vel minimum   

CHAP. XIV. Of the Particle By.  
1. BY) Before the means whereby, instrument wherewith, or 
I.  manner how a thing is done, is sign of the Ablative case: as  
It can by no means be upheld. Nullo pacto sustineri potest, Cic. Thou shalt be prohibited by thy Grandsire's flames. Flammâ prohibebere avitâ, Ou. You are a father to him by nature, I by counsels. Naturâ tu illi pater es, consiliis ego, Ter.  
¶ Meo beneficio patriam se visurum esse dixit, Cic. Phil. 2. Ut, qui frangi virtute non poterat, comminueretur morâ, Flor. 2. 6. Fit via vi, Virg. Quo jure, quâve injuriâ, Ter. Dixit eperâ meâ rempublicam incolumem magistratibus deinceps traditam, Cic. ad Quir.  
2. (By) before words of place, after verbs of motion, is sign 
II.  of an Ablative case, or made by secundum, per, and praeter: as  
I am to take my journey by York. Eboraco [or per Eboracum] sum profecturus iter. It runs by the very walls. Praeter moenia ipsa fluit, Liv. To go by Sea to— Iter secundum mare facere ad Cic. apud Tursel. de Part. cap. 184. Ob. 1. The way to Metronactes' house lies just by the Theatre. Praeter ipsum Theatrum transeundem est, Metronactis petentibus domum, Sen. Ep. 76.  
¶ Iter Laodiceâ faciebam, Cic. ad Att. Provinciam Bethycam per Ticinum est petiturus, Plin. Ep. 7. Per Lycaoniam iter sum facturus. Praeter Euphratem. Juxta oppidum Juliopolim. Mileto transie●ant, etc. Vide Mercurii majoris Gram. Institutionum, lib. 2. cap. 17. Et Hawkins brief Introduction to Syntax. 43 Note Richerii Gram. Obstetric. part. 2. cap. 7. reg. 5. Si secundum mare ad me re coepisset, Cic. apud Turs.  
3. (By) Before a word of place, intimating rest, or doing 
III.  something near that place, is made by prope, propter, juxta, secundum, secus, or add: as  
When the people were set down by the bank of ●nien. Cùm plebs prope ripam Anienis consedisset, Cic. By the river's side. Propter aquae rivun, Virg. Ecl. 8. He was buried by the Appian way. Sepultus est juxta viam Appiam. He received a wound in his head, hard by his ear. Vulnus accepit in capite secundum aurem, Cic. F. 4. Ep. 12. The blind man was hired to stand by the way. Conductus est caecus, secus viam stare, Quint. He studieth by candie-light. Studet ad lucernam. Vide Chap. 8. Rule 6.  
¶ Ut non modò prope me, sed plane mecum habitare posses, Cic. F. 7. Ep. 23. Ptopè est à te Deus, Sen. 41. Propter Platonis statuam consedimus, Cic. Turs. 156. Interdum proptèr dormiet, Ter. Eun. Etenim proptèr est spelunca quaedam, id. ib. Soph. in Ajace, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Propter alios consist. Furiarum maxima juxtà accubat, Virg. Aen. 6. Turs. 103. In aperto loco secundùm flumen paucae stationes equitum videbantur, Caes. Danes 1. Scholion. li. 1. cap. 31. Non solùm ad Aristophanis lucemam, sed etiam ad Clean this lucubravi, Varro d● Ling. Lat. l. 4. Ad (inquit Tursel) ●efertur ad propinquitatem loci. Turs. de Partic. Cap. 4. Obs. 10. Thyrcid. li. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Peripolium ceperunt; quod ad vel secus Halecem fluvium situm erat, Vig● de Idiotism. C. 9 S. 17. Monimenta, quae in Sepulchris, & secundùm viam, quo praetereuntes admoneant, Varro.  
4. (By) before the English of the Participle of the presen: 
iv  Tense is made by the Gerund in do, or an Ablative case put absolutely: as  
Cesat got glory by giving. Caesar dango gloriam adept● est, Sal. The flame increases by moving the torch. Motâ face crescit flamma, O● Am. 1. 2.  
¶ Subitum luctando accendimus ignem, Ovid. Ulciscar malos cives rempublicam benè gerendo: perfidos amicos nihil credendo— Ci● ad Quir.  
5. (By) After Verbs of taking, is sign of an Ablative case 
V  and after Passives, either of a Dative, or Ablative with a Pre position: as  
He took him by the ears. Eum auribus prehendit. He is not seen by any body. Nec cernitur ulli, Aen. 1. He is praised by these, he is blamed by them. Laudatur ab his, culpatur ab illis, Hor.  
¶ Nam si manu prehendissem— Cic. Or. Laudataque quondam Ora Jovi— Ou. Met. Id vitium nulli per secula longa notatum, Ovid. Met. Haec esse ab his praecepta nesciunt, Cic.  
6. (By) After a Comparative degree is made by the Ablative 
VI  case of the word which signifies the measure of Excess: as  
The Towers are higher by ten feet then the wall. Turres denis pedibus, quàm murus altiores sunt, Curt. 5. l. Vide Farnabii Syntax. Reg. 52.  
¶ Sesqui pede est, quàm tu longior, Plaut. in Trinum. Quanto diutius abest, magis cupio tanto, Ter. He● ut. Act. 3. Scen. 1. Quo difficilius, hoc praeclariu●, Cic. Sed quo erant suavi●res, co majorem dolorem ille casus afferebat, Cic.  
7. (BY) Signifying from, of, or out of is made by à, ab, è. 
VII  ex, or de: as  
There is danger like to come by (i. e. from) the nobility. A nobilitate periculum imp●ndet. Learn by one offence. Crimine ab uno disce, V●●g. He shall perceive nothing by me. E me nihil sciet, Plaut. I understood by his Letters. Ex literis ejus cognovi, Cic. They do not yet know so much by themselves. Hoc illis de se nondum liquet, Sen. Ep. 75.  
¶ Certior factus à Sabura de nocturno praelio, Caes. Ejus animum de nostris factis noscimus, Plaut. Slich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Ludi appa●●tissimi, sed non tui stomachi: conjecturam enim facio de meo, Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1. Volebat me credere, tibi ab iis instare periculum, Cic. 11. Ep. 20. Ex decretis ejus poteritis cognoscere, Cic. pro Quint. Caetera cognosces ex aliis, Cic. Ex hoc intelligas licet, Sen. Ep. 46.  
8. (By) In swearing, beseeching, protesting, and conjuring; 
VIII  and also signifying through, is made by per: as  
I swear by the stars. Per Sidera juro. I beseech you by these knees. Per ego te haec genua obtestor, Plaut. It is no matter whether you do it by your Proctor, or by yourself. Nihil interest, utrùm per procuratorem agas, an per teipsum, Cic. Cesar having intelligence by a Scout. Caesar per indicem certior factus, Hirt. He will bring his father to beggary, by [or through] villainy. Per flagitium ad inopiam rediget patrem, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1.  
¶ Per caput hoc juro, Aen. 9 Incumbe per Deos immortales, in eam curam, Cic. Quod ego per'hanc te dextram oro, & genium tuum, Ter. And. A. 1. Sc. 5. Per ego te Deos oro, ut ne illis animum inducas credere, Ter. Per te parentis memoriam obtestor mei, Senec. Crebrò certior per me fias de omnibus rebus, Cic. Per flagitium famam perdidit, Plaut.— Ut omnium testimonio per me unum rempublicam conservatam esse constaret, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. [Per tuum te filium ac per Deos obtestor] Soph. in Ajace.  
Nouns repeated with By betwixt them, Chap. 29.  

Other Phrases.  I will be here 
* Statim Illico.  by and by. Mox ego huc revertar, Ter. Jam hi● adero. By the hours end. Intra horam. By this time twelve month Ante annum elapsum. By that [i. e. in the mean] time. Per id tempus [temporis.]  
¶ Ego jam [by that time] annuum munus confecero, Cic. F. 2. Ep. 12.  
By break of day. Primâ luce.  
¶ Ut sibi assint horâ secundâ postridie— Cic. pro Quint.  
By that he had ended his speech. Vix bene finierat. Sermone vix dum finito. He dwells hard by the School. Habitat in proximo Scholae, Lud. Viu. Exerc.  
¶ In proximo divortitur apud hospitem paternum, Plaut. Mil. Arg. 2. Huic ego locum in proximo conduxi, Cic. 16. 21.  
As if you had never been by. Quasi nunquam affueris, Ter.  
¶ Sophocl. in Ajace, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Praesens fui, I was by.  
By turns. In vices.  
¶ Inque vices fu●rat captatus anheliltus oris, Ovid. Met. 4  
By the by. Obiter I have to but by hear-say. Nihil praeter auditum habeo. Do, as you would be done by. Id alteri ne feceris, quod tibi fieri non vis. Do by me, as you would have me do by you. Aequè te geras erga me atque ipse optares memet erga te. If he will be ruled by me. Si me audiet.  
¶ Mihi ausculta modo, Plaut. Slich. A. 4. Sc. 2.  
He hath money lying by Nummos habet repositos— Learning is little set by. Nihili habentur [or parvi penduntur] literae.  
In these and such like phrases, by is part of the signification, [and made by the Latin of the foregoing word.  
I will tell you a thing by which you may judge— Rem dicam, ex quà aestimes— Sen. Ep. 43.  
¶ Nisi illos tuo ex ingenio judicas, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1.  
No agreement could be made, by reason that he was not content. Res convenire nullo modo poterat propterea quod ifte contentus non erat, Cic. pro Quint.   

CHAP. XV. Of the Particle For.  
1. FOr) In the beginning of a sentence, immediately before no. 
I.  Case, or before a Nominative, is made by name, namque, enim, etc. as  
For, if any mischief be in this matter— Nam si hîc mali est quicquam. For I never gave my consent to— Nec enim unquam sum assensus.  
¶ Nam de propriis nihil hoc loco dicimus, Cic. Si enim semper utare, Cic. Namque decent animos mollia regna tuos, Ovid. Quip iniqui jus ignorant— Plaut. Amph. Prol. Etenim quis est tam in scribendo impiger, quam ego? Cic. 2. Fam. Ep. 1.  
2. (For) Before a word signifying the cause, or reason of a 
II.  thing, is either made by the Ablative Case of that word, or else by one of these Prepositions, de, prae, ob, and propter: as  
He let the reins go for fear. Formidine lora remisit, Ovid. We are all the worse for liberty. Deteriores omnes sumus licentiâ, Ter. He would not have done it, but for a great cause. Id nisi gravi de causâ, non fecisset. I cannot speak for weeping. Prae lachrymis loqui non possum, Cic. I am paid for my folly. Pretium ob stultitiam fero, Ter. He obeys the laws for feat. Legibus propter metum parer.  
¶ Pallida morte futurâ, Virg. Non est habitabis aestu, Ovid. Quâ de causâ, Caes. Certà de causâ nondum adducor, ut faciam, Cic. Nec ●ocari prae curâ poteram, Cic. ad Att. 6. 5. Ut prae multitudine eorum, qui legunt transire nequeamus, Cic. ad Att. 2. 21. Ut prae laetitiâ lachrymae praesiliunt mihi? Plaut. Stich. A. 4. Ob inclytam viri religionem, Flor. li. 1 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, [De nihilo irascens.] Soph. Propter rerum ignorationem ipsarum, Cic. Or. Perf. Propter angustias ire non poterant, Caes. Propter indulgentiam meam & propter excellens eorum ingenium, Cic. ad Quir.  
3. (For) Joined to a Person (or thing under the notion of a 
III.  Person) for whom the thing is done, is sign of a Dative Case, and may also be made by pro: as  
Truly he does much for me. Multum verò mihi praestat, Curt. This makes for me. Hoc pro me est.  
¶ Tibi deserit Hesperus Oetam, Virg. Ego tibi praestare nihil possum, Cic. Hic tibi bellum geret, Virg. Nimiae opes magnae jacturae locum faciunt, Curt. Consummatur ejus bonum, si id a dimplevit, cui nascitur, Sen. E. p. 41. Quamdiu nobis populus metet? Sen. Ep. 60. Pro me Senatus, hominumque praeterea viginti millia vestem mutaverunt, Cic. ad Quir.  
4. (For) before words of Price is sign of an Ablative Case: 
iv  as  
I sold it for gold. Vendidiauro. He bought it for little or nothing. Minimo [vili] emit. How many pounds did he buy her for? Quot eam minis emit? For forty pounds. Quadraginta minis, Plaut. Epid. A. 1. Sc. 1.  
¶ Exanimumque auro corpus vendebat Achilles, Virg. Aen. 1. Nil cariùs emitur, quàm quod precibusemitur, Sen. Ea sola putamus emi, pro quibus pecuniam solvimus, Sen. Mandâsti, illud venire quam plurimo, Cic. Ep. 2.  
5. (For) before so much, how much, more, less, &c, set alone 
V  without a Substantive, is sign of a Genitive Case: as  
For how much didst thou buy this horse? Quanti mercatus es hunc equum? For more truly than I willingly would have given. Certè pluris, quàm vellem.  
¶ Quaedam supervacua sunt, quaedam tanti non sunt, Sen. Ep. 42. Videamus, hoc quod concupiscemus, quanti deferatur, ib. Magis illa juvant, quae pluris emuntur, fuven. Non vendo pluris quam caereri, fortasse etiam minoris, Cic. Off. lib. 2. Praefinisti, quò ne pluris emerem— Cic. 7. Ep. 2. Licitatorem potius apponam, quàm illud minoris veneat, Cic. 7. Ep. 2.  
6. (For) signifying as, or in the stead, place, or room, is made 
VI  by an Accusative case with in, or an Ablative case with pro: as  
It shall be unto them for a tellimony. Erit iis in testimonium. Confidence is taken for a wall. Audacia pro muro habetur. They refused not to die, either for me or with me. Non recusârunt, quin pro me, vel mecum perirent, Cic.  
¶ Quicquid inter Hellespontum & Euphratem est, in doten filiae offered. Curt. 4. Pro tribus corporibus 30 millia talentûm auri p●ecatur accipias, ib. Ut ego pro te molam, Ter. And. 1. 21. Pro me tenet altera coelum, Ovid. Met. 2. 514. E●●certè fuit vis calamitatis, ut in experimentum illatam pute● divinitus, Flor. l. 1. c. 13. In causam belli Saguntus deleta est, Flor. 2. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rom. 2. 26. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Rom. 4. 22. In exemplum proponam, Quintil. apud Commissur. Gall. L● p. 129.  
7. (For) Before words of Time, is made by ad or in, as 
VII   
For a little time— Ad quoddam tempus— They obtained ttuce for thirty years. Inducias in triginta annos im petrârunt, Liv. For ever. In perpetuum, Cic. [In aeternum, or aeternùm.]  
¶ Nemini exploratum esse potest, quomodo seize habituru● sit corpus non dico ad annum, sed ad vesperum, Cic. 2. the fi● Videte ne censoribus in posterum potestatem regiam permitta 'tis, Cic. Monui paucos, quod prosit in horas, Ovid. Am. 1. 4. 7. Accipe per longos tibi qui deserviat annos, Ovid. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sophocl. In perpetuum, Ter. Herald A. 4. S. 4. In posterum, Cic. Ca● 4. Cogitationem sobrii hominis ad punctum temporis suscip● Cic. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 591. An id exploratum cuiqua● potest esse, quomodo sese habiturum sit corpus non dico ad annum, sed ad vesperam? Id. apud eundom, ib.  
8. (For) Importing the end, purpose, or use of a thing, 
VIII  joined to sake, is made by ob, ad, and propter, or by a Genitive case with ergô, gratiâ, and causâ: as  
They speak it for some gain of their own. Ob aliquod emolumentum suum dicunt, Cic. All things are created for the use of men. Ad usum hominum omnia creantur. Virtue is to be desired for itself, [or for its own sake.] Virtus propter se expetenda est. For example, [or for examples sake.] Exempli causâ [or verbi gratiâ.] For his sake. Illius ergô— Virg. For my sake. Meâ causâ, Plaut.  
¶ Poenas à populo Romano, ob aliquod delictum expetiverunt, Cic. pro Mar. Marcello. I am intelliges nullo me vigilare acriùs ad salutem, quàm te ad perniciem reipublicae, Cic. Cat. 1. Ad templum monumentumque pecuniam decreuêre, Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1. 1. Cùm adhuc ei propter vim adversariorum non magistratus aequus reperiri potuerit, Cic. pro Quint. Si quid contra alias leg●● ejus legis ergô factum sit, Cic. Virtutis ergô donaretur, Cic. Hominum gratiâ generatas bestias videmus, Cic. Hic nunc credit eâ me hîc restitisse gratiâ, Ter. Mitte hune meâ gratiâ, Plaut. Mentimur & consuetudinis causâ, Sen. Ep. 46. Aut suavitatis aut inopiae causâ, Cic. Orat. Perf. Consulum interficiendorum causâ manum paravit, Cic. Cat. 1. Quam ob rem venerim dicam, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Sin & ea, quae antè gesseram conservandae civitatis causâ gessissem; & illam miseram profectionem vestrae salutis gratiâ suscepissem, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. Vide Commissur. Gallico-Lat. p. 123. item p. 130. Ubi frequentes occurrunt hae dicendi formae— meâ causâ; tuâ causâ; hominum gratiâ; legis ergô, etc. Ad id, (ut scilice● viribus deficerent hosts) sedulò diem Scipio extraxerat, Liv. dec. 3. l 8. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 590. Eripiuntur è manibus ea, quibus ad res divinas uti consueverunt, Cic. Verr. 6. apud eund. p. 591.  
9 (For) before the English of the Participle of the present 
IX  tense, and signifying because that, is made by quod, or qui with a Subjunctive mood: as  
Be not angry with me for doing of it. Nè irascaris mihi, quòd fecerim. You eaten a fool for believing him. Stultus es, qui huic credas.  
¶ Fuit in unâ re paulo minùs consideratus qui societatem cum Sex. Nevio fecerit, Cic. Peccasse mihi videor, qui à te discesserim, Durrerus de Part. pag. 370.  
10. (For) Before the English of the Infinitive mood, after 
X.  another verb is superfluous, and included in the Latin of the following Infinitive: as  
I go for to see, [i. e. I go to see.] Eo visere.  
In which case the Infinitive may sometimes (viz. if the former verb be a verb of motion) be varied by a Gerund in di, or dum: as, Eo visendi causâ, or Ad visendum: Sometimes by Ut, and a Subjunctive mood: as, Eo ut visam: Sometimes by the first Supine, or by a Participle in rus, as Eo visum, or visurus, etc. Vide Chap. 44. Rule 3.  
¶ Nisi is noctem sibi ad deliberandum postulâsset, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. Pater huc me misit ad vos oratum— Plaut. Amph. Prol.  
11. (For) with all, all that, all this, etc. signifying though, 
XI.  although, albeit, nevertheless, or notwithstanding, is made by etsi, quanquam, quamvis, nihilominus, etiamsi, licet: as  
I will go, for all [i. e. though] I have been already oft deceived of my hope. Ibo, etsi hercle saepe jam me spes haec frustrata est. I can bear that too, for all [i. e. although] it is injurious. Id quoque possum far, quanquam in jurium est. I will do it yet for all this [i. e. nevertheless.] Nihilominus ego hoc faciam tamen. For all [i. e. notwithstanding] I gave you notice. Licèt tibi significâram tamen. I will not trust you, for all that you swear, [or for all your swearing.] Etiamsi juraveris [or tibi vel jurato] fidem non habeo.  
¶ Tametsi majores, [For all you are my elder sister,] Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Quanquam, [For all that] Terentianus ille Chremes, Humani nihil à se alienum putat, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Etiamsi ille his non eget, tamen ei potissimum inserviunt, Cic. 1. Off. 19 Nihilominus, ut ipsi luceat, cùm accenderit, E●n. Ap. Cic. 1. Off. 20.  
12. (For) after as, signifying of, as to, or concerning, is made 
XII  by the, or quod ad: for example,  
As for other matters, whatever shall be decreed, I will write to you. De caeteris rebus, quicquid erit actum scribam ad te, Cic 1. Fam. 2. Ep. As for the money— Quod ad argentum attinet [or pertinet.]  
¶ De pace, sentio simulationem esse apertam. Cic. ap. Tursel. c. 47. Obs. 11. De paupertate, securus sum, Curt. 4. De Alemenâ, ut rem teneatìs, rectiùs, utrinque gravida est— Plaut. Amph. Prol. vers. 109. Quod ad popularem rationem attinet— Cic. 1. Fam. 2. Ep. Quod ad nominationum analogiam pertinet, Varro ap. Stevich. l. 1. p. 345. Quatenus de religione dicebat, Bibulo assensum est, Cic. 1. Fam. 2. Ep. Consul Parei Commentarios de Partic. L. L. p. 605. Item, pag. 112. Item, Turselini de Partic. cap. 167. Obs' 4. 4.  
13. (For) Importing leave to do a thing, or when it may be 
XIII  varied by these words, by reason, or because of, is made by per: as  
For me you may even sleep, till you sno●t again. Per me vel stertas licet. Nor indeed could she for [or by reason of] her age. Neque per aetatem etiam poterat Ter. Eun.  
¶ Si esset licitum per nautas, Cic. 5. F. Ep. 4. Per aurium judicium licet, Cic. Or. Parere jamdiu haec per annos non potest, Ter. Ad. Cùm per aetatem potuisset, Val. Max. 3. 1. Per hanc tibi coenam incoenato Gelasime esse hodie licet, Plaut. Stich. A. 4. Sc. 2. Suum cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato apud Gell. 13. 22. Cùm per valetudinem posses, Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1. Vide Pareum de Partic L. L. p. 624, 625. & Tursel. de Partic. c. 139. Obs. 8.  
14. (For) Implying defence, or favour, may be rendered by à 
XIV  pro, or secundum: as  
He stood for the Smate. A Senatu stetit. Apollo stood for Croy. Pro Trojâ stabat Apollo. He spoke much for [i. e. in favour of] our side. Multa secundum causam nostram disputavit, Cic. apud Danes, lib. 1. c. 31.  
¶ Vide nè hoc totum Scaevola sit à me [i. e. pro me] Cic. 1. de Orat. Turs. c. 1. obs. 6. Ad dominam pro te verba trement tuli, Ovid. Am. 1. 6. Pro patriâ cernit cum hostibus, Plaut. Amph. arg. 1. Secundum nos judicari volumus, Cic. Tursel. cap. 184. Obs. 5. Pro me consuls, ut referrent efflagitati sunt, Cic. ad Quir. Decertare pro meâ salute nolui, Cic. ib. Nemo contra perditos cives à Senatu, & à bonorum virorum causâ sterit constantiùs, Cic. de Cl. Orat. apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 585. Commune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quàm à nobis facit, Id. apud eundem, ib.  
15. (For) Sometimes is part of the signification of the foregoing 
XV  word: as  
I have sought for him all the Town over. Per totum usque oppidum quaesivi eum. I look for guests. Opperior convivas.  
¶ Una Elephantis pluribus sufficit, Sen. Ep. 60.  

Particular Phrases.  He is beholden to you for his learning. Eruditionem suam tibi acceptam fert.  
¶ Qui mihi vitam suam referret acceptam, Cic. Philip. 2.  
I thank you for writing to me. Ago tibi gratias de literis tuis. I dare not for angering him. Non ausim, nè illum commoverem. I would, but for hurting him. Vellem lubens, nisi foret ei damno. It is for your good. In rem tuam est. E re tuâ  
¶ Si in rem est utrique— Sen. And. A. 3. Sc. 3. Quae maximè in rem vostram communem sient, Plaut. Amph. Prol.  
Good for an ague. Efficax febri curandae.  ad curandam febrem.  
¶ Utile est ad firmitudinem vocis, Cic. ad Heren. lib. 3.  
It is most fit for your age. Aetati tuae aptissimum est, Cic. 1. Off. It is a shame for you to stay for it. Hoc te expectars tibi turpe est, Cic.  
¶ Quod ipsi fuerit honestissimum dicere., Cic.  
For the nonce. De industiâ Datâ [deditâ] operâ. I know it for a certain. Mihi est exploratissimum.  
¶ Cùm mihi esset exploratissimum, Cic. ad Quir. Nos quidem pro certo habebamus, Cic. Att. 7. 12.  
For all that he could say or do. Quantumcunque conatus est What cause is there for you to despatr? Quid est, quare desperes? Sen. Ep. 44. He hath paid for his folly. Dedit poenas vecordiae, Flor. 3. 7. For the present. In praesentiâ  
¶ De utrâque re simul erit in praesentiâ dictum, Cic. ad Heren. 3.  
But for, Chap. 13. Rule 2.  
For the most part, Chap. 23. Phr. Append.   

CHAP. XVI. Of the Particle From.  
1. FRom) before a Noun or Name of Place, is sign of an 
I.  Ablative case, most usually without, yet sometimes with a Preposition: as  
He goes from Capua to Rome. Capuâ Romam petit, Hor. 1. I. 7. Ep. He went from Brundus●um. Discessit Brundusio [or à Brundusio] Cic. Farnab. Gr. p. 86. He is newly gone from home Nuper exiit domo.  
¶ Multi principes civitatis Româ profugerunt, Cic. Cat. 1. A me cum Philone Pessinunte discessit, Cic. 2. Fam. 12. Ep. Ambraciâ veniunt huc legati publicè, Plaut. Stich. A. 3. Sc. 2. Domo dudum huc accersita sum, Plaut. Video rure redeuntem senem, Ter. Eun. A Brundusio nulla adhuc fama venerat, Cic. ad Att. l. 9 Ep. 3. Vide Danes Paralip. l. 3. c. 13. Si quae forte navis ex Asiâ venerit, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 2. Su●it humo pigrè, Ovid. Met. li. 2. vers. 773.  
2. (From) before the English of the Participle of the present 
II.  tense, is made by à or ab, with a Gerund in do: as  
Idle boys are soon discouraged from learning. Ignavi à discendo citò deterrentur.  
And if a Verb of hindering or withholding go before, it may also be rendered by nè, or quò minus, with a Subjunctive mood: as  
Thou hast kept me from shedding of blood. Continuisti me nè in irem caedes. What keeps you from coming? Quid impedit quò minùs venias?  
¶ Dadas iis literas, per quas mecum agebas, nè eos impedirem, quò minùs ante hyemem aedificarent, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Abs te peto, ut mei existimes, humanitate esse prohibitum, ne contra amici existimationem venirem, Cic. Att. l. 1. Ep. 1. Si te infirmitas valetudinis tuae tenuit, quò minùs ad ludos venires— Cic. Fam. l. 7. Ep. 1. Per eos, nè causam diceret ●● eripuit, Cas. de bell. Gall. l. 1. Bene meritos quin colas, nec exorarifas est, neque— Cic. ad Quir. Virgil. tamen habet, [Georg. 4. v. 10.] nam pabula venti Ferre domum prohibent.  
3. (From) after verbs of taking away, is sign either of a 
III.  Dative, or Ablative with a Preposition: as  
To take away ones life from him. Eripere alicui [or ab aliquo] vitam.  
¶ Adimam tibi namque figuram, Ovid. Met. 2. 475. Quid si praeripiat flavae Venus arma Minervae? Ovid. Am. 1. 1. Conscia de tergo pallia deme tuo, Id. ib. Eleg. 4. Id totum eripere vobis conatus est, Cic. de Leg. Agr.  
4. (From) in other significations, is either included in the 
iv  Latin of the foregoing verb, or made by à, ab, è, ex, or de: as  
Hidden virtue does but little differ from buried sloth. Paulum sepultae distat inertiae celata virtus, Hor. 4. l. Od. 9 He received a Letter from Peter. Accepit literas à Petro. The Emperor is a great way off from the City. Procul abest ab urbe Imperator. To cast down from on high. E sublimi jacere, Plin. I speak from my heart. Ex animo dico. He goes from what he said. De sententiâ decedit.  
¶ Viri nostri domo, ut abierunt hic tertius annus, Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Cui cognomon superbo ex moribus datum, Flor. 1. 7. I have heard all from the beginning. A principio audivi omnia, Ter. De cespite virgo se levat, Ovid. Genitus alto de cord Petitos edidit, Ovid. Met. 2. 624. Ex eo tempore, Cic. Nosque ab his abducere vult, Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Not far from hence. Haud procul hinc, Ovid.  
¶ Hinc me depellite, ut Curt. l. 4●  
He went from thence. Indè abiit, Ter.  
¶ Ind expelli, unde invitus recedas, Sen. Ep. 54.  
From our very childhood. Jam inde à puero, Ter. He was so far from doing violence, that— Adeò ipse non violavit, ut— So far is my Oration from being weakened, that. Tantum abest, ut enervetur oratio, ut— I have used him not to hid aught from me. Nequid me celet, eum consueseci.  
¶ Neque ego te celabo, neque tu me celâsses, quod scies, Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 2.   

CHAP. XVII. Of the Particles His, Of his, Her, Their, It's, etc.  
1. HIs, Of his, Her, Their, It's) before 
I.  
* How to rend●● own, see Chap. 3● Note 2.  own, either expressed or understood, are made by suus: as  
He paid the money with his own hand. Argentum ipse mihi adnumeravit suâ manu, Plaut. He must needs be a fool who soever is ashamed of his own kindred. Quemcunque suae? origin●● poenitet, eum oportet, 〈◊〉 ineptum, Scal. de Caus. Li●● Lat. l. 6. cap. 130. She has been so long without her husband. Tandiu viro suo caruit, Pla●● Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. They do not do their duty. Illi suum officium non colunt Plaut. Of its own nature. Suopte ingenio.  
¶ Quondamque suis erravit in agris, Ovid. Met. Sponte suâ, Ovid. Met. 8. Suum omnes nationes tuentur morem, Scal. de Ling. Lat. li. 6. cap. 130. Suus omnibus Asiaticis dicendi mos est, Scal. ib. Quid dulcius hominum generi à naturâ datum est, quam sui cuique liberi? Cic. ad Quir. Res familiaris sua quemque delectat, Cic. ib. Nunquam nimis curare possunt parentem suum siliae, Plaut. Stich. Suam classem attentatam magno cum suo periculo penè sensit, Cic. ad Quir.  
(His, Of his, Her, Their, It's) Without own, are made most usually by the Genitive Case of some of these Pronouns ille, ipse, is, iste? as  
She hath what was his. Quae illius fuerunt possidet, Ter. And. This treachery of his. Haec ejus persidia. Here were her arms. Hic illius arma— Virg. Aen. 1. I did not so much regard my own business as their play. Postposui tamen illorum mea serio ludo, Virg. Eclog. 7.  
¶ Propter eorum excellens ingenium, Cic. ad Quir. Collegâ ejus clementissimo primò non adversante, Cic. ad Quir. Illius aram saepe tener nostris ab ovilibus imbuet agnus, Virg. Ecl. 1. Adventus ipsius ad te satìs cum commendabit, Cic. 12. Ep. 6.  
2. (Himself, Herself, Themselves, Itself) In the nominative 
II.  Case are made by is, or ipse: as  
And indeed it is he himself. Et certè is est. jupiter himself is my father. Pater est mihi Jupiter ipse, Ovid. Met. 2. Since the Common wealth itself hatk brought me back into the City— Quoniam me in civitarem respublica ipsa reduxit, Cic. ad Quir.  
¶ Denique ipse ad extremum pro meâ vos salute non rogavit solùm, verùm etiam obsecravit, Cic. ad Quir. Quibus ipse regna dederat ad eos inops supplexque venit, Cic. ad Quir. Nunc ipse Bruttius Romae mecum est, Cic. 13. F. 38. Ep. Aequitas enim lucet ipsa per se, Cic. 1. Offic. 12.  
(Himself, Herself, Themselves, Itself) In the Obliqne Cases, most usually made by sui, sibi, se; as  
Not so much to save themselves. Non tam sui conservandi causâ, Cic. He sets too much by himself. Nimium tribuit sibi [or admiratur se.] Fannius killed himself. See Fannius ipse peremit, Ma●t.  
¶ Eorum est haec quaerela, qui sibi chari sunt, seseque diligunt, Cic. 5. de Fin. Cùm privati se parietum praesidio, non legum tuerentur, Cic. ad Quir. Necesse est enim sibi nimium tribuat, qui se nemini comparat, Quintil. Inst. 1. 2.  
Note 1. The Reciproque suus is sometimes * used for a Relative: as  
I took the Pigeon in her nest. Cepi columbam in nido suo [for ejus or ipsius.]  
¶ Cic. * pro Sextio, Qui autem ità se gerebant, ut sua [pro ipsorum] consilia optimo cuique probarentur, high optimates habebantur, Caesar. 1. bell. Gall. Helvetii Allobrogibus sese persuasueros existimabant, ut per suos [pro ipsorum, vel eorum] sins eos ire paterentur, Cato in Re Rusticâ. Vinea, si macra erit, sarmenta sua [pro ejus] concidito, & ibidem inarato, Cic. 2. in Verr. Ut non modo in auribus vestris, sed in oculis omnium sua [pro ejus vel ipsius] furta, atque flagitia desixurus sim, Ovid. 1. Epist. Respice Laerten, ut jam sua lumiha condas [ubi sua dixit, pro ejus vel ipsius.] Sed haec, ut inquit Danesius, [3 lib. Paralip. cap. 17.] in exemplum non temerè trahenda sunt: quip quae malo, uti est Farnabio visum [System. Gram. pag. 53.] exemplo siant. Alias tamen haud infimi subsellii Grammaticis superiorum Latinae Linguae principium authoritate frets, exemplo nixis, contrarium placet. Videantur, Scalig. de Caus. Ling. Latinae lib. 6. cap. 130. August. Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 5. cap. 12. Hawkinsii Syntax. Not. 37.  
Note 2. A Relarive is sometimes used for a Reciproque: as  
Grammarians are at variance among themselves. Grammaticis inter ipsos [for inter se] pugna est, Quint. li. 8. cap. 6. The other became snrety for his appearance, so as that if he returned not, himself should di●. Factus est alter ejus sistendi vas, ut si ille non revertisset, moriendum esset ipsi [for sibi, i. e. vadi] Cic. Off. 3 Danes. Paralip. li. 3. cap. 7. Hawkins Syntax. 37. Not. Scal. de Ling. Lat. li. 6. cap. 130. Farnab. System. Gram. pag. 53. Aug. Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 5. cap. 11. & 12.  
¶ Quintil. Non sic nuper repugnâsset, si illum [pro se] Tribunus voluisset occidere, Cic. Offi. 3. Perfuga Fabricco pollicitus est, si praemium ci [pro sibi] proposuisset, se Pyrrhum veneno necaturum, Cic. Quâ societas hominum inter ipsos [pro se] & vitae quasi communitas continetur.  
Fit autem hoc vitandae plerumque ambiguitatis gratiâ: concurrentibus enim pluribus personis tertiis, nisi Relativo nonnunquam pro Reciproco licere● uti, obscura admodum nostra per ambiguitatem oratio redderetur, ut videre est in illo vulgatissimo omnium exemplo— R●gavit Nero Epaphroditum, ut se occideret— ubi ignoratur uter duorum oocidendus intelligitur; Nerone? an Epaphróditus?  
Note 3. These Reciproques Sui 
* Sui enim perinde ac Suus Relatiuè nonnunquam apud Classicos etiam Authores sumitur.  & Suus, are not used after a Verb of the first, or second Person, (unless it be when they are put for Relatives) as  
I was with him. Cum ego fui [not secum.] Knowest thou his brother? Ejus nôstin' fratrem? [not suum.]  
Farn. Syst. Gram. pag. 53. Danes. Paralip. li. 3. cap. 7. Supplem. ad Gram. Ordin.  
Mart. li. 6. Ep. 52. Sis licet indè sibi [pro ipsi] tellus placata levisque. Senec. ad Albin. Puer ad tuum formetur arbitrium, multum sibi [pro illi] dabis, etiamsi nihil praeter exemplum dederis. Cic. 1. Philip. Si quid mihi humanitus accidisset, hujus dici vocem testem reipublicae relinqueremancae perpetuae erga se [pro ipsam] voluntatis. Cic. ad Quir. post Red. Qui statuerat Quirites; si vos me sibi [pro illi] non reddidissetis, eandem subire fortunam.  
Hujusmodi autem exempla notanda ut sint, haud tamen temerè imitanda sunt.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Particle How.  
1. HOw) before an Adjective, or Adverb of Quality, is 
I.  made by quàm: as  
How acceptable dost thou think this present is! Quàm hoc munus gratum arbitrare esse! How fain would I that he were bidden! Quàm vellem eum invitatum! It cannot be expressed, how greatly I rejoice. Non dici potest, quàm valdè gaudeam, Cic. 7. Fam. 15. Ep.  
¶ Si privati tam ponderosa vox, quàm graves fasces Consulis extitissent! Val. Max. 6. 4. Hei mihi! quàm longè spem tulit aura meam! Ou. Am. 1. 6. Is eam rem quàm vehementèr vindicandam putârit, ex decretis ejus poteritis cognoscere, Cic. pro Quint. Quàm gaudeo! Ter. Ad. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉! [eheu quàm doleo!] Soph. in A●ace. Ah nescis, quàm doleam, Ter. Herald Act. 5. Sc. 1.  
2. (How) before words of time or number, is made by quot, 
II.  quotus, or quandiu: as  
How old is he? Quot annos natus est? [or Quotum annum agit?] How long is it since it was done. Quandiu id factum est?  
¶ Nunc quot modis mutentur dicendum est, Cic. Or. Perf. Vidcndum est, quandiu retinendum sit, Cic. Or. Perf.  
3. (How) In Interrogation, is made by quid, quomodo, or 
III.  ut: as  
How think you? Quid tibi videtur? Ter. How stands the case with you? Quomodo tibi res se habet? How far you? Ut vales?  
¶ Ut illi efferentur laetitiâ, cùm vicerint? Cic.  
4. (How) Vulgarly used for that, is expressed by quot, ut, 
iv  or an Infinitive Mood: as  
He told his father how [or that] Anthony did beat him. Narravit patri, quòd Antonius eum verberavit. You know how [i. e. that] I trust you with all my counsels. Scis, mea confilia ut tibi credam omnia, Ter.  
¶ Videsne, ut navigia, quae modum excedunt, regi nequeant, Quint. Curt. lib. 4.  
5. (How) referring to the means, or manner of doing, may 
V  be expressed by quî, quomodo, quemadmodum, ut, uti, unde, quo pacto, quâ ratione, etc. as  
How comes it to pass, that all men know what I am ignorant of? Quî sit, ut ego quod nesciam sciant omnes? There is no rule given, how the truth may be found out, but only how it may be judged of. Nullum est praeceptum, quomodo verum inveniatur, sed tantum quomodo judicetur, Cic. I would have you study, how to make me a Library. Velim cogites quemadmodum Bibliothecam nobis consicere possis, Cic. I think you have heard how they stood about me. Credo te audîsse, ut me circumsteterint, Cic. And I cannot tell how to avoid it. Neque uti devi●em scio, Ter. Phorm. How knowest thou that? Unde id scis? Ter. He cannot tell how to give up his account. Non invenit quo pacto rationem redderet, Val. Max. 3. 1  
¶ At hoc demiror, quî tam facilè potueris persuadere illi, Ter Heaut. A. 2. S. 3. Somnum hercle ego hâc nocte oculis non vidi meis, Dum id quaero, tibi quî filium restituerem, Ter. Herald Act. 3. Sc. 1. Haec negotia quo modo se habeant— Cic. 2. Fam. 5. Ep. Quomodo hoc etgo lues? Uno scilicet si mihi librum miseris, Cic. ad Att. li. 12. Ep. 6. A principio videndum est, quemadmodum velis venire ad extremum, Cic. Or. Quaere potius quemadmodum rationem non reddas, Val. Max. li. 3. cap. 1. Memorat legiones hostium ut fugaverit, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Non tu ci dixistiut essem? Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Namque videbat uti bellantes Pergama circum hâc fugorent Graii, Virg. Aen. 1. Sed nescio quo pacto oratio mea defluxit— Cic. Quo autem pacto deceat dici— Cic.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I asked how your son did. Quaesivi de filii tui valetudine How long, I pray thee, wilt thou abuse our patience? Quousque tandem abutêre patientiâ nostrâ, Cic. How long is it ere you look for your old man? Quid? Senem quoad expectatis vestrum? Ter. They cannot tell how to be angry. Omnino irasci nesciunt, Cic. You see how all is with us. Vides quo in statu res nostrae sint.  
¶ Cum attendo quâ prudentiâ sit Hortensius, Cic. pro Quint.  
How great calamities hath he suffered? Quantas hausit calamitates? Cic.  
¶ Heu! quanto melior sors tua sorte meâ est! Ovid. Am. 1. 6.  
It is not to be said how greatly they rejoice. Dici non potest quantopere gaudeant, Cic. We must consider how far— Videndum est quatenus— Cic. How hast thou done this long time? Valuistin' usque? Plaut. Stich.  
¶ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; Aristoph.  
How often [or how many times?] Quoties?  
¶ Ah! quoties per saxa canum latratibus acta est! Ovid.  
It shall not repent you how 
* See much Chap. 24. 2.  much you profit. Quantùm proficias non poenitebit, Cic. 1. Off. 1.   

CHAP. XIX. Of the Particle If.  
1. IF) in the former clause of a conditional speech, is made 
I.  by si; in the latter either by si, or sin: as  
If Anthony shall come hither alone, I think I shall easily be able of myself to hold him up: but if he shall bring any forces with him, I shall do my best to prevent his doing of harm. Si nudus huc se Antonius conferet, facilè mihi videor per me sustinere posse: si verò copiarum aliquid secum adducet, ne quid detrimenti fiat, dabitur opera à me, Cic. Fam. 10. 11.  
¶ Simo ●e dolour aliquis tenuit quò minùs ad ludos venires, fortunae magis tribuo, quàm sapientiae tuae: sin haec quae caeteri mirantur, contemnenda duxisti, laetor— Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1. Si qua laboriosa est, ad me curritur: Sin levis est, ad alium mox defertur gregem, Ter. Heaut. Prol. Si quid praeter spem erit, facies ut sciam, sin est (ut arbitror) nego●ium perditum, scribes tamen, Cic. Att. 15. 13.  
2. (How) signifying whether, is made by numb, or an, seldom 
II.  * by si: as  
Ask him if [i. e. whether] it be so. Ex illo quaeras, num [an] ita siet. I will go see if [i. e. whether] he 〈◊〉 at home. Visam, si domi est, Ter. I tried if the wind blew. Tentabam spirarent annon aurae, Plaut.  
¶ Vide— si potes esse possessor, Cic. 2. de Orat. Dicito si pascuntur aves, Cic. 2. de Diu. Illa si jam laverit, mihi nuntia, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. S. 1. Radiorum viribus artus, si queat, in vivum tentat revocare calorem, Ovid. 4. Met. v. 248.  
* Si pro an rarum est, Tursel. cap. 186. Obser. 3. Nota (inquit Paraeus) si, verbis Quaero, scire velim, & id genus aliis non adjungi, nisi Praecedente Negatione: sed pro si, an, ne, utrum, nunquid: Inepte igitur dixeris quaero, si tibi placeal; pro, quaero an placeat, Paraeus Com. de Partic. p. 542.  
3. (If) Immediately before not, is usually made by sin, with aliter, 
III.  secùs, or minùs; and sometimes by si non, or si minùs: as  
If that be so, all will be the easier: but if not, it will be a hard task. Id si ita est, omnia faciliora: sin aliter, magnum negotium, Cic. Fam. 11. 14. If that fall out, that we desire, we shall be glad: if not, we shall be content. Si ilud quod volumus eveniet, gaudebimus: sin secùs patiemur animis aequis, Plaut. Casin. If I can finish it, according to my mind, my labour will be well bestowed, but if not, I will throw it into the sea. Si ex sententiâ successerit, benè erit opera posita: sin minus, in ipsum mare dejicimus, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. He is a great Orator, if not the greatest. Is magnus est Orator, si non maximus, Cic. in Orat. There will be somewhat here in some time; or if not. Erit hîc aliquid aliquando: aut si minùs, Cic. Fam. 7. 11.  
¶ Si bonus es, obnoxius sum: sin secùs— Plaut. Trinum. Si uxorem velit, lege id licere facere: sin aliter negat, Ter. Phorm. Act. 1. Sc. 2. Igitur S. C. si erit factum scribes add me: sin minùs, rem tamen conficies, Cic. Att. 5. 4. Si perficiunt, optimè: sin minùs— Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 8. Si non perfectio at conatus tamen, Cic. in Oratore. Si me putas te istîc visurum, expectes: si minùs, invisas, Cic. Att. 3. 19 Quae ut omnia concurrant optabile est: sin minùs, plures causae majoresque ponderis plus habebant, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Huic tu libro maximè velim ex aaimo, si minùs, gratiae causa suffragere, Cic. Fam. 12. 17. Velim antè possis si minùs, utique simul simus cùm Brutus veniet, Cic. Att. 13. 4.  
4. (If) Parted from not, by other words, is made by ni, nisi, 
iv  sin; and sometimes by 
* Si non, pro si minùs barbarum non est, si recté adhibeatur, Tursel. cap. 186. obs. 9 Operae hîc pretium erit●, Parae● Commentar. de Partic. L. L. [p. 543. 545, 546] consulere.  si non, and si minùs: as  
If there were not that cause, that Ni esset ea causa, quam— Cic. Att. 12. 10. If he had not demanded a night's time to consider on it. Nisi is noctem sibi ad deliberandnm postulâsset, Cic. ad Quir. But if you will not have me do it— Sin me id facere noles— Cic. Fam. 2. 1. If thr great names of my Ancestors do not set me out. Si me non veterum commendant magna parentum Nomina— Ovid. Am. 1. 3. I resolved to give you some small comfort, that might ease your grief, if not cure it. Statui adhibere aliquam modicam consolationem, quae levare dolorem tuum posset, si minùs sanare potuisset, Cic. Fam. 5. 16.  
¶ Nae ego essem hîc libentèr, ni esset ea causa, quàm tibi superioribus literis scripsi, Cic. ad Art. 12. Ep. 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, [Et nisi Deorum aliquis hunc conatum restinxisset] Soph. Ajax. Nisi nota esse arbitrarer, Cic. Nisi moderationem animi tui notam haberem, Quint. Curt. l. 4. Domitius (nisi me omnia fallunt) de se incredibiliter timuit, Cic. Att. l. 1. Tursel. cap. 125. Obs. 1. Si mihi tecum non & multae & justae causae amicitiae privatim essent, Cic. Fam. 6. 17.  
5. (If) before any is made by si, either joined to quis, etc. 
V  or pa●ted from it by other words: as  
If you can by any means— Siquo pacto pores, Cic. If there be any faith in me. Siqua fides, Mart. li. 1. Ep. 14. If any man man bring yo● into question. Si re in judicium quis adducat, Cic.  
¶ Siqua pios respectant numina: siquid usquam justitiae est, Virg. Aen. 1. Malè cum credo intollexisse, si quisquam malè intelligit, Cic. Att. 16. 14. Si forte armenta requiret Haec aliquis, vidisse nega, Ovid. Met. 2. 699.  

Certain particular Phrases.  As if [Vide Asdruball] Ac si, utsi, quasi, perinde qaasi, tanquam.  
¶ Ejus negotium sic velim suscipi●●, ut si 〈◊〉 res mea, Cic. Fam. 2. 14. Similiter fa●iunt, ut si— Cic. Offic. 1.  
I do not speak it, as if I made any doubt of your honesty. Non eò dico, quò mihi veniat in dubium fides tua, Cic. pro Quint.   

CHAP. XX. Of the Particle In.  
1. IN) before the name, or Author of a Book, is made by 
I.  apud: as  
I had heard it, as it is in Brutus [i. e. the book so called.] Sic acceperam, ut apud Brutum est, Cic. Att. 12. 5.  
¶ Translatio est apud cum multa, Cic. Est apud cundem, Cic. Or. Veteres id dicere solitos apparet apud Plautum, Va ro de Ling. Lat. lib. 4. De quâ praeclarè apud cundem est Platonem, Cic. Off. 1. Quod apud Platonem est in Philosophos dictum, Cic. 1. Offic. 12. Quod enim est apud Ennium— id latiùs patet, Cic. 1. Off. 10.  
2. (In) before the names of Languages [as in English, in Latin, 
II.  etc.] is made by an Adverb: as  
To speak in Greek. Graecè loqui, Cic. Or.  
¶ Hoc loco continetur id quod dici Latinè decorum potest: Graecè enim 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dicitur, Cic. Offic. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; Acts 21. 37.  
3. (In) before the English of the Participle of the 
III.  present 
* See the marginal notes to the fift Rule.  Tense is made by in, or inter, with a Gerund or Gerundive Adjective: as  
They spend the day in making ready. In apparando consumunt diem— It freezeth in the falling. Inter decidendum gelascit. In the amplifying of a thing. In amplificandâ re, Cic. Or.  
¶ Qui in ulciscendo remissior fuerit mox apertè laudatur: at qui in beneficiis romunerandis est tardior ingratus appelletur necesse est, Cic. ad Quir.  
4. (In) before words of price, is sign of an Ablative case: 
iv  as  
It stood me in three 〈◊〉. Tribus mihi denariis stetit.  
5. (In) Without to, is generally a sign of the 
V  Ablative 
* After Adjectives importing skill or unskilfulness, the word following in, is sometimes made by the Genitive case: sometimes by a Gerund in di: as, Skilful in the Laws. Legum peritus, Hor. Skilful in shooting. Peritus jaculandi. Unskilful in Greek letters. Graeoarum literarum rudis, Cic. Off. 1.  case: as  
I came in time. In tempore veni. Ignorant in the civil law. Rudis in jure civili, Cic. lib. 1. de Orat.  
6. (In) with to, requireth an Accusative * case: as 
VI   
He came into the Senate. In Senatum venit, Cic. She 〈◊〉 into a cave. Fugit in antrum, Ovid.  
* Est tamen ubi Authores, imitati Graecos 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & contrá, ut 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hom. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, promiscuè vel Accusat. vel Ablativum huic Praepositioni subjiciunt. Sic Ovid. 2 Met. Utinamque oculos in pectore posses inserere. Cic. pro Quint. Veni in Senatu. Sen. 3. de Ben. 6. 37. In ordine redigere. Vide Durrer. Danes. Farnab.  
Note 1. There be many Latin phrases, in whose English in must be rendered without to, 
* Sic, ad summum, [in brief] Cic. In medium, [in common] Virg. In orbem [In a ring] Ovid. In gyrum, Ovid. Animi pendeo, Cael. Ciceroni. Desipiebam mentis, Plaut. In rem tuam erit. [It will stand you in stead.] Quid? quod apud Terentium legimus. Esse in magnum honorem, Eun. Act. 2. Sc. 2. Et apud Ciceronem— Esse in amicitiam populi Romani, CIc. 1. Verr. Voss. Gram. p. 84. Durrer. de Parti●. p. 202.  though the following Substantive be not of the Ablative case: as  
I am troubled in mind. Discrucior animl, Plaut. A gallant ●●vie in show, but poor and weak. Praeclara classis in speciem, sed inops & infirma, Cic. 7. Verr.  
Note 2. Into after a Latin Verb compounded with in, is oftentimen part of the signification (and included in the Latin) of that verb: as  
To enter into an house. Domum ingredi.  
¶ Insilui campo, Claud. Insiluere vadis, Stat. Modo seriùs incidis undis, Ovid. Met. 4. v. 198.  

Certain particular Phrases.  He came in the night. De nocte venit, Cic. In the dark. Per tenebras, Ovid.  
¶ At priùs Aeneas per noctem plurima volvens, Virg. Aen. 1. Callida per tenebras versato cardine Thisbe egreditur, Ovid. Met. 4. Nec dubitavi quin per eos dies matutina tempora lectinnculis consumpseris, Cic. Fam. 7. 1. Quod si tu per eos dies operam dedisti Protogeni tuo— Id. ib.  
In his sleep. Secundùm quie●em, Sen. In the mean while. Interim Inter haec Interea loci, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. In faith [troth.] Hercle. Mehercle. You come in good time. Per tempus advenis, Ter. In that place. Eò loci, Val. Max. In word only. Verbo tenus, Cic. In comparison of whom— Prae quo— In the Pulpit. Pro suggestu. Pro rostris. ¶ Pro concione, Liv. 38. Not well in his wits. Non est compos mentis. Sui est inops animi Get you in. Abi intrò. Ter. Heaut. In time 

past. 
* Alium esse censes nunc me, atque olim quum dabam, Ter.   
to come. 
† Forson, & haec olim meminisse juvabit, Virg.    Olim. It will stand you in some stead. In rem tuam erit. E re tua  
¶ Id fac, quod in rem sit tuam, Ter. Hec.   

CHAP. XXI. Of the Particle Long.  
1. LOng) Joined with all, is made by omnis, or totus: as 
I.   
I have not seen him all this day long. Hodie toto non vidi die, Ter. All my life long. In omni vitâ, Cic.  
¶ Nihi totâ viâ, quàm essetne sibi salvum imperium requirens, Suet. apud Steu●ch.  
2. (Long of) denoting one to be the cause of, occasional to, 
II.  or in fault for a thing, is made by in causa, in culpa, or else by some third person of sto or sio; thus,  
It shall not be long of me— Ipse in culpâ non ero— Per me non stabit, quo minus— It was long of you that he was condemned. Tu in causa damnationis fuisti, Quint. Per te factum est, ut condemnatur.  
¶ Per eos factum est, quo minus, Cic. 1. Ep. 4.  
3. (Long) signifying greatly to desire, is to be translated by 
III.  a verb signifying so: viz. cupio, suspiro, glisco, ardeo, etc. as  
He longs to see you. Cupit te videre.  
¶ Aliquid immensum desiderant, Cic. Quae plerique vehementer expetunt, pro nihilo ducunt, Cic. 1. Off.  
4. (Long) in other significations, is an Adverb, or an Adjective 
iv  either of Time or Measure: as  
I am sorry you were so long away from us. Ego te abfuisse tamdiu à nobis doleo, Cic. You have stayed me long. Diu me estis demorati, Plaut. So long as I shall live. Dum animâ spirabo meâ, Cic. So long as you shall be in prosperity. Donec eris foelix. I think good that you hid yourself so long there, till Censeo tibi latendum tantisper ibidem, dum— A long war. Bellum longum [diutinum, diuturnum.] Seven foot long. Septem pedes longus.  
¶ Haec autem forma retinenda non diu est, Cic. Or. Perf. Quam 〈◊〉 quisquam erit, qui te defendere audeat, Cic. Quousque poscimus aliquid Deos? Sen. Ep. 60. Tamdiu requiesco, quamdiu ad te scribo, Cic. Att. l. 9 Ep. 3.— quoad [so long as] te quantum proficias non poenitebit, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Herilli jam pridem [long ago] explosa sententia est, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Quoad quisque eorum vixerit [so long as] Cic. 1. Off. 15. Usque dum vivunt, Plaut. Trucul. A. 2. Sc. 3.  

Certain particular Phrases.  It will come, ere it be long Jam hîc ader●t. Brevi It is not loug since. Haud diu est quum. Not very long after. Haud ità multò post. Non He stayed longer than was expected. Ampliùs opinione morabatur Sal.   

CHAP. XXII. Of the Particle Man.  
MAn) If spoken by way of opposition, either to child, or 
I.  woman, is made by vir: as  
When I was a child I spoke as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things. Quum essem infans, ut infans loquebar: postquam autem factus sum vir, abolevi quae insantis erant. Neither do the Roman women swear by Hercules, nor the men by Castor. Neque mulieres Romanae per Herculem dejurant, neque viri per Castorem.  
¶ Togatus à praetextato differt, ut privatus à magistratu, & vir à puero. Pellit. in Or. pro A. Caecin. Hinc ubi jam firmata virum tc fecerit aetas, Virg. Ecl. 4. Qui conjectare quâ mares, quâ foeminas. Plaut. Mil. apud Paraeum de Partic. pag. 360. Eum oderunt quâ viri, quâ mulieres, Liv. apud eundem, ib. Sic quidem viri, sed ne qui sexus à laude cessaret, Ecce & virginum virtus, Flor. 1. 10. Jusjurandum autem per Pollucem & viro & foeminae commune est, A. Gel. 4. 1.  
2. (Man) Relating to the nature of man, without respect 
II.  either to sex or age, is made by homo: as  
Man is a mortal living creature, capable of reason and of knowledge. Homo est mortale animal rationis & scientiae capiens, A. Gell.  
¶ Est natura hominum novitatis avida, Plin. Ità est vita hominum quasi cùm ludas tesseris, Ter. Ad. Homo sum; humani nihil à me alienum puto, Ter.  
3. (Man) If it be referred to the quality of any determinate 
III.  Person, it is made by either vir, or homo: as  
If we will show ourselves to be men, [i. e. stout men.] Si viri esse volumus, Cic. Thou art a man [i. e. a stout man.] Homo 
* 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉  es, Plaut. Good men do these things to the most estranged men. Haec in homines alienissimos viri boni faciunt, Cic.  
¶ Virum res illa quaerebat, Cic. Ità est homo, Ter. Tulit dolorem ut vir; & ut homo majorem ferre sine causâ necessariâ noluit, Cic. Patre ejus claro homine, & forti viro plurimùm usi sumus, Cic. 6. F. 11. Ep.  
4. (Man) spoken indefinitely, without respect to any determinate 
iv  person, is made by ullus, nullus, nemo, quis, or some compound thereof with homo [either expressed * or] understood: as  
If any man call, I will come instantly. Si ullus vocabit, statim veniam. No man can do it better than you. Hoc melius, quam tu, facere nemo potest, Cic. A man may ask, what had you to do with her? Roget quis, quid tibi cum illâ? Ter. If any man bring you into question. Si te in judicium quis adducat, Cic. And is there any man that knowing this, can suspect? Et est quisquam, qui cùm hoc cognôrit suspîcari possit? Every man loves himself. Se quisque diligit. Is any man alive more fortunate than I am? Ecquis me vivit hodie fortunatior? Ter. If any man chance to ask for these , say you saw them not. Si fortè armenta requiret haec aliquis, vidisse nega, Ou.  
¶ * Sic semper dilexi, ut non ullo cum homine conjunctiùs viverem, Cic. 6. Fam. 11. Ep. Nullus frugi esse potest homo, nisi qui benè & malè facere tenet, Plaut. Neminem hominem pluris facio, Cic. Est enim vis tanta naturae, ut homo nemo velit, nisi hominis similis esse, Cic. Nunquis hinc me sequitur? Nemo homo est, Ter. Ego formidolosus? Nemo est hominum, qui vivat minus, Ter. De quo homine praeconis vox praedicat, & pretium conficit, huic acerbissimum vivo videntique fumus ducitur, Cic. pro Quint. An quisquam hominum est aequè miser ut ego? An hoc dubitavit quisquam omnium? Cic. Jugulari civem nè jure quidem quisquam bonus vult, Cic. Suam quisque homo rem meminit, Plaut. Quisnam homo est, Ter. Cicero seems to use homo alone in this indefinite sense, Orat. pro Quint. Etsi homini nihil magìs est optandum quàm prospera fortuna, ib. Quid homini potest turpius usu venire?  
5. (Man) Put for manservant, in such like expressions as 
V  these [My man, yours, or his man] is made by servus or famulùs: as  
I received your letters of your man. Redditae mihi sunt literae tuae famulo tuo. He sent his footman to Rome. Servum à pedibus Romam misit, apud Durrer.  
¶ Cúm ex eo curiose quaesisset servus noster, Cic. ad Att. 9 3. Cicero uses homo in this sense too, Orat. pro Quint. Hominem P. Quintii deprehendis in publico [i. e. P. Quintius his man.]  

Certain particular Phrases.  He played the man. Virum egit. Se virum praestitit. He is grown a man. Togam virilem sumpsit. Ex ephebis excessit.  
¶ Cùm sapimus patruos, Pers.  
A manor a mouse. Aut Caesar aut nullus.   

CHAP. XXIII. Of the Particle More.  
1. MOre) before an Adverb or Adjective of quality, is 
I.  made by their comparative degree; or by magìs, with their positive, especially if they form no regular comparative: as  
He is more greedy of pleasure then of money. Cupidior est voluptatis, quàm pecuniae. If I must speak more plainly. Si dicendum est apertiús. More fit. Magis idoneus, More fitly. Magis idoneé.  
¶ Renovata illustriora videntur, quam si obscurata non essent, Cic. ad Quir. De quo est accuratius disputandum, Cic. Orat.  
2. (More) When it refers to quantity, and when it may be varied by above, greater, or more greatly, is made by plus: as 
II.   
There were more than [or above] fifty men slain. Plus quinquaginta hominum ceciderunt, Liv. One hath more [or greater] strength than another. Plus habet virium alius alio. I have no man, to whom I am more [or more greatly] indebted, than to you. Ego habeo cui plus, quàm tibi debeam neminem, Cic. I do not give you way to love him more [or greatlier] than I love him myself. Non concedo tibi, plus ut illum ames, quàm ipse amo, Cic. ad Qu. Fr.  
¶ Fortunae meae recuperatae plus mihi nunc voluptatis afferunt, Cic. ad Quir. Plus trecenta vehicula amissa, Liv. Non habet plus sapientiae quàm lapis, Plaut. Re plus quam opinione differens, Cic. Ex eâ re plus mali est, quam commodi utrique, Ter. And. Quae existimas plus quam artem ipsam prodesse, Cic. de Orat. More greatly is sometimes the English of magis: as Desiderata magis, quam percepta delectant, Cic. Sic fruebar, ut nemo magis, Cic. Me non magis liber ipse delectabit, quam tua admiratio delectavit, Cic. ad Att. 12. 6. Magis offendit nimium, quam parùm, Cic.  
3. (More) When it is put for rather, is most usually made by 
III.  magis: as  
I knew it more [or rather] by what I tried, then by what I had learned. Experiendo magis, quam discendo cognovi, Cic. I attribute it more to fortune, then to any wisdom of yours. Fortunae magis tribuo, quam sapientiae tuae, Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1.  
¶ Carendo magis intellexi, quàm fruendo. Cic. Ut magìs virtute, quam dolo contenderent. Ces. Tursell. de Part. cap. 106. Non temere Magis pro Plus usurpandum est. Magis enim plerunque ad comparationem pertinet, & Potius significat. Plus autem saepe refertur ad magnitudinem, & contrarium habet Minus, etc.  
4. (More) In speeches of this kind, [The more learned 
iv  thou art, the more humble be thou] in the first place is to be made by quo or quanto, in the second by eo or tanto, and in both is to have a Comparative degree after it: as Quanto doctior es, tanto submissior fueris.  
¶ Quanto diutius abest, magis cupio tanto, & magis desidero, Ter. Heaut. Quanto spei est minus, tanto magis amo, Ter. Eun. Quanto plura parâsti, tanto plura cupis, Hor. Quanto splendidior— Tanto praestantior, Ovid. 2. 724. Quo difficilius hoc praeclarius, Cic. Quoque magis tegitur, tanto magis aestuat ignis, Ovid. Met. 2. Quae quo plura sunt, eo te meliori ment nostra verba audire oportebit, Cic. pro Quint. Quo plus propter virtutem possunt, eo minus quid possint debent ostendere, Cic. Etsi est eo laudabilior, Cic. Quo etiam satietas formidanda est magis, Cic. Quo gratior tua liberalitas nobis debet esse, Cic.  
Note 1. In such like expressions as these [in Rule 4.] there is a defect of these words [by how much, or by so much] which are many times expressed.  
Note 2. Magis * hath both the nature, and the regiment of a Comparative.  
¶ * Saturnius distinguens inter elementum comparandi, & comparativum, negat magis esse per se comparativum [l. 9 c. 6.] At non prudenter inquit Scaliger, [de cause. L. Lat. l. 4. c. 101.] qui a Positivo magnum, format comparativum magis. Cui assentitur Laur. Valla. [l. 1. c. 12.] Nec diversum ab his sentire videtur, Farnab. qui [Syntax. Regim. Reg. 52.] comparativi regimen huic Adverbio tribuit, authoritate nixus Virgilii Aen. 1. Quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam coluisse.  

Certain particular Phrases.  So as nothing can be more. Ut nihil ultra possit. supra More than once, or twice. Iterum, & saepius, Cic. I desired nothing more. Nihil mihi potius fuit. Nihil est quod malim quam— We desire no more. Nihil [non] desideramus amplius, Cic. He did no more. Non ultra quam—  
¶ Non ultra, quam compedibus coercuit, Sueton.  
Nothing troubled me more. Nihil me magis sollicitabat, quam— Cic.  
¶ Quo magis cavendum est ne- Cic. 1. Offic. 10.  
He said there was one and no more. Unum aiebat, praeterea neminem, Cic. I take more care how to— than— Mihi majori curae est quemadmodum— quam— Cic. I love him every day more and more. Quem me hercule plus plusque in dies diligo, Cic.  
¶ Amor mihi crescit in horas, Virg.  
I think every day more and more of— Quotidie magis, ac magis cogito de— Cic.  
¶ Quotidie augescit magis aegritudo, Ter. Herald 3. 1.  
I sell for no more than others do. Non vendo pluris quam alii. Moreover. Quin etiam. Atque etiam.  

Appendix of Most.  So as they may most fitly hang together. Ita ut quam aptissimè cohaereant, Cic. As every one stands most in need of help. Ut quisque maximè opis indigear, Cic. For the most . Magnam partem. Magna ex parte. Maxima parte.  
¶ Maximam autem partem ad injuriam faciendam aggrediuntur, ut— Cic. 1. Off. 10.  
As most of us speak. Ut plerique loquimur, Cic. Most of all. Vel maxim, Cic.  
¶ Maxim autem adducuntur plerique, ut Cic. 1. Off. 10.  
At the most. Summum. Ad summum. Ut maxim. As most an end it comes to pass. Quod plerunque fit. Ut ferè fit.  
¶ In splendidissimis ingeniis plerunque existunt honoris imperii— cupiditates, Cic. 1. Off. 10.  
All for the most part. Plerique omnes, Ter.  
¶ Quod plerique omnes faciunt adolescentuli— Ter. And. 1. 1.   

CHAP. XXIV. Of the Particle Much.  
1. MUch) joined to a Substantive expressed, is made by 
I.  multus or plurimus: as  
That is a matter of much difficulty Sudores multi est res illa. In this kind there is very little strength, yet much sweetness. Hoc in genere nervorum est vel minimum, suavitatis autem vel plurimum, Cic.  
¶ Multo sanguine, ac vulneribus ea Poenis victoria stetit, Liv. Quantum quisque suâ nummorum servat in arcâ, Tantum habet & fidei, Juvenal.  
2. (Much) Without a Substantive, and relating to price, 
II.  value, or * concernment, is made respectively by some of these words, (a) quanti, (a) tanti, hujus, (b) magni, [or (b) magno] (b) permagni, maximi, plurimi, [or (c) plurimo:] as  
Consider not how much the man is to be esteemed. Noli spectare quanti homo sit Cic. Priamus was hardly worth so much. Vix Priamus tanti fuit, Ovid. I value you not thus much. Non hujus re facio, Val. Max. How much do you regard his authority in the Senate. Suam in Senatu authoritatem quam magni aestimans? Cic. Virtue is much to be valued in every place. Magno ubique virtus aestimanda est. I have deservedly ever esteemed you very much. Meritò te semper maximi feci, Ter. Money is every where very much esteemed. Plurimi passim fit pecunia  
¶ (a) Hoc si quanti tu aestimes sciam, tum— Cic. ad Att. 1. 6. Non tanti emo poenitere, A. Gell. (a) Pro Genitivis tanti & quantl junguntur nonnunquam cum verbo interest Adverbia, tantum & quantum, Plin. l. 2. c. 16. Tantùm interest subeant radii, an superveniant, Cic. pro Muraena. Quantùm communis salutis intersit, Danes. Scholar l. 3. c. 9 (b) Magni interest ad decus, & laudem hujus civitatis ita fieri, Cic. Data magno aestimans, accepta parvo, Sen. 3. de Ira. Non fames nobis ventris nostri magno constat, sed ambitio, Sen. 60. Ep. Permagni interest, quo tempore haec epistola tibi reddita sit, Cic. Illud permagni referre arbitror, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. (c) Farnab. ad Regim. Synt. reg. 48.  
* Equidem ad nostram laudem non multùm video interest, Cic. Plurimum refert compositionis, quae quibus anteponas, Quintil.  
3. (Much) When it is joined with a Verb, and may be rendered 
III.  by far, or greatly, is made by multùm, quantùm, magnopere, vehementer, longè, valde, etc. as  
He is much [or greatly] deceived Multum fallitur. As much [or as far] as lies in me. * Quantum in me erit, Cic. I do not much [or greatly] care. Non magnopere laboro, Cic. He is much [or greatly] mistaken. Vehementer errat, Cic. It much [or far] excels all other Studies and Arts. Longè caeteris & Studiis & Artibus antecedit, Cic. I am much [or greatly] afraid. Valde timeo, Cic.  
¶ Multum ille & terris jactatus & alto, Aen. 1.  
* Quod potero, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Pro viribus. Pro virili meâ parte.  
Te istam tam tenuem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tam valde admiratum esse gaudeo, Cic. Malè metuo, Plaut. Non mediocriter pertimesco, Cic.  
4. (Much) Sometimes is part of the signification of the immediately 
iv  foregoing verb: as  
You are a fine man, to think much, to send me a letter. Jam lautus es, qui gravere ad me literas dare, Cic.  
5. (Much) before the Comparative and Superlative degree 
V  is made by tanto, quanto, multo, long; and before the Comparative also by quo, eo, hoc, and haud paulo: as  
By how much the less hope there is, by so much the more am I in love. Quanto minus spei est, tanto magìs amo, Ter. Eun. Sc. ult. You are by so much the worst Poet of sll, by how much you are the best Patron of all. Tanto tu pessimus omnium Poeta, quanto tu optimus omnium Patronus, Catull. You are much more skilful, yet not much better than other men. Longè caeteris peritior es, sed non multo melior tamen. I now think myself to be much the happiest man alive. Multo omninm nunc me fortunatissimum puto esse, Ter. He is in so much the better state. Eo est meliore conditione, etc. *  
¶ Quanto diutius abest, magis cupio tanto, & magìs desidero, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Hic mihi quanto plus sapit, quàm egomet mihi! Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Omne animi vitium tanto conspectius in se Crimen habet, quanto major qui peccat habetur, Juvenal. Quanto superiores simus, tanto nos summissiùs geramu●, Cic. Off. 1. Haud scio an multo magis etiam despicientia adhibenda sit rerum humanarum, Cic. Off. Id quod multo magìs est admirandum, Cic.  
* Vir longè post homines natos improbissimus, Cic. in Brut. Hominem longè audacissimum nuper habuimus in civitate Fimbriam, Cic. pro Rosc. Am. Quarum rerum eo gravior dolour, quo culpa major, Cic. ad Att. 11. 11. Arationes eo fructuosiores siunt, quo calidiore terra aratur, Varro de re rusty. l. 1. cap. 32. Quo difficilius, hoc praeclarius, Cic. Off. 1. Quo quisque ingenio minus valet, hoc se magis attollere, & dilatare conatur, Quintil. 2. l. 1. 〈◊〉. 3. Nae tu haud paulo plus, quàm quisquam nostrûm delectationis habuisti, Cic. 7. lib. Fam. Ep. 1.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Much good d'it you. Sit saluti. Prosi●. Bene sit tibi cum— He is much a Scholar. Vir est haud vulgariter doctus. Est homo non contemnendae doctrinae. I understand as much. Tantundem intelligo, Plaut.  
¶ Non recuso, quin, quantum de illo libro, tantundem de mei judicii famâ detrahatur, Cic. 6. Ep. 19  
He could not so † much as say, much * less could he sing. Ne loqui quidem potuit, nedum cantare.  
¶ † Ne calamistri quidem adhibebuntur, Cic. Or. Ne epistola quidem narrare audeo tibi— Cic. l. 2. Fam. Ep. 5.  
* satraps si siet amator, nunquam snfferre ejus sumptus queat, nedum tu possis, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1.  
He is much in debt. Aere alieno obrutus est. Ex aere alieno labora●. We had much ado to persuade him. Difficulter ei persuasum est. Not so much to persuade, as to delight. Non tam persuadere quàm delectare.  
¶ Non tam ut te impedirent, quàm ut— Cic. Non tam sui conservandi causâ, quam, Cic. Cat. 1.  
They can do much with him. Plurimum apud eum possunt. Between too much and too little. Inter nimium & parum— Cic. Off. 1. So much as— i. e. only. Tantum I am not so mu●h a Traveller abroad, as I was wont to be. Non tam sum peregrinator jam, quam solebam, Cic. 6. Ep. 19   

CHAP. XXV. Of the Particles Must or Aught.  
1. MUst or Aught) is generally made in Latin by oporter, 
I.  debeo, or a Gerund in dumb: as  
He must [or aught to] have some ivice. Habeat succum aliquem oportet, Cic. He must [or aught to] be a man of great skill. Summae vir facultatis esse debebit, Cic. But an Orator must [or aught to] consider. Est autem Oratori videndum, Cic.  
¶ Multa oportet discat, atque dediscat, Cic. pro Quint. Quod jam pridem factum esse oportuit, Cic. Cat. 1. Saepius cogitant quid possit, quam quid debeat facere, Cic. pro Quint. Si grati esse volunt, debebunt Pompeium hortari, ut— Cic. Att. 9 8. Orandum est, ut sit mens sana in corpore sano, Juvenal. Etenim ex rerum cognitione e●●lorescat, & redundet oportet oratio, Cic. l. 1. de Orat. apud Com. Gall. Lat. Sunt enim per multa quibus erit medendum, Id. ib.  
2. (Ought) signifying any thing is made by quid, ecquid, siquid, 
II.  aliquid, quicquam, or quidpiam: as  
If you do aught alone. Si tecum agas quid, Cic. 1. Off. He asked him if he saw aught, Mark 8. 23. Interrogavit eum ecquid [or siquid] videret, Bez. Hieron. — If thou remember'st that thy brother hath aught against thee— Matth. 5. 23. Si memineris fratrem tuum habere aliquid contra te, Bez. Hieron. Neither hast thou taken aught of any man's hand, 1. Sam. 12. 4. Neque accepisti quicquam [quippiam] è manu ullius, Jun. Hieron.  
¶ Ecquid vides? Ecquid sentis? Cic. in Pison. Cave quicquam, nisi quod rogabo te, mihi responderis, Plaut. Amphit.  
3. (Ought) Joined with for is many times put for, as far as, 
III.  and then is made by quantum: as  
For aught [or as far as] I see. Quantum ego perspicio, Cic.  
¶ Quantum ego intelligere potueram, Cic. apud Tursel. de Partic. c. 163. Obs. 1. Vide etiam Paraeum de Partic. p. 372.  
Note. When the Gerund necessarily governs an Accusative case, it is then more elegant to turn that Accusative into a Nominative and the Gerund in dumb into a Participial in dus, agreeing with that Nominative case: as, this English, I must [or aught to] love my father, is not so well rendered in Latin by Amandum * est mihi patrem, as by Amandus est mihi pater.  
¶ * Sic tamen locutus est, Varr● de R. R. l. 1. cap. 21. Canes potius cum dignitate & acres paucos habendum, quam multos. Sic Livius, l. 37. Conclamatum propè ab universo Senatu est, perdomandum feroces animos esse. Sic Lucretius, l. 1. Aeternas quoniam poenas in morte timendum. Quin & Virgilius semel, Aen. 11. Aut pacem Trojano à rege petendum. Discessi ab eo bello, in quo aut in acie cadendum fuit, aut in aliquas insidias incidendum, aut deveniendum in victoris manus, aut capiendus tanquam exilio locus, aut consciscenda mors voluntaria, Cic. l. 7. Fam. Ep. 3. Contemnendus est omnis dolour. Id. apud Commissur. Gall. Lat. p. 131.  
Imitati autem sunt hoc loquendi modo Graecorum constructionem.  
Sic quip Demosth. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Latis legibus utendum, novae verò nou temerè ferendae: ad verbum; Novas verò non temerè ferendum. Sic Xenoph. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Vide Danesii Scholien. li. 3. cap. 15. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Si ab amicis diligi vis, amici beneficiis afficiendi sunt: ad verbum; amicos beneficiis afficiendum. Plut. in Paedag. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉—  

Certain particular Phrases.  It must by all means be kept close. Quoquo pacto tacito est opus, Ter. It must needs be so. Fieri a litter non potest, Ter. I must take care it be not done. Id nè fiat mihi cautio est.  
¶ Pisces ex sententiâ nactus sum: high mihi nè corrumpantur, cautio est, Ter. Ad. A. 3. Sc. 3.  
We see what ought to be. Quid doceat videmus, Cic. Or. As it must needs be. Id quod necesse est, Cic.  
¶ Impius appelletur necesse est, Cic. ad Quir.  
If you do aught alone. Si tecum agas quid, Cic. Off. 1.   

CHAP. XXVI. Of the Particle Never.  
1. NEver) when it is put to signify at no time, is made by 
I.  nunquam or unquam, with some negative particle: as  
I never [or at no time] thought on't before. Mihi ante hoc tempus nunquam in mentem venit. I am so troubled, as never [or at no time] any man was. Ità sum afflictus, ut nemo unquam, Cic.  
¶ Nunquam eosdem testes pertimescet, Cic. Nihil cuiquam fuit unquam jucundìus, Cic. Nemo is unquam fuit, Cic. Nihil vidi unquam, quod minus explicari posset, Cic. Att. 7. Ep. 12. Neque potuisse eum unquam me ab hac expellere, Ter.  
2. (Never) when it is put to signify no, or not, is made by 
II.  nullus or unus with some negative particle: as  
There is never [no or not] a day almost, but he comes. Dies ferè nullus esl, quin veniat, Cic. He gave him never [no or not] a word. Ne unum quidem verbum respondit.  
¶ Nunquam unum intermittit diem, quin semper veniat, Ter. De exclusione verbum nullum, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Matth. 27. 14. Ne una quidem navis amissa est, Flor. 3. 6.  
3. (Never) being a note of Intention, is to be rendered by 
III.  the Superlative degree of the Adjective, or Adverb following it, or by some cquipellent phrase: as  
Though he be never so rich, yet he is not content. Etiamsi ditissimus [vel Crasso ditior) fuerit, sort tamen suâ contentus non est. Let him write never so well yet— Scripserit vel optimè, tamen—  
¶ Sed quanti quanti [be the price never so great] been emitur, quod necesse est, Cic. Verum si cognata est maxim [never so much of kin] Ter.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Never but once. Semel tantùm Never the more. Nihilo plus. magìs. better melior. less. minùs. secius. sooner citiùs or ocyùs.  
¶ * Exprobrantibus Consulibus nihilo plus sanitatis in c●riâ, quam in foro esse, Liv. Ea sumitis, quibus concessis nihilo magìs efficitis, quod vultis, Cic. 2. de Diu. Nihilominus Helvetii id facere conantur, Caes. Nihilo beatior Jupiter, quàm Epicurus, demptâ eternitate, Cic. 2. de Fin. Nihilo secius obsequiosus fuisti, Plaut.  
Never at all. Ad Graecas Calendas. Would I might never live, if I know. Ne vivam, si scio. Never teach me— Ne me doce— Never think to— Cave putes. Noli putare.   

CHAP. XXVII. Of the Particle No.  
1. NO) without a Substantive, in Interrogative, Deliberative, 
I.  and Negative, is made by ne, or non; in Negative, by non or minime, etc. as  
I ask whether he could look for his part or no? Quaero potueritne partem suam quaerere, necne? Cic. But whether is this he that I am seeking of, or no? Sed isne est quem quaero, anon? Ter. Should I return? no, though she should entreat me. Redeam? non, si me obsecret, Ter. Would you have them let go then? No. Placet igitur eos dimitti? Minime.  
¶ Consultant, ad vitae commoditatem— conducat id necne, de quo deliberant, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Non tali auxilio, nec defensoribus istis Tempus eget: non si ipse meus nunc afforet Hector, Virg. Aen. 2.  
2. (No) With a Substantive, is made by * nemo, * nullus, 
II.  non, nihil, with a Genitive case, or by quis and ullus with some negative Particle: as  
Whom no man would have to be his clients— Quos clientes nemo habere velit— Cic. You shall receive no denial. Nullam patiere repulsam. No man almost did bid this man to his house. Domum suam istum non fere quisquam vocabat, Cic. Seeing he shall have no harm by telling it. Cum illi nihil pericli ex indicio siet, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. See that no wrong be done me. Efficias nequid mihi fiat injuriae— Cic. Fam. 15. 12. I will take no wrong. Nolo ullam pati injuriam. I would refuse no pains. Non est labour ullus, quem detrectem.  
¶ * Nullus ac Nemo hoc inter se differunt, quòd illud generaliter ad omnia, hoc propriè ad homines tantùm refertur, Saturn. li. 5. cap. 30. Nemo tam improbus inveniri poterit, Cic. Nemo vir bonus cuiquam invidet, Plaut. Nemo enim orator tam multa scripsit, Cic. Tuorum erga me meritorum nulla unquam delebit oblivio, Cic. F. 2. 1. Propterea quod iter haberent nullum aliud, Caes. Com. 1. Non parvam rem quaeris, A. Gell. Non ego sum classi sarcina magna tuae, Ou. Ep. 3. Prandium abstemium, in quo nihil vini potatur, Caninum dicitur, A. Gell. 13. 29. Nihil novi jamdiu ad nos afferebatur, Cic. In Pamphilo nihil sit morae, Ter. Justitiae primum munus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, Cic. Off. 1. His ne quam patiare injuriam fieri, à te peto, Cic. l. 11. Ep. 19 Sophocl in Ajace, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Nihil opus est haec lugere frustra, Cic. ad Att. 1. Ep. 4. Accidit ut contentione nihil opus esset.  

Certain particular Phrases.  To no end or purpose. Necquicquam. Frustra. Incassum. He is not where to be found Nusquam loci invenitur. No marvel. Nec mirum, Cic. pro Quinr. Minime mirnm. I make no question, but— Non [nihil] dubito, quin—  
There is no cause why— Non est cur- Nihil quod—  
¶ Causa cur mentiretur non erat. Cic. pro Quint. Non est, quod te, ad hunc locum respiciens metiaris, Sen. Ep. 43.  
To say no worse. Ut Mollissimè dicam. Levissimè   

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the Particle Not.  
1. NOt) before as, being the same in sense with otherwise 
I.  than, is made by aliter ac, or secus quam: as  
May I perish, if I writ not as [or otherwise than] I think. Ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio, Cic. I am not as [or otherwise than] I would be. Secus sum, quàm vellem.  
¶ Aliter atque ostenderam sacio, Cic. Si tu illam attigeris secus, quam dignum est, Ter. Phorm. Aliter de illis, ac de nobis judicamus, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Secus habui illam, ac si ex me esset nata, Ter. Hecyr. 2. 3.— Dixi secùs, ac sentiebam, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Nunquam secus habui illam ac si ex me esset nata, Ter. Hecyr. Si tu illam attigeris secus quam dignum est liberam, T. Phorm. Pareus de Partic. L. L. p. 410, 411.  
2. (Not) With a Verb, is made by nec, neque, non, haud, 
II.  nihil, or minus, placed before the Verb: as  
Bibulus' letters were not come yet. Nec dum Bibuli erant allatae literae, Cic. For I cannot deny this. Neque enim hoc negare possum, Cic. They doubt not, but— Illi non dubitant, quin— I know not, whether— Haud scio, an— I perceive not what thou intendest. Ego, quid agas, nihil intelligo, Ter. Sometimes those things fall not out, which have been foretold. Nonnunquam quae praedicta sunt, minus eveniunt.  
¶ Nolo, idem valet, quod non volo. Nec enim illa prima vera est, Cic. de Am. Neque enim sunt isti audiendi, qui— Cic. de Am. Non tam mihi molestum fuit, Cic. Haud impune feres, Ovid. Met. 2. Haud faciam, Ter. Si Parthi vos nihil calfaciunt, Cic. Fam. 8. 9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Si minus succedet, Cic. Minùs multi causâ cadent, Cic. Fam. 17. Ep. 14. Minus facile possunt, Caes. Si id mihi minus contingat, Cic. 2. de Oratore.  
3. (Not) in praying, forbidding, and bewaring, is made by 
III.  ne, or cave with a Subjuuctive, or noli with an Infinitive mood: as  
I desire you not to ask that of me. Peto à te, ne id à me quaeras, Cic. Do not entreat me. Ne me obsecra, Ter. Do not think that any letters were ever more welcome than yours. Cave putes ullas literas unquam gratiores quam tuas fuisse, Cic. Do not think that I had rather have had any thing, than— Noli putare me quicquam maluisse, quam— Cic. We must beware, that the punishment be not greater than the fault. Cavendum est, ne major poena, quam culpa sit, Cic. Off.  
¶ Hoc te primùm rogo, ne contrahas, ac demittas animum, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 1. Peto à te, ne me putes oblivione tui rariùs ad te scribere, quam solebam, Cic. Fam. 6. 2. Ne sperne meae praesagia linguae, Ovid. Met. 2. 551. Ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, Plaut. Ne me moneatis, memini ego officium meum, Plaut. Cave si me ames, existimes me— Cic. Cave sis audiam ego istuc posthac ex te, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. S. 1. Noli putare amabiliora fieri posse, Cic. ad Att. 12. 10. Nolite existimare eos, Cic. Cavendum est, ne assentatoribus patefaciamus aures, Cic. Off. 1.  
4. (Not) In Interrogations is made by non, or ne: as 
iv   
Speak I not? Watch I not? Non loquor? Non vigilo? Did I not say it would fall out so? Anon dixi hoc esse futurum? Ter. Ought I not to have known of it before? Nónne oportuit praescîsse me antea?  
¶ Estne invocatum, anon est? Plaut. Captiv. 1. Sc. 1. Dixin' hoc fore?  

Certain particular Phrases.  Not without cause. Nec injuriâ. He cometh not at all. Is nullus venit. Not that I know of. Non quod sciam. 
* Ne literae quidem meae impediuntur, Cic. 6. Ep. 19  Not he himself could have persuaded me. Ne ipse quidem mihi persuasisset, Cic.  
¶ Non modò C. Marius qui erat inimicus, sed nè is quidem qui secutus est— Cic. ad Quir.  
That I say not. Ne dicam— Not so of● as I used. Rariùs, quam solebam, Cic. I fear I cannot. Vereor, ut possim, Cic.  
¶ Vereor, ut satìs diligenter actum in Senatu sit de meis literis, Cic. ad Att. 6. 4.  
Not but— See But, Chap. 13. Rule 6, 7.  
Not so much as— Chap. Phr.  
(Not) after If: See If, Chap. 19, Rule 3, & 4.  
(Not) after And: See And, Chap. 6. Rule 2.   

CHAP. XXIX. Of Nouns repeated with a Preposition betwixt them.  
WHen a Noun is repeated together with a Preposition, it is generally made in Latin by an Adverb: as  
One by one. 
† 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  Sigillatim. Man by man. Viritim. From door to door. Ostiatim. Word for word. Verbatim. By little and little. Paulatim. [Pedentim.] Face to face. * Coram.  
1 Cor. 13. 12. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Facie ad faciem. 2 Joh. 12. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Os ad os.  
Quo mihi cùm coràm id non licet, nihil est jucundius, Cic. Att. 7. 15.  

Certain particular Phrases.  He translated it word for word. Verbum de verbo expressum extulit, Ter. To fight hand to hand. Manum conserere. Comminus pugnare.  
¶ Illum ego locum totidem verbis à Dicaearcho transtuli, Cic. Att. l. 6. Vide Tursell. cap. 208. obs. 5.  
To wait day after day. Diem de die expectare, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Cum is diem de die differret, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 5.   

CHAP. XXX. Of the Particle Of.  
1. OF) between two Substantives coming immediately together, 
I.  is sign of a Genitive case: but if an Adjective denoting some quality in a person, orthing, be joined to the latter Substantive, that Substantive is sometimes of the * Genitive, and sometimes of the* Ablative case: as  
The love of money increaseth as much as the money itself. Crescit amor nummi, quantùm ipsa pecunia crescit, Juven. A boy of an honest look. Ingenui vultûs puer, Juven. A man of no credit. Vir nullâ fide. Be of good cheer. Bono animo esto, Ter. Ad.  
¶ Mirum me tenet urbis desiderium, Cic. Quem neque fortunae temeritas, neque inimicorum labefactaret injuria, Cic. Earum, quae supersunt, curam agis, Curt. l. 4.  
* Neque enim indifferenter in alterutro casu efferuntur, Farn Syst. Gram, pag. 56. Non multi cibi hospitem accipies, sed multi joci, Cic. Ep. ult. l. 9 Formâ praestante puellae, Ovid. Ep. 3. Sunt mihi bis septem praestanti corpore nymphae, Virg. Aen. 1. Homo antiquâ virtute ac fide, Ter. Adel. Act. 3. Sc. 3. Tam nulli consilii sum, Ter. And. A. 3. Sc. ult. Cibi erat minimi ac fere vulgaris, Suet. in Aug. Quam tenui fuit, aut nullâ potiùs valetudine, Ter. Ad. Ipse est ingenio bono, Ter. And. Non ità sunt dissimili argumento, Ter. And.  
2. (Of) before the English of the Participle 
II.  of the Present Tense, coming after certain 
* Spes, tempus, causa, occasio, opportunit as, modus, ratio, consuetudo etc.  Substantives, or after Adjctives governing a Genitive case, is generally a sign of a Gerund in di: as  
This is my way of living. Haec est ratio mea vivendi. Desirous of seeing. Cupidus visendi.  
¶ Quo facilius nos incensos studio dicendi à doctrinâ deterrerent, Cic. de Orat. l. 2. Finem dicendi faciam, Cic. Amor urget habendi, Virg. Geor 4. Aliquod fuit principium generandi animalium, Varro de R R. l. 2. c. 1. Efficiet facilè hanc viam componendi, Cic. Reliquorum siderum quae causa collocandi fuerit, Cic. de Vnivers. Novarum qui spectandi faciunt copiam, Ter. in Prol. Heaut. Homines bellandi cupidi, Caes. 1. bell. Gall.  
3. (Of) before a Substantive signifying the matter whereof 
III.  a thing is made, is usually translated by è, de, or ex; * yet. sometimes the Substantive is rendered by an Adjective material: as  
A cup of gold. Calix ex auro, [or Calix aureus.] A bed of soft fleggs. Torus de mollibus ulvis.  
¶ * Nomen materiae, apud Poet as, vel in Genitive, vel in Ablativo cum Praepositione, nonnunquam etiam sine Praepositione usurpatur, Ovid. Met. 2. 683. Baculus silvestris olivae, Ovid. Met. 2. 555. Clauserat Actaeo textâ de vimine cistâ, Ovid. Met. 8. 657. In medio torus est de mollibns ulvis Impositus lecto spondâ pedibusque salignis, Id. Met. 2. 684. Septenis fistula cannis, Id. Met. 1. v. 176. Graciles ex aere catenas Elimat. Vas è gemmâ praegrandi, Cic. Ver. 6. Fabrè factum è ferro, Plaut. Rud. E saxon sculptus, è robore dolatus, Cic. Acad. l. 4. A pud Pareum de Partic. p. 608. Simulacrum ex aere, Cic. Verr. 6. Clypeus unus ex auro totus, Liv. apud Parei Comde Partic. p. 609.  
4. (Of) before mine, thine, ours, and yours, is a sign that 
IV  the Latin Pronouns are to agree with the foregoing Substantive: as  
I heard the orher day of a friend of mine. Accepl dudum à quodam familiari meo. That good will of thine towards me. Tuum istud erga me studium. A neighbour of ours. Vicinus quidam noster. This house of yours is like to fall. Vestra haec domus est ruitura.  
But when his or hers, its or theirs follows of, the Latin Pronouns may then be put in the Genitive case: as  
This book of his. Hic illius codex, Vide cap. 17.  
¶ Multis meis, & firmis praesidiis obsessus, Cic. Cat. 1. Quamdiu nos furor iste tuus eludet? Cic. Cat. 1. Et tu occupatus in meo fortasse aliquo negotio, Cic. Att. 12. 6. Name me haec tua Platanus admonuit, Cic. 1. de Orat. Est ille Cliniae servus tardiusculus, idcirco huic nostro tradita est provincia, Ter. Heaut. Act. 3. Sc. 2.  
5. (Of) After Adjectives signifying desire, knowledge, 
V  carefulness, remembrance, fearfulness, and their contraries; likewise after the English of Verbals in axe, and Participials of the Present and Preterperfect tense, is sign of a Genitive case: as  
Desirous of gold. Cupidus auri. Expert of warfare. Peritus belli, Ignorant of all things. Ignarus omnium. Careful of what is to come. Futuri anxius. Careless of what shall be hereafter. Futuri securus. Mindful of that which is past. Memor praeteriti. Do you think me so forgetful of my constancy, so mindless of what things I performed? Adcóne vobis oblitus constantiae meae, adeò immemor rerum à me gestarum esse videor? Cic. Fearful of the light. Timidus lucis. A mind fearless of death. Mens interrita lethi, Ovid. Capable of a noble mind. Altae capax mentis. Bold of heart. Fidens animi. Unskilful of the ball. Indoctus pilae.  
¶ Quod cum cupidum rerum novatum, cupidum imperii cognoverat, Caes. 5. bell. Gall. Est natura hominum novitatis avida, Plin. Praeter laudem nullius avaris, Hor. de Art. Poet. Largus opum. Aen. 11. Munificus laudis, sed non es prodigus auri, Claud. Sic Graeci 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Juris, literarum, & antiquitatum peritus, Cic. in Bruto. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Thucyd. Imprudens harum rerum ignarusque omnium, Ter. Eun. Nescia mens hominum fati sortisque futurae, Virg. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Aristot. Calamitosus est animus futuri anxius; & ante miserias miser, Sen. Ep. 98. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Xenoph. Sapiens vivit praesentibus laetus, futuri securus, Sen. de Vit. beat. Nolim caeterarum rerum re socordem, Ter. Adelph. Vetera extollimus, recentium incuriosi, Tac. l. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Lucian. Vive memor lethi, Pers. 5. Sat. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Hom. Nolo me credi esse immemorem viri, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Synes. Cautus nimiùm timidusque procellae, Hor. de Art. Poet. Impavidus somni servat pecus, Sil. l. 7. Propositi tenax, Hor. 3. l. 3. Od. Alieni oppetens, sui profusus, Sal. Catil. Metuens alterius viri, Hor. 3. l. 24. Od. Servantissimus aequi, Virg Aen. 2.  
6. (Of) after all Partitives and Adjectives put partitively, 
VI  Comparatives, Superlatives, Interrogatives, and Numerals, is sign of a Genitive * case: as  
Whom I know shall be married to some of his servants. Quam seio alicui servorum ejus nupturam, Curt. Many of those trees were set with my own hand. Multae istarum arborum memanu sunt satae, Cic. The elder of you. Major vestiûm. The most elegant of all the Philosophers. Elegantissimus omnium Philosophorum, Cic. Tusc. 5. Which of us thinkest thou is ignorant of— Quem nostiûm ignorare arbitraris? Cic. Cat. 1. The eighth of the wise men. Sapientum octavus, Hor. Sal. 3. l. 2.  
¶ Quorum alter te scientiâ augere potest, Cic. Off. 1. Nihil horum— Mart. l. 3. Ep. 72. Quisquis fuit ille Deorum, Ovid. Met. 1. Diuûm promittere nemo Auderet, Virg. Domus est, quae nulli villarum mearum cedat, Cic. 6. Ep. 19 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Plat. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Luc. 13. 15. Cum pancis amicorum ad Leonatum pervenit, Curt. O major juvenum— Hor. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, Caes. de bell. Gall. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 1 Cor. 15. 9 Quis omnium doctior? Cic. Quotusquisque Philosophorum invenitur? Cic. Octoginta Macedonum interfecerunt, Curt. 8. Infice tale tuâ naturum Cecropis unam, Ou. Met. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Luc. 5. 3. Pompey meorum prime sodalium, Hor. l. 2. Od. 7. Unus multorum, Hor. l. 1. S. 9 * This Genitive is sometimes varied by a Preposition: as, Est Deus è vobis alter, Ou. Solus de superis, Ou. Unus è Stoicis, Cic. l. 2. de Divin. Is enim unus fuit de magistratibus defensor salut is meae, Cic. pro Planco. Ex duabus tuis prior, Cic. ad Alt. l. 16. Ep. 13. In testamento Ptolemaei patris haeredes erant scripti. Ex duobus filiis major, & ex duabus, quae aetate antecedebat, Caes. l. 3. bell. Civil. Ego sum infelicior ex duobus parentibus, Quint. Dec. 19  
7. (Of) After the English of opus † or usus [signifying need] 
VII  dignus, indignus, natus, satus, cretus, ortus, editus, etc. is sign of an Ablative † case: as  
You have no need of a wise. Non opus est tibi conjuge, Ou. I have need of your help. Usus est tuâ mihi operâ. Worthy of praise. Laude dignus.  
¶ Nil opus est bello, Ovid. Am. 1. 3. Non usus facto est mihi, Ter. Pecuniam, quâ sibi nihil esset usus non accepit, Gel. Provenient causâ carmina digna suâ, Ovid. Am. 1. 3. Indignum sapientis gravitate, Cic. Non tu natus equo, Ovid. Am. 2. 3. Laerte satus, Ovid. Ep. 3. Quo sanguine cretus, Ovid. Venus orta mari— Maecenas atavis edite regibus, Hor. Et jam puer Arcas fuerat de pellice natus, Ou. Plato ait neminem regem non ex servis esse oriundum, Sen. Ep. 44. Bona bonis prognata parentibus, Ter. † Dixit tamen Ovid, l. 2. de Arte Amandi,— Hic erit artis opus. Et Plancus apud Cic. l. 10. Ep. 8. Nagni laboris opus suit.  
8. (Of) After Adjectives of fullness, or emptiness, is sign 
VIII  either of a Genitive or Ablative case: as  
A City full of Watlike stores. Apparatu bellico plena urbs, Liv. Full of courtesy. Officii plenus, Cic. A body bold of blood and life. Sanguinis atque animae corpus inane, Ou. A letter bold of any useful or relightful matter. Epistola inanis aliquâ re utili & suavi.  
¶ Vox plena terroris, Ovid. Plenus saevitiae, Claud. Sunt enim rationes & orationis expertes, Cic. 1. Off. 20. Opinio nobis fuit [eum] omnino omnis eruditionis expertem, atque ignarum fuisse, Cic. de Oratore 2. Vacui curâ atque labour, Cic. de Oratore 2.  
9 (Of) After Verbs of accusing, Condemning, warning, or 
IX.  absolving, is sign of a Genitive or Ablative case, with [and sometimes without] a Preposition: as  
He accuseth another man of rishonesty. Alterum incusat probri. He grievously accused his wife of unchastity. Uxorem de pudicitiâ graviter accusavit. He condemns his son in law of wickedness. Sceleris condemnat generum saum. I will condemn thee of the same crime. Eodem ego te crimine condemnabo. Admonish him of his former fortune. Admoneto illum pristinae fortunae. I thought you were to be admonished of that matter. Putavi eâ de re admonendum essete. He is acquitted of theft. Furti [or furto] absolutus est.  
¶ Aliquot matronas a pud populum probri accusâ runt, Liv. 5. bell. Punic. Ut me accusare de epistolarum negligentiâ possis, Cic. ad Att. 1. Ego cert is propriisque criminibus accusabo, Cic. in Verr. 3. Arguitur lentae crimine avaritiae, Mart. l. 11. Ep. 80. Gracchus ejusdem criminis absolvitur, Tac. l. 4. Malè administratae provinciae aliorumque criminum urgebatur. Tac. l. 5. Apud quos cùm potentissimi quique rei ejus ipsius criminis postularemtur. Justin. l. 9 Otia delectent, admoneantque mei, Ou. Gramaticos sui officii commonemus. Quint. l. 1. c. 5. Cùm ipse te veteris amicitiae commonefaceret, commotus es. Cic. ad Heren. De altero ei me purgavi, Cic. ad Att. l. 10. Quibus purgantibus clviratem omnis facti dictique hostilis adversus Remanos, Liv. l. 7. d. 4 Senatus nec liberavit ejus culpae regem, neque arguit, Liv. l. 1. d. 5. De prevaricatione à tribunis aerarii absolutus. Cic. 2. l. ad Q. Fr. Atque hunc ille vir summus scelere solutum periculo liberavit, Cic. pro Mil.  
10. (Of) After the english of those Verbs, poenltet, pudet, 
X.  taedet, miseret, miserescit, and Sum * signifying a property or duty is a sign of the Genitive case: as  
It reputes him of his old age. Senectutis eum suae poenitet. I am ashamed of thee. Pudet me tui. I am weary of my life. Taedet me vitae. No man taketh pity of me. Mei miseret nemo, Plaut. Dost thou not take pity of me? Nónne te miseret mei? It is the property of a fool to say I had not thought. Insipientis est * dicere, non putâram. It is the duty of a man that in saying his prayers to have mind on nothing but heavenly things Orantis est * nihil nisi coelestia cogitare.  
¶ Ut eos partim scelerum, partim etiam ineptiarum poeniteret, Cic. Fam. 2. 9 Fratris me quadum pudet, p●getque, Ter. Ad. Taedet nos omnes vitae, Cic. ad Au l. 5. Neminis misereri certum est, quia mei miseret nemir●●m, Plaut. Captiv. Arcadii miserescite regis, Virg. Aen. 8. Esse eloquentis puto, Cic. Non censerent ejus esse viri, Cic. Somnium narrare vigilantis est, Sen. Ep. 53. Boni pastoris est tendere pecus, non deglubere, Sueton. in Tib. cap. 31. * In hujusmodi constructione, munus, proprium, aut officium intelligitur, quod aliquando exprimitur, Cic. Tusc. 5. Sapientis est proprium— Cic. 1. Off. 1. Est oratoris proprium aptè, distinctè, ornatèque dicere, Cic. ib. Ejusque virtutis hoc munus est proprium.  
11. (Of) Coming after a word of passive signification, is 
XI.  sign of a Dative [or Ablative with a Preposition:] as  
Honest not hidden things are sought for of [or by] good men. Honesta bonis viris non occulta petuntur. He is praised of these, he is blamed of those. Laudatur ab his, culpatur ab illis. None of thy sisters were heard or seen of [or by] me. Nulla tuarum est audita mihi nec visa sororum, Virg. He is to be feared of [or by] his enemies. Formidandus [formidabilis] est hosti.  
¶ Ab aliis idem pedes aliis nominantur vocabulis, Cic. Or. Perf. Non tam molestum mihi fuit accusari abs te officium meum, Cic. 2. Fam. Ep. 1. Nec cernitur ulli, Virg. Aen. 1. Nulli penetrabilis astro lucus erat, Stat. Non ulli pervia vento, Ovid. Met. 2. Semper in studiis laboribusque viventi non intelligitur, quando obrepat senectus, Cic. Sie Demosth.— 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.— acerbe inquirere quid ab aliis factum sit. éque Deo corpus fies, Ovid.  
12. (Of) After Verbs of unloading or depriving, is sign 
XII.  of an Ablative case: as  
I will ease thee of this burden. Ego hoc te fasce levabo, Virg. He rob me of all my goods. Spoliavit me bonis omnibus.  
¶ Ut labour Crassum levem, Cic. Aegritudo me somno private, Cic. Omni dignitate spoliari, Cic. Fraudat se victu suo, Liv. See luce orbavit, Cic. Orni viduantur foliis, Hor. Emunxi argento senes, Ter.  
13. (Of) After other verbs, is for the most part made by a 
XIII  Preposition: as  
I heard that long since of many men. Istue ex multis jampridem audiveram. He consisteth of soul and body. Ex animâ & corpore constar.  
¶ Deque suo jussit secedere coetu, Ovid. Dicit se venisse quaesitum ab co, Sal. Jug. Quaeris ex me, quid acciderit, Cic. Quaererem de Philologis, è Niciâ, Cic. A testibus quaeretis ignotis, Cic.  
14. (Of) Added to a word to complete the sense of it, is included 
XIV  in the Latin of that word: as  
He asketh counsel of the master of the ship. Rectorem ratis consulit, Virg. It smells of candle-grease. Olet lucernam.  
15. (Of) In these or the like expressions, What kind of? 
XV.  What manner of? is made by qualis; and by qui or quis put for qualis: as  
What kind of dies keeps he? Quali utitur victu? What manner of man he ought to be, we have described. Qualis esset, descripsimus. Cic. He asks what kind of man he was? Rogitat qui vir esset, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 1. But what a kind of commendation is that? Tametsi quae est ista laudatio? Cic. Verr. 6.  
¶ Nunc quales Diomedes is equi— Aen. 1. Quale sit, etiam ab imperitis agnoscitur, Cic. Or. Qualis esse debeat, Cic. Illi mihi fratrem incognitum qualis futurus esset, dederunt, Cic. ad Quir. Quâ facie est tuus sodalis? Plaut. Capt. Genus hoc causae quod esset, non vidit, Cic. pro Lig. Quae vita, qui mores fuerint, per quos viros, quibusque artibus partum & auctum imperium sit, Liv. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 100, 101. Ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit pater meus, Plaut. Amph. Prol.  
16. When it speaks of a subject matter, and may be varied by 
XVI  concerning, is usually expressed by de: as  
They discoursed of war. De bello erat sermo.  
¶ De quo plura dicerem, Cic. Dicerem etiam de gestu, Cic. Locutus de imperatoris officio, & de omni re militari, Cic. de Orat. l. 2. Vide Pareum de Partic. p. 603.  
17. (Of) When it is not expressed, but understood in his, or s, 
XVII  entailed to a Substantive, is sign of the Genitive case: as  
Virgil's [or Virgil his] works. Opera Virgilii.  
¶ Ubi ad Dianae veneris, Ter. Jam me Pompeii totum esse scis, Cic. Ep. 13. l. 2. Cujum pecus? An Meliboei? Virg.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Out of hand. Evestigio. Of late. Dudum. Of its own accord. Suâ sponte, Cic. self. Per se, Cic. Ultro, Cic.  
¶ Cratera repleri sponte suâ per seque vident succrescere vina, Ovid. Met. 8. Aequitas enim lucet ipsa per se, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Ultro ab illo ad nos intolerabilia postulata retulerunt, Cic. Ep. 4. l. 12.  
Dear of a penny. Ass carum est, Sen. I never saw the like of him. Similem non vidi.   

CHAP. XXXI. Of the Particle On or Upon.  
1. ON or Upon) Before a word of Place, After a word betokening 
I.  resting upon, or near that place, is made by à, * ab, ad, in, and super: as  
He sitteth on the right hand Sedet à dextra, [or ad dextram.] To sit on horseback. In equo sedere, Cic. To rest upon the green grass. Frond super viridi † requiescere, Virg.  
¶ Quod in lecto illius considere soleret, Val. Max. 3. 1. Mite nec in rigido pectore pone caput, Ovid. Am. 1. 4. Constitit in terris, Ovid. Stans pede in uno, Hor. Dura super totâ limina nocte jace, Ovid. Am. 1. 6. Saeva sedens super arma, Virg. Diva solo fixos oculos aversa tenebat, Aen. 1. Summo sensere jacentia tergo, Ovid. Met. 2. * Equitatum Italicum ab dextro cornu, ab laevo Numidas opposuit, Liv. l. 30. Erat à Septemtrionibus collis, quem propter magnitudinem circuitus opere circumplecti non potuerant, Caes. Bell. Gall. 7. † Dixit Cic. Humi jacere. Ovid. Terrae procumbere.  
2. (On or Upon) Before a word of Place, after a word importing 
II.  motion to that place, is made by in * or super, * with an Accusative case: as  
He fell on the earth. In terram procidit. He threw his cloak upon the bed. Injecit super lectum penulam.  
¶ Quod super injecit textum rude sedula Baucis, Ovid. Met. 8. * Super non repetitur cum Ablative motus, Tursel. c. 196. Obs. 9 At in more Graecorum, & tum verbis quietis junctum, Accusativum postulat, ut Stare in pedes, [Turs. cap. 91. obs. 23.] & cum verbis motus Ablativum; ut, Fecit, ut abjiceret se in herba, Cic. 1. de Or. Dum pluit in terris, Aen. 6. Super ipsa Romani Scuta salierunt, Flor. 3. 10.  
3. (On or Upon) After Verbs signifying to depend, beget, 
III.  or the like, is made by à, ab, è, ex, or de, or an Ablative case without a Preposition: as  
Our safeguard doth depend on yours. Pendet & â vestrâ nostra salute salus, Ovid. We both depend upon one chance. Casu pendemus ab uno, Luc. The Commonwealth depends on Brutus. Respublica pendet è Bruto, Cic. To beget children on a man's daughter. Liberos ex cujuspiam filiâ suscipere, Cic.  
¶ De aliquo pendere, Hor. Crede mihi totam istam cantilenam ex hoc pendere, Cic. 11. Ep. 20. Cùm admodum tenui filo suspensa reipublicae salus ex sociorum side penderet, Val. Max. 6. 4. Summo quae pendet atanea tigno, Ovid. Met. 4. Sordida terga suis nigro pendentia tigno, id. l. 8.  
4. (On or Upon) Being part of the signification of the foregoing 
iv  Verb, is either included in the Latin of that Verb, or else is made by in, with an Accusative case: as  
To think on [or upon] one thing after another. Cogitare aliam rem ex aliâ, Ter. You have bestowed on [or upon] me a multitude of courtesles. Multitudinem beneficiorum in me contulistis, Cic.  
¶ Eos impeditos & inopinantes aggressus, Caes. Incubuit ferro, Ovid. Met. 4. Ausa est tergo considere tauri, Ovid. Met. 2. Fretus tuâ humanitate, Cic. Consumprâque in id opus ingenti pecuniâ, Val. Max. 3. 1. Parce tuas in me perdere victor opes, Ovid. Am. 1. 2. Tibiis canere, A. Gell. 15. 17. Disciplina tibiis canendi, ib. Citharâ crinitus Iopas Personat auratâ, Aen. 1. Egregien illi imposuit, Cic. Mores ejus erunt spectandi, in quem beneficium conferetur, Cic. 1. Off. 16.  
Note, If a word of time, follow on, it is made by the Ablative case: as  
On what day. Quâ die, Cic. On that day. Illo die [eo ipso die] Cic.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I give judgement on your side. Secundùm te litem do, 〈◊〉. To hold on ones side. Cum aliquo stare, Cic. Ab Liv. On either side. Utrinque. On one side. Ex unâ parte, Cic. the other Alterâ ex parte, every Undique,  
¶ Ex quâ tu biberis hâc ego parte bibam, Ovid. Am. 1. 4.  
On this side. Cis. the fare Trans.  
¶ Hostis cis Euphratem fuit, Cic. Citra flumen Ararim, Caes. Trans Rhodanum, Caes.  
On both sides. In utramque partem. Came you on foot or on horseback? Pedes venisti, an Eques? Upon my life. Emoriar nisi. My mind was on my meat Animus erat in patinis.  
¶ Circa virentes est animus tuae campos jucencae, Hor. l. 2. Od. 5  
On the contrary. E contrario. In contrarium. On, as you began. Quo pede coepisti, perge.  
¶ Quod superest perge mi Brute, Cic. 11. Ep. 15.  
On purpose to— Eo consilio. Deditâ operâ. He is on his way. In itinere est.  
¶ Cùm essem in itinere, Cic. l. 16. Ep. 20. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Act. 8. 39  
He thanks me with letters upon letters. Gratias aliis super alias epistolis agit, Plin. Upon hard terms. Durâ [iniquâ] conditione.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of the Particle Or.  
1. OR) Answering to whether, is made by an, anon, ne, 
I.  necne, seu, sive, vel: as  
Whether shall I come to Rome, or stay here? Romámne venio, an hîc maneo? Cic. But why do I ask whether you will, or no? Sed quid quaero, velisne? Cic. Whether I hold my peace, or speak. Sive ego taceo, seu loquor, Plaut. Whether you use a Physician or no, you shall not recover. Sive tu medicum adhibueris, sive non adhibueris, non convalesces, Cic. de Fat. Whether he be hindered by the owner or by a stranger. Sive à domino prohibeatur, vel ab extraneo, Paulus apud Stewich. p. 350. l. 7.  
¶ Nescio gratulérne tibls, an timeam, Cic. Hominesne, feraene, Virg. Viderint Athenae utrùm Alcibiaden lamententur an glorientur, Val. Max. 3. 1. Id viso, túne, an illi insaniant, Ter. Utrùm cùm sollicitudinis aliquîd haberes, an cùm ab omni molestiâ vacuus esses, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. Utrùm ea vestra, an nostra culpa est? Cic. Videndum est primùm, utrùm eae velint, an non velint? Plaut. Sed isne est, quem quaero, anon? Ter. Deliberent utrùm trajiciant legiones ex Africâ, nécne, Cic. Sitne autem excitata, nécne, tecum cognoscam, Cic. Seu rectè, seu perperam facere coeperunt, ita in utroque excellunt, Cic. pro Quint. Seu stabit iners, seu profluit humour, Virg. Georg. 4. Two, seu verè quam habuerunt opinionem perferunt, sive etiam auribus Vari serviunt, confirmant quidem, Caes. l. 2. the bell. civ. Sive habes aliquam spem de re publicâ sive desperas, Cic.  
2. (Or) Answering to either is rendered by aut, or vel: as 
II.   
Either let him drink, or be gone. Aut bibat aut abeat, Cic. Either he is present or not. Vel adest, vel non, Plaut.  
¶ Necessitas coget, aut novam facere, aut à simili mutuari, Cic. Or. Perf. Aut ego fallor, Hor. Vel quia non vides ea, quae nos, vel quòd, Cic. Dum vel casta fuit, vel inobservata, Ovid. Met. 2. v. 545.  
3. (Or) standing alone, in the latter clause of a sentence, is 
III.  made by ve, seu, sive: as  
Two or three friends. Amici duo, tresve, Cic. What a fortunate man is he to have such messengers, or rather Posts! O fortunatum hominem, qui hujusmodi nuncios, seu potiùs Pegasos habet! Cic. I require, or if it be reason, I desire thee. Postulo, sive aequum est, te oro, Ter.  
¶ A te verò bis, terve ad summum, & eas perbreves [sc. literas] accepi, Cic. 2. Ep. 1. Duobus tribusve spatiis factis, Cic. de Or. l. 1.  
Note, Aut is not set after ne 
* signifying whether.  but an: as Nescio gratulérne tibi, an [not aut] timeam, Cic.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I will persuade him by some means or other. Aliquo modo exorabo, Plaut. Whether you will or no. Velis, nolis.  
¶ Illum vellet, nollet coegi, ut— Sen. Ep. 53. Num illa oppignorare filiam meam me invito potuit? Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 4.  
A rag or two. Unus & alter pannus, Hor.  
¶ Unus & item alter, Ter.  
Or ever, [i. e. before that.] Priusquam, etc. Or else. Aliter, alias. Over or under. Plus minus.   

CHAP. XXXIII. Of the Particle Over.  
1. OVer) Signifying above, is made by suprà: 
* Super. Sic super Actaeas agilis Cyllenius arces, Inclinat cursus, & easdem circinat auras, Ovid. Met. 2. v. 722.  as 
I.   
A black shower hung for [or above] his head. Olli caeruleus supra caput astitit imber, Virg.  
¶ Supra volat ardea nubem, Virg. Ecce supra caput homo levis ac sordidus, Cic. Dux hostium cum exercitu supra caput est, Sal.  
2. (Over) Signifying beyond, is made by ultra: as 
II.   
He cast his dart over [or beyond] the mark. Ultra metam conjecit telum.  
¶ Ultra, citrave pervolavit, Plin.  
3. (Over) Signifying overthwart, or cross, is made by per, 
III.  or trans: 
* Supra. Supra cruentum patrem equos egit, Flor. 1. 7.  as  
He travelled over Caucasus. Iter per Caucasum fecit, Hor. Let him convey it over the sea. Trans mare asportet, Plaut.  
¶ Per Alps in Galliam contendit, Caes. de bell. Gall. 1. Ah! quoties per saxa, canum latratibus acta est! Ovid. Met. Per nemora, atque lucos, Virg. Te vel per Alpium juga sequemur, Hor. 1. Epod. Per flumen equitabat, Flor. 1. 10. Per altum ad Nesida direxi, Senec. Ep. 53. Viri reveniunt trans mare, Plaut. Stich. arg. Cineres trans caput jace, Virg. Coelum non animum mutant, qui trans mare currunt, Hor. Committendum non putavi, priùs ut Alps transgrederer— Cic. 11. Ep. 20.  
4. (Over) Being (as it is very commonly) part of the signification, 
iv  either of the foregoing or following word, is included in the Latin of that word: as  
To overtake. Assequor. To run over. Superfluo, etc.  
¶ Impendent nobis mala, Cic. Incoetpo desistere, Virg. Conatu destiterunt, Caes. l. de bell. Gall. Ad Senatum quas misi literas velim priùs perlegas, Cic. 11. Ep. 19  

Certain particular Phrasis.  My heart is so light over what it uses so be. Ità animus praeter solitum gestit. I was over ill vexed. Pejùs vexabat, quàm ut— Sen. Ep. 53. To have power over ones own self. In seipsum habere potestatem, Sen. Ep. 75.  
¶ Reges in ipsos imperium est Jovis, Hor. In dominos jus habet ille Deos, Ovid. Ep. 4.  
Thirty days over or under. Dies plus minus triginta. Over and beside that— Super quàm quòd— Over and avove these mischiefs. Ad haec mala [hoc mihi accidit etiam,] Ter. Over long. Nimis Nimium diu, Cic.  
¶ Nimis scripta numerose, Cic. Vehemens in utramque partem es nimis, Ter. Heaut. A. 3. Sc. 1. Sunt tibi magna puer nimiumque potentia regna, Ovid. Am. 1. 1.  
Over and over again. Iterum, deinde ac saepius. Over against. Adversum. Contra. E regione.  
¶ Carthago Italiam contra, Virg. E regione unius corum pontium, Caes. 7. bell. Gall.  
Without you be told it an hundred times over. Nisi idem dictum est centies, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1. He is seeking you all the Town over. Toto teoppido quaerit.  
¶ Toto me oppido exanimatum quaerere— Ter. And. 2. 2.  
Aught, see Must, Chap. 25. Own, Chap. 17. and Chap. 36.   

CHAP. XXXIV. Of the English of the Participle of the Present Tense.  
1. THe English of Participles of the 
I.  Present tense) Coming after the signs of a Verb Passive, 
* Viz. am, be, is, are, art, was, were, wert; have been, haste, or hath been, shall, or will be, etc.  is made by a verb of the same tense, whereof they are signs; by a Verb of active signification, when action is signified; and when passion, by a verb of passive: as  
What book are you reading? Quem librum legis? I am reading Virgil. Lego Virgilium. You are plotting mischief. Pestem machinaris, Cic. Supper is making ready [or preparing.] Paratur coena. Vide cap. 52. reg. 1.  
¶ Obtemperare cogito praeceptis tuis [I am thinking to follow, etc.] Cic. 9 Ep. 25. Ea res nunc agitur ipsa [is now doing] Ter. Herald 4. 7. Isne est, quem quaero? [whom I am seeking] Ter. Quîcum loquitur filius? [who is he talking withal?] Ter. Heaut. A. 1. Sc. 2. Teipsum quaero [I am looking for—] Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Hujusmodi mî res semper comminiscere: [you are always devising] Ye. Heaut. Act. 4. Sc. 5. Velle debebis: [to be willing,] Cic. 1. Offic. 1. Inimicitias suscipere nolunt, [they are unwilling,] Cic. 1. Off. 12. Ad te ibam, Ter. And. 3. 4.  
2. (The English of Participles of the Present tense) coming 
II.  after verbs of motion, with the Particle a betwixt them, is made by the first Supine, a Participle in rus, or a Gerund in dumb: as  
I go a hunting. Eo venatum; venaturus; or ad venandum. Vide cap. 44. reg. 3.  
¶ Abi deambulatum, Ter. Herald 3. 3.  
3. (The English of Participles of the Present tense) following 
III.  after Verbs importing cessation, [leaving off, or giving over] is made by the Present tense of the Infinitive mood: as  
Let us in some time leave off [or give over] speaking, of pussed judgements. Aliquando de judiciis datis dicere desistamus, Cic. Let him for bear [cease from or leave] thinking that he is able to buy those things, which himself hath ever had to be sold. Desinat ea se putare posse emere, quae ipse semper habuit venalia, Cic.  
¶ Nunquam cessavit hodie dicere contumelias, Ter. Idque nunquam destiti praedicare, Cic. 5. Ep. 11. His & hujusmodi exhortation ibus tacitis alloqui me non desii, Sen. Ep. 54. Non desii cogitationibus laetis, ac sortibus acquiescere, Sen. Ep. 54: Desist lachrymare, Ter. Mihi parcere, de me cogitate desinite, Cic. in Catil. 4.  
Graeci tamen non minùs quàm Angli, post verba desinendi participio gaudent. Sic, Luc. 5. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, He left speaking. Soph. Oedip. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Eurip. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Demoslh. Phil. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Xenoph. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Plut. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Chrysost. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Lucian. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
4 (The English of Participles of the 
iv  Present tense) Coming after for, importing the cause or reason of some 
† When it may be varied by because that—  action, is made by a Verb of the Subjunctive mood, with qui, or quod; or by a Substantive, 
† Which, if it be not a Verbal in io, hath usually a participle of the preter tense adjoined to it.  with the, ob, or propter: as  
I thank you for writing, [or because that you did write] letter's to me. Ago tibi gratias, qui [or quòd] add me literas scripseris; [de tuis ad me scriptis literis; or propter tuas ad me scriptas literas.] They gave to Titus great thanks, for taking [or because that he had taken] the Town. Magnas egerunt Tito gratias, qui [or quòd] urbem expugnaverat; de urbis expugnatione; ob [or propter] expugnatam urbem.  
¶ Velim mihi ignoseas, quòd ad te scribo tam multa toties, Cic. ad Att. 7. Ep. 12.  
5. (The English of Participles of the 
V  Present tense) Following for, 
* When it may be varied by to, that, to the end, [or intent] that.  importing the end or intent of any action, is made by a verb with ut or quo; or by a Gerund [or Gerundive] with ad, or ob: as  
They are forced, for the stopping of [too [that [or to the end [or intent] that] they may] stop] a chink. Coguntur ut [uti [or quò] rimam expleant; ob explendum [or ad explendam] rimam.  
¶ Ob absolvendum [ad absolvendum] quò [ut, or uti absolvas] munus nè acceperis, Cic. Ad eorum voluntatem mihi conciliandam, maximo te mihi usui fore video, Cic. ad Att. 1. 2.  
6. (The English of Participles 
VI  of the present tense) Coming after 
† After from, importing let or hindrance, See chap. 16. rule 2.  for, importing let, or hindrance of any action, is to be translated by a verb of the Subjunctive mood, with 
‡ When it may be varied by lest that I should.  ne, ni, 
* When it may be varied by but that I should, or if I should not.  or nist * quod: as  
I dare not for angering [or lest that I should anger] him. Non a usim, aè illum commotum reddam. I would, but for hurting [but that I should [or if I should not] hurt] him. Vellem sanè, ni, [or nisi quòd] illi nocerem.  
7. (The English of Participles of the present tense) Following 
VII.  a word importing an usefulness, or unusefulness, fitness or unfitness of a thing 〈◊〉 purpose, is made by a Geru●● 〈◊〉: 
* Especially if it may be varied by the Infinitive mood passive.  as  
Presently after it gives le●s 〈◊〉 for swimming. Mox apta natando crura dat, Ou. Met. 15. v. 376. Bio●●● 〈◊〉 ap●r●● not good for writing [or to be written] on. Emporetica inutilis est scribendo, Plin.  
¶ Rubens ferrum non est habile tundendo, Plin. l. ●5. c. 15. Radix ejus vescendo est decocta, Plin. l. 41. c. 16. Nitrosa utilis est bibendo, ib. l. 31. c. 6.  
Aliquando vox utilitatem, vel aptitudinem denotans, tam in Latino, quàm Anglicano idiomate omissa subintelligitur: nam. ut dicitur Latinè, Non est solvendo; sc. par, habilis, aptus, idoneus, etc. Dixit enim Cicero, Ep. 8. l. 3. fam. Cùm solvendo civitates n●n essent: & Columel. l. 1. c. 9 Dummodo perpetiendo labori sit idoneus. Sic dicimus etiam Anglice, He is not for going, sc. ready, or fit for going.  
8. (The English of Participles of the present tense) Coming 
VIII  after these Particles far from, is made by a Verb, with ità [or adeo] non; longè [or tantum] abest: ut  
You are so far from loving, that— Ita non amas, ut nè— Cic. 7. Ep. 1. He was so far from wronging them himself, that— Adeò ipse non violavit, ut— Curt. He will be far from believing of— Longè aberit, ut credat— Cic. I am so far from admiring of my own things, that— Tantum abest, ut nostra miremur, ut— Cic.  
¶ Cùm Ofcos ludos vel in Senatu spectare possis, Graecos vero ità non ames, ut nè ad villam quidem tuam viâ Graecâ ire soleas, Cic. Adeò ipse non violavit, ut summam adhibuerit curam, nè quis captivo corpori illuderet, Curt. li. 3. Longè aberit, ut argumentis credat Philosophorum, Cic. Quâ in vitâ tantum abest, ut voluptates sectentur, etiam curas, sollicitudines, vigilias perferunt, Cic. 5. de Fin. Tantum abest, ut meam ille sententiam moveat, ut valde ego ipsi, quòd de suâ sententiâ decesserit, poenitendum putem, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Ep. 3. Adeon● ego non perspexeram prudentiam literarum tuarum? Cic. ad Att. 6. Ep. 9  
9 (The English of Participles of the present tense) When 
IX.  it may be varied by an English Participle of the Preter tense, with any of these Particles [having, when, after that, etc.] it is sometimes made by a Verb with quum, quando, postquam, etc. sometimes by a Participle of the Preter tense, either agrecing 
* If it come of a Verb passive.  with the following Substantive, in the Ablative case; or governing 
† If it come of a Verb Deponent, viz. originally such: for the Participles of such Deponents, as anciently were Common, admit sometimes of a passive construction; sc. testatus, mentitus, meditatus, adeptus, oblitus, etc. Though in Poets we find an Accusative case sometimes governed even of the Participles of Passives; as Virg. Aen. 1. Tum breviter vultum Dido demissa profatur. Virg. Aen. 2.— Manus juvenem post terga revinctum trahebant—  it in such case, as the Verb whereof it cometh requires: as  
Lifting [having [when, or after that he had] lift] up his eyes to heaven, he said. Cue [postquam, etc.] sustulisset in coelum oculos [or Sublatis in coelum oculis] dixit. Remembering [or after that he remembered] his promise passed— Datae fidei recordatus. He gave way for old men to drink wine, that forgetting [or having forgotten] their troubles, they may seem to be groven young again. Indulsit senibus vinum bibere, ut redire ad juventutem videantur, molestiarum obliti.  
¶ Quostus eram; Pharetrâ cùm protinus ille solutâ (opening, or having opened,) Ovid. Am li. 2. El. 1. Comperto (finding, or when he had found) quam regionem hostes petiissent, Liv. l. 1. bell. Maced. Atque obliti (forgetting) salutis meae, de vobis, ac de liberis vestris cogitate, Cic. Cat 4. Atque hostem rati, emicant, fine discrimine insultant, Flor. 1. 8. Anglicum hoc present is participium Graeci per participium Indefiniti plerumque primi efferunt; idque vel activae vel mediae vocis. Sic Luc. 16. 23. Lifting up his eyes— 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Xenoph. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [Looking up] Joh. 8. 9 Beginning at the eldest. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Pythag. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
10. (The English of Participles of the 
X.  present tense) In most other cases is to be made by a Latin Participle of the present tense; viz. when it follows a Noun, 
† i. e. If it can neither be varied by a Participle, of the preter tense; as in Rule 9 nor by the English of the Infinitive mood, as in Chap. 35. Note 1.  or a Pronoun Substantive, or a Pronoun Relative, or Demonstrative, (wherewith it agreeth) and that either in the beginning, or in the body of a sentence; or when it comes before a Substantive in the end of a sentence; and generally when it may be resolved into a 
* By which it may sometimes be neatly varied, especially when the following Substantive is to be of the same number and case with the foregoing Participle: as, The Poets chose that stile, as best becoming their high invention. Eum elegerunt Poetae st lum ut eorum altam maximè decentem inventionem. Thus it is truly rendered, but may be better varied thus— Ut qui eorum altam deceret maximè inventionem.  Relative and a * Verb, etc. as  
S●ipio leading an Army loaden with the plunder of many cities seize is upon Tunes. Scipio, gravem jam spoliis multarum urbium exercitum trahens, occupat Tuneta, Liv. Had it been so, that he coming to Rome had found the Senate at Rome— Si ità factum esset, ut ille Romam veniens, Senatum Romae offenderet— Cic. Att. 7. 12. He beholds a picture containing (or which containeth) divets pictures, yet sees none of them. Picturam aspicit varias continentem picturas (or, varias quae picturas continet) carum tamen nullam videt. With a short discord to sweeten the harmony of the approaching close. Brevi dissonantiâ, appropinquantis harmoniam exitûs reddere jucundiorem.  
¶ Texentem telam studiosè ipsam offendimus, Ter. Heaut. A. 2. Sc. 3. Offendi ibi militem ejus noctem orantem, ib. Pars maxima classem mittere jubent ad opprimendam stationem navium, ad Uticam, incautè agentem, Liv. l. 30. Tu patulae recubans sub tegmine fagi— meditaris- Virg. Ecl. 1. Sed tamen nostra legens, non multùm à Peripateticis dissidentia— utere tuo judicio, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Conspecta classis hostium est Uticam Carthagine petens (coming, or which came) Liv. l. 30. Fortis verò dolorem summum malum judicans (he judging, or he who judgeth) esse nullo modo potest, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Ut nomini parere animus bene à natura informatus velit, nisi praecipienti, aut docenti, aut legitimè imperanti, Cic. 1. Off. c. 5. Quam similitudinem, natura ratioque ab oculis ad animum transferens— ordinem in consiliis factisque conservandum putat, Cic. 1. Off. c. 5. Illud etiam animadverto, quòd qui proprio nomine perduellis esset, is hostis vocaretur: lenitate verbi, tristitiam rei mitigante, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Non prohibere aquam profluentem, Cic. 1. Off, 20.  

Certain particular Phrases.  He gave his mind to writing. Animum ad scribendum appulit, Ter. And. Prol. He is an hour in telling. Dum haec dicit, abiit hora, Ter. Eun. 2. 3.   

CHAP. XXXV. Of Polysyllables in ing.  
1. Polysyllables in ing are Substantives) When they admit 
I.  of a plural number ending in s: as  
Man that is partaker of reason, perceiveth the beginnings and causes of things, and is not ignorant of their proceed. Homo, qui rationis particeps est, principia, & causas rerum vider, earumque progressus non ignorat, Cic. 1. Off.  
2. (Polysyllables in ing are Substantives) 
II.  When a or the 
† If at come before the, then see Chap. 8. Rule 10.  is, or may be set before them, and of follows them: as  
Those precepts which are given, do seem to belong to the framing of the common hind of life. Ea, quae traduntur, praecepta, ad institutionem vitae communis spectare videntur, Cic. 1. Off.  
¶ Ut ad officii inventionem aditus esset, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Imprimis hominis est propria veri inquifitio atque investigatio, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Honestum aut in perspicientiâ veri, solertiâque versatur, aut— Cic. 1. Off. 6.  
3. (Polysyllables in ing are Substantives) When they immediately 
III.  follow an Adjective, agreeing with them: as  
I have surveyed all your building. Omnem aedificationem tuam perspexi, Cic.  
¶ Arctior vero colligatio est societas propinquorum, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Primaque ab origine mundi— Ovid. Met.  

Concerning Pylysyllables in ing, further.  
Note 1. That when they are joined to a Noun governing a Genitive case, they are usually made by the Gerund in 
* Especially if they may be varied by the English of the Infinitive mood active.  di: as  
The means of writing (or to write well) is joined with speaking. Rectè scribendi ratio cum loquendo conjuncta est. Desirous of returning (or to return.) Cupidus redeundi, Ter. Hecyr. 1. 2.  
¶ Scribendi necessitas nulla est, Cic. ad Att. l. 12. Ep. 38. Commune omnium animantium est, ut habeant libidinem procreandi, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Romae non est respirandi locus, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 3. 1. Haec relata Scipioni spem fecerant castra hostium per occasionem incendendi, Liv. l. 30. Eho una accedundi via est, Ter. Heaut. 3. 3. Sequereturque & illud forense dicendi, & hoc quierum disputandi genus, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Haberent jus suum de officio disputandi, si— Cic. 1. Off. 1. Ancipitem affert curam cogitandi, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Commo●è tempus ad te cepit adeundi, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. Injuriae nocendi causâ, de industriâ inferuntur, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Ad gratificandi facultatem spectat, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Discendi studio impediti, quos tueri debent, deserunt, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Inest autem in tali liberalitate cupiditas plerunquc rapiendi, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Homines bellandi cupidi, Caes. 1. bell. Gall. Aeneas celsâ in puppi jam certus eundi, Aen. 4. Mille nocendi arts, Aen. 7. Cùm salutandi gratiâ ad Syllam venisset, Val. Max. l. 3. c. 1.  
Note 2. That after many Nouns Adjectives, Verbs, and Participles having after them these Particles (1) of, [signifying about or concerning] (2) from, 
* If a word importing hindrance or withholding come before from, then see Chap. 16. Rule. 2.  (3) by, (4) in, or (5) with, they are made by the Gerund in do: as  
They consult of (about or concerning) going over into France. Consultatur de transeundo in Galliam. Idle boys are son discouraged from learning. Ignavi à discendo citò deterrentur, Cic. I may seem to have been negligent in writing. Negligens in scribendo suisse videar, Cic. 3. Ep. 9 Greater glory is gotten by defending then by accusing. Ex defendendo, quàm ex accusando uberior gloria comparatur. I am weary with walking. Defessus sum ambulando, Ter.  
¶ (1) Scire velim quid cogites de exeundo, Cic. Att 7. Ep. 14. (2) Amor & amicitia utrumque ab amando dictum est, Cic. (3) Alitur vitium crescitque tegendo, Virg. Cast● ad virum matrona parendo imperat, Publ. Caesar dando, sublevando, ignoscendo gloriam adeptus est, Sal. Nihil est, quin malè narrando possit depravarier, Ter. Phorm: Subitum luctando accendimus ignem, Ovid. Am. 1. El. 2.— Quae docendo, discendo, communicando, disceptando, judicando conciliat inter se homines, Cic. 1. Off. 20.  
See Chap. 14. Rule 4.  
(4) Quis est tam in scribendo impiger, quàm ego? Cic. Prohibenda autem maxime est ira, in puniendo, Cic. 1. Off. Fit, ut distrahatur deliberando (in deliberating) animus, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Praeterire aliquid, maximum vitium in dividendo est, Cic. 1. Off. 3.  
If the Polysyllable with in may be varied by a verb with as, or whilst that, then see Chap. 7. Rule 1.  
(5) Intabescitque videndo, Ovid. Met. 2. Vera dicendo eos fallam, Ter. Heaut. 4. 2. Quod, ut efficerem, orando surdas jam aures reddideras mihi, Ter. Heaut. 2. 3. Pitissando modò, mihi quid vini assumpsit! Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Quin hercle lassus jam sum durando miser, Plaut. Trucul. A. 2. Sc. 3.  
Note 3. That if they have before them the English of sum, possum, or debeo, with some of these particles any, no, neither, nor, such, good, ill, etc. they are either made by a Gerund in dumb, or by a passive impersonal, or (in some casos) by a Personal Active: as  
There is no coming for me there. Non est mihi illò accedendum. There is such flocking tegether from all parts. Usque adeò concurrîtur undique. There is no persuading of him. Frustra illi suaseris [or non persuadebis  
¶ Perveniri ad summum non potest, nîsi ex principiis, Qnint. [There can be no arriving at, or coming to—] Non potest jucundè vivi, nisi cum virtute vivatur [There can be no living sweetly—] Cic. Mihi istic nec seritur, nec metitur, [There is neither sowing nor mowing,] Plaut. Cùm verò de imperio decertatur, Cic. 1 Off. 15. Usque adeò turbatur agris, Virg. Ecl. 1. Absque pecunia miserè vivitur, Ter. Non bene ripae creditur, Virg. Ecl. 3.  
Note 4. When the Polysyllable in ing is to be made by a Gerund, then if the word following is to be of the Accusative case, it may be elegantly varied, by putting the Substantive into the case of the Gerund, and the Gerund into the Gender and Number of the Substantive: as  
There was seldom any mention of peace, but often of sending Ambassadors to Hannibal. Rara mentio pacis, frequentior legatorum ad Annibalem mittendorum [for mittendi legatos,] Liu. l. 30. Excellency and greatness of courage may appear both in increasing of substance and getting commodities both to one's self, and to his friends, and also much more in despising these same things. Animi excellentia magnitudoque cùm in augendis opibus, utilitatibusque & sibi, & suis comparandis, tum multo magis in his ipsis despiciendis eluceat [for augendo, comparando, despiciendo.] Cic. 1. Off. 6. He easily seethe the course of his who●e life, and prepareth things necessary to the leading thereof. Facilè totius vitae cursum videt, ad eamque degendam praeparat ics necessarias [for ad degendum.] Cic. 1. Off. 5.  
¶ Praetermittendae autem defensionis, deserendique officii plures solent esse causae, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Triplex est consilii capiendi deliberatio, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Veri videndi cupiditari adjuncta est appetitio quaedam principatus, Cic. 1. Off. 5. Orationem autem Latinam profecto legendis nostris [for legendo nostra] efficies pleniorem, Cic. 1. Off. 1. In eo colendo sita est vitae honestas omnis, ib. In quo considerando saepe animi in contrarias sententias distrahuntur, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Aut enim in perspicientiâ veri, solertiâque versatur, aut in hominum societate tuendâ, tribuendoque suum cuique, Cic. 1. Off. 6. Adeò summa erat observatio in movendo bello, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Reliquis autem tribus virtutibus necessitates propositae sunt, ad eas res parandas tuenda sque [for parandum tuendumque] quibus actio vitae continetur, Cic. 1. Off. 6.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I will give your hide a warming. Faciam te usque ferventem flagris, Plaut. Nothing is more beseeming the nature of man— Nihil est naturae hominis accomodatius, Cic. 1. Off. It is the most unbeseeming a man. Ab homine alienistimum est, Cic. 1. Off. To fall a laughing. Risum. tollere, effundere. complaining. Quaerelam.    

CHAP. XXXVI. Of the Particle Self.  
1. SElf) with own, either expressed or understood, coming 
I.  after a Noun, or * Pronoun, is made by ipse: as  
The man himself, [or his own self] is no where to be found. Homo ipse nusquam est, Ter. I paid the money my own self. Ipse egomet solvi argentum.  
¶ Sextum Pompeium ipsi cognovimus, [We ourselves, or our own selves] Cic. 1. Off. Adest ipse frater, Ter. Quaerebant, quidnam ille ipse judicaret de— Cic.  
* After a Pronoun, though at any time it may (especially when there is an Emphasis upon Self) yet it is not always necessary, that Ipse should be expressed in Latin.  
2. (Self) without own, coming before same, is made by 
II.  hic, is, istic, idem, or unus: as  
The selfsame day, that he died. Eo ipse die, quo excessit è vitâ, Cic. In the selfsame point, that we now reason of. In hoc ipso, de quo nunc disputamus. Even that selfsame thing. Istuc ipsum. Even I the selfsame man. Idem ego ille. It seemeth to be the selfsame thing. Unum & idem videtur esse, Cic.  
¶ Sed haec ipsa, nescio recténe sint literis commissa, Cic. in E●. Quod idem fit in numeris, Cic. in Or. Uno eodemque igni, Virg. Ecl. 8.  
Note 1. My, thy, our, your, his, her, their before 
* without self, or own self, they are Adjectives.  self, or own self, are Pronouns Substantives, and made by ego, tu, nos, vos, sui, etc. as  
I guess by myself, or my own self. Ego de me ipso conjecturam facio. We perceive and feel those things more, which happen unto ourselves, either luckily, or unluckily, than those things which happen to others. Magis ea percipimus, atque sentimus, quae nobis ipsis aut prospera, aut adversa eveniunt, quam illa, quae caeteris, Cic. 1. Off. 12.  
¶ Quem egomet [I myself] dicere audivi, tum se fuisse miserum, cùm careret patriâ Cic. ad Quir. Meritò mihi [at myself] nunc succenseo, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1. Propter cum quem sibi ipse finxerat principatum, Cic. 1. Off. 10. A litter de illis ac de nobis judicamus, ib. c. 12. Minimè miror si te sibi quisque expetit, Ter. Heaut. 2. 3.  
Note 2. Own coming without self, after a Pronoun, is made by ipsius, proprius, or by a Pronoun possessive emphatically put: as  
Thou hast conjectured by thine own mind. Ex tuo ipsius animo conjecturam fecisti. She confesses that it is all thine, and indeed thine own. Tuam esse totam, & quidem propriam fatetur, Cic. pro Marco Marcelio. I loved him as my own. Amavi pro meo. You didst of your own accord. Tuâ sponte faciebas. Every one likes his own best. Suum cuique pulchrum. It is in our own choice, when the we will give aught or no Demus nécne, in nostrâ potestate est, Cic. 1. Off. 19  
¶ Non tam meâ pre causâ, quam illius, laetor, Ter. Totum hoc, quantumcunque est, quod certè maximum est, totum est, inquam, tuum, Cic. Sua mens infecerat illam, Ovid. Met. v. 834. Commonibus utatur ut communibus, privatis autem, ut suis, Cic. 1. Off. 8.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I am not my own man. Non sum apud me, Ter. He offered himself of his own accord. Se ultro obtulit, Virg.  
¶ Hâc famâ impulsus Chremes, Ultro ad me venit, Ter. And. 1, 1.   

CHAP. XXXVII. Of the Particle Since.  
1. SInce) signifying [sigh, seeing that, or because] is made by 
I.  cùm, quando, quia, quoniam, quandoquidem, postquam: as  
Since [sigh, or seeing that] it is so. Isthaec cùm ità sint, Ter. Since [or because] you will have it so. Quando ità tibi visum est. Whereupon since part of those things, which were common by nature, is become the own of every one— Ex quo, quia suum cujusque fit eorum, quae naturâ fuerant communia— Cic. 1. Off. 8. Since all my discourse shall be of duty— Quoniam omnis disputatio de officio futura est, Cic. I must needs marry— Quandoquidem ducenda est uxor— Ter. Since I have provided what was fitting. Postquam, quae opus fuere, paravi— Ter.  
¶ Cùm extremum expectent, [Since they expect] Cic. Or. Quando huc veni, ut videam, Ter. Quando, ut volumus, non licet, Ter. Quoniam convenimus ambo, Virg. Ecl. Sed, quoniam non nobis solùm nati sumus, Cic. Dicite, quandoquidem in molli consedimus herbâ, Virg. Ecl. Postquam vestra mater mortua est, Plaut.  
2. (Since) Signifying [from that time] is made by ex eo, illo, 
II.  or quo [tempore being understood:] also by à, ut, quòd, and quum: as  
I call into question all, that thou hast done, since (or from) that day, to this. Ex eâ die ad hanc diem, quae fecisti in judicium voco, Cic. 3. Ver. It is now five days since I have gone into the School. Quintum jam diem habeo, ex quo in Scholam eo, Senec. Ep. 76. Since whose death this is the three and thirtieth year. Cujus à morte hic tertius & trigesimus annus est. It is a year since he was put back Annus est, ut repulsum tulit. This is the third day since I heard it. Tertius hic dies quòd audivi, Plin. It is not long since he cast his teeth. Illi quidem haud sanè diu est, quum dentes exciderunt, Plaut.  
¶ Ex illo, retro fluere, ac sublapsâ referri Spes Danaûm, Aen. 2. Tempore jam ex illo casus mihi cognitus urbis, Aen. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [sc. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉] Lucian. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Soph. in Ajace. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [ex quo] 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Soph. ib.  
Viri nostri domo, ut abiêrunt. Hic tertius annus, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. S. ●. Ut ab urbe discessi nullum intermisi diem, quin— Cic. ad Att. 7. 14. Jam anni prope cccc sunt, cùm hoc probatur, Cic. in Or. Aliquot enim anni sunt, cùm vos duos delegi, quos praec puè colorem, Cic. Att. 9 13.  
3. (Since) Signifying (after that time) is made by inde, exinde, 
III.  or post: as  
He and I have been of very great acquaintance ever since (or after the time that) we were children. Mihi magna cum eo jam indè usque à pueritiâ semper fuit familiaritas, Ter. N●ver since (or after that time.) Nusquam exinde. Since the memory of man, [or since man could mean.] Post hominum memoriam.  
¶ Exercitatio elegans jam indè ab Aristotele constituta, Cic. Cujus cum patre magna mihi fuit amicitia jam indè à quaesturâ meâ Siciliensi, Cic. 13. Ep. 38. Qui honos post conditam hanc urbem habitus est togato ante me nemini, Cic. Phil. 2. Me duo sceleratissimi post hominum memoriam, non consuls, sed latrones, non modò deseruêrunt, sed— Cic. post. Redit. in Sen.  
4. (Since) signifying ago, is made by dudum, ante, abhine, 
iv  or jampridem: as  
How long since [or ago] was it done? Quàm dudum istuc factum est? Plaut. Two years since [or ago.] Ante biennium. Twenty years since [or ago.] Annis abhinc viginti: I heard that long since [or ago.] Istuc jampridem audiveram.  
¶ Cùm Romae abhinc triennium ferme essem, Politian. Ep. 8. Abhinc jam abierunt triennium, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 2. Te mihi ipsum jamdudum exoptabam dari, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 4. Herilli jampridem explosa sententia est, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Atqui tertium (inquit Plin. l. 17.) ante diem Scitote decerptum Carthagine, i. e. abhinc tertium diem, Ram, Gram. l. 4. cap. 17.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I had not heard of what hath happened since. Citeriora nondum audiebamus, Cic. 2. Ep. 12. She departed this life a while since. Mortua est nuper, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.   

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of the Particle So.  
1. SO) Answering to as, 
* viz. in the latter clause of a Sentence.  is rendered 
I.  by sic or ita; for example,  
As that was painful, so this is pleasant. Ut illud erat molestum, sic hoc est jucundum, Cic. As you wished, so it is fallen out. Ut optâsti, ità est, Cic.  
¶ Ut scribis, ità est, Cic. [So great as— See the Phrases below.]  
2. (So) Before Adjectives, Verbs, or Adverbs, is made by 
II.  tamburlaine, adeo, ità, perinde, sic: as  
I should not be so uncivil, as to— Non essem tam inurbanus, ut— Cic. They be so hindered by their studies, that— Suis studiis, sic impediuntur, ut— Cic. Did you think me so unjust, as to be angry with you? Adeóne me injustum esse existimâsti, ut tibi irascerer? Cic. His coming was not so acceptable. Adventus ejus non perinde gratus fuit, Suet. So quickly— Tam expeditè. I am so afflicted, as never was man. Ità sum afflictus, ut nemo unquam, Cic.  
¶ Quis se tam durum praeberet? Adeóne est fundata leviter fides, ut? Liv. Philosophia non perinde, ac de hominum est vitâ meritâ laudatur, Cic. 1. Tusc. Quae perdifficilia sunt, perinde habenda snnt, ac si effici non possint, Cic. Partit. Neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut— Cic. Quidnam hoc negotii sit, quòd filia sic Repente expetit, ut— Plaut. Menaech. Ac. 5. Sc. 2. Mihi sic crit gratum, ut gratius esse, nihil possit, Cic. Sic fruebar, ut nemo magis, Cic. ad Quirit. Ità sunt avidae— Cic. Quorum quanta mens sit difficile est aestimare, ità multa meminerunt, Cic. 1. de Nat. Deor. Cùm Pompeius ità contendisset, ut nihil unquam magis, Cic. 1. Ep. 9 Vide Phrases.  
3. Before ever, in these, and such like compounded Particles, 
III.  whatsoever, wheresoever, etc. is made by entailing cunque to the foregoing word: or else by doubling the word itself, that goes before: as  
Whatsoever it shall be, of whatsoever thing, of whatsoever kind. Quicquid erit, quâcunque de re, quocunque de genere, Cic. Whosoever thou art. Quisquis cs— Ovid. Whatsoever is under ground time will bring to light. Quicquid sub teriâ est, in apricum proferet aetas. But howsoever the matter is, mind your health. Sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini, Cic. Wheresoever he be. Ubi ubi erit.  
¶ Quaecunque etiam fine scripto dicerent, Cic. Oratore. Quantulumcunque dicebamus, Cic. Quemcunque casum fortuna dederit, aut quaecunque fortuna crit oblata, Cic. pro. Mil. Etsi ubicunque cs— Cic. Sed utcunque aderunt res, Cic. 1. Off. Quantaecunque tibi accessiones sient, & fortunae, Cic. 2. Ep. 1. Scriptaque cum veniâ qualiacunque leget, Ovid. 1. Trist.  
Quisquis fuit ille Deorum— Ovid. Met. Quisquis cs amissos hinc jam obliviscere Graios, Vir. Aen. 2. Sed haec ut ut sunt— Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 7. Ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam, Ter. Phorm. Nam ut ut erant, alia illi certè consuleres, quae nunc tuae est domi, ib. Nunc ubi ubi sit animus, certè quidem in te est, Cic. 1. Tusc. Ubi ubi erit, tamen investigabo, & mecum ad te adducam simul, Plaut. Ruden. Heus, quanta quanta haec mea paupertas est, tamen adhnc curavi unum hoc quidem, ut mî esset fides, Ter. Phorm. A. 5. Sc. 7.  
4. (So) Is very often joined with other Particles in the English composition, upon which it dependeth both for signification 
iv  and translation, which how to render rightly into Latin, can hardly so well be shown by rules, as by examples: Note therefore the more carefully these following Phrases or Examples; viz.  
So many and such men. Tot viri, ac tales, Cic. pro Cael. There are so [or as] many changes of speech, as [there be] of minds. Vocis mutationes totidé sunt, quot animorum, Cic. In. Or. There were so many, that— Ità multi fuerunt, ut— Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. I pray you pardon me for writing to you so many things, so oft [or so many times.] Velim mihi ignoscas, quòd ad te scribam, tam multa toties, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. apud Turs. c. 209. 1. The force of honesty is so great, that we love it even in an enemy. Tanta vis probitatis est, ut eam etiam in host diligamus, Cic. de Am.  
¶ Proinde fac tantum animum habeas, tantúmque apparatum, quanto opus est— Cic. 12. Ep. 6.  
There is so great a falling out betwixt them, that— Irae ità magnae sunt inter eos, ut— Ter. And. Ac. 3. Sc. 3. I am very glad that you do greatly like it. Tantopere à te probari vehementer gaudeo, Cic. 6. Fam. 19 Ep. These benefits are not to be accounted so great as those which— Haec beneficia aequè magna non sunt habenda, atque ea, quae— Cic. 1. Off. 19 I scarce had time for this so small an epistle. Huic tantulae epistolae vix tempus habui, Cic. ad Att. 1. Ep. 9 When I was gone so far that— Cùm eò jam processissem, ut— Sen. Ep. 53. So far am I from admiring my own things. Tantum abest nostra 
* See ch. 34. ru. 8.  miraremur, Cic. I was so far from him, that I could do nothing. Aberam ab eo, ità longè, ut nihil possem, Cic. ad Att. 6. Ep. 3. So far as I hear. Quantum audio, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 2. So far as it may stand with your health. Quod commodo valetudinis tuae fiat, Cic. 14. Ep. 5. So far as it is possible. Quoad ejus fieri potest, Cic. 5. Ep. 8.  
¶ Quoad ejus facere potueris, Cic. 3. Ep. 2.  
If he proceed so far as to— Si oatenus progreditur, ut— Colum.  
¶ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Eo usque progressi sunt, ut Soph. in Ajace.  
Though it be so— Etiam si id sit— Cic. Att. 11. 1. Fac ita esse, Cic. 2. in Verr. So be it [or let it be so] Fiat, Ter. Ad. 2. 1. If so be, that he will pay the money— Si modo argentum, reddat— Ter. Ad. 2. 1.  
¶ Credo (si modò homines sint) existiment me— Cic. Att. 12. Ep. 37.  
So that I be not left in scorn. Dum nè contempta relinquar, Ovid. Ep. 3.  
¶ Satìs mihi id habeam supplicii, dum illos ulcisear modò, Ter. Ad A. 3. Sc. 2.  
So there be but a wall betwixt us. Dummodò inter me atque te murus intersit, Cic. in Cat. 1.  
¶ Dummodò meis laboribus, votis, populóque Romano dignitas, salúsque pariatur, Cic. Cat. 4.  
So much. See Much, Ch. 24. R. 2. & 5. etc. So long. Long, Chap. 21. Never so. Never, Ch. 26. Rule 3.   

CHAP. XXXIX. Of the Particle Such.  
1. Such) Coming as a note of Intention before an † Adjective 
I.  is made by tamburlaine or adeò: as  
For such a small matter. Tam ob parvulam rem, Ter. Such a comely countenance as nothing could be more. Vultus adeò venustus, ut nihil suprà, Ter.  
¶ Non obtusa adeò gestamus pectora Paeni, Aen. 1.  
* And sometimes when it comes before a Substantive, viz. if it may be varied by so with an Adjective: as, Are you such a fool, that?— [or, Are you so foolish, that?—] Adeóne es ignarus [tam stultus, or tam desipiens] ut— Cic. Yet such standing before a Substantive for so great is made by tantus, and sometimes by is: as, Amicitia tantas habet opportunitates [such, or so great opportunities] quantas non queo dicere, Cic. de Am. Eâ memoriâ erat, [Such, or so great a memory had he.]  
2. (Such) coming immediately before a Substantive; or having 
II.  relation to the quality, sort, or kind of a thing, is made by talis, qualis, hujusmodi, ejusmodi, istiusmodi,— as  
There is for the most part in such [or such kind of] bounty a greedy desire of catching. Inest autem in tali liberalitate cupiditas plerunque rapiendi, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Such [or of such sort] as the Princes in a Commonwealth are, such [or of such sort or quality] are the rest of the citizens wont to be. Quales in republica principes sunt, tales reliqui solent esse cives, Cic. Many such things [or things of such sort or kind] as these. Nonnulla hujusmodi. Such tempests followed, that the work was of necessity to be left off. Ejusmodi tempestates consecutae sunt, uti opus necessariò intermitteretur, Caes. 3. de bell. Gall. We have great scarcicy of such citizens. Istiusmodi civium magna nobis est penuria, Ter.  
¶ Quem & amicissimum Miloni perspexeram, & talem virum, qualem tu judicas, Cic. Att. 5. Ep. 8. Literas tuas vehementes expecto, & quidem tales, quales maximè opto, Cic. 10. Ep. 22. Navigatio modò sit, qualem opto, Cic. Att. 10. Ep. 14. Superioris generis hujusmodi exempla sunt, Cic. 1. Off. 16.  
Sed ejusmodi pax in qua si adesses, multa te non delectarent, Cic. 12: Ep. 18. Ejusmodi nostra tempora sunt, ut nihil habeam, quod— Cic. 14. Ep. 16.  
3. (Such) When it relates to the nature or disposition of any 
III.  person, is elegantly made by sic or ità: as  
It is such a man [i. e. so natured or conditioned.] Ità est homo, Ter. Such is my disposition. Sic est ingenium meum, Ter.  
¶ Ità est ingenium meum. Plaut. Stich. A. 4. S. 2. Quid tu vis? Sic sum, ut vides, Plaut. Aul. Sic est vulgus ex veritate pauca, ex opinionc multa aestimat, Cic. pro Rosc. Com. Cujus generis sunt illa— Sic vita hominum est, ut ad maleficium, etc. Cic. pro Rosc. Amer. Ità est vita hominum, quasi cùm Iudas refferis, etc. Ter. Adel. Act. 4. Sc. 7. Sic vita erat, Ter. And. 1. 1.  
4. (Such) Sometimes is very elegantly made by hic, or is, viz. 
iv  when it may be varied by this, that, they, those: as  
Such [or this] honour have all his Saints. Gloria haec est omnibus sanctis ejus. If we be such as [or those men that] we ought to be. Si nosii sumus, qui esse debemus, Cic. It were to be wished, that such as [or they that] rule the Commonwealth— Optandum est, ut two, qui praesunt reipublicae— Cic. 1. Off. Let us use such [or that] liberality, as may be profitable to our friends, but be hurtful to no man. Eâ libertate utamur, quae prosit amicis, noceat nemini, Cic. 1. Off. 16.  
¶ Hic honos veteri amicitiae tribuendus est, ut— Cic. de Am. Qui omnes hi sumus, ut sine his studiis nullam vitam esse ducamus, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Nam cùm is est auditor, qui— Cic. in Orat. Eam habuistis rempublicam, Cic. ad Quir. Ea cogita, quae esse in eo viro debent, qui— Cic. 1. Ep.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Such is his madness. Ut est dementia, Ter. Adelph. A. 3. Sc. 3. Are you such a stranger in this City? Adeóne es hospes hujus urbis? Cic. There was never any such. Nemo is unquam fuit, Cic. Such is your prudence— Quae tua prudentia est— Cic. Att. 6. Ep. 9  
¶ Qui meus amor in te est, Cic. 7. Ep. 2.   

CHAP. XL. Of Substantives becoming Adjectives.  
ENglish Substantives are many times to be translated by Latin Adjectives: viz. when they are joined with the names of Places, Metals, Materials, etc. as  
A Louth-Scholar. Discipulus Ludensis. Spring-flowers. Verni flores. A 〈◊〉- can. Argenteus cantharus. A crystal-glasse. Vitrum crystallinum. An eyewitness. Oculatus testis. A hand-nulls. Mola trusatilis.  
¶ Lectulos iligne is pedibus faciendos dedit, Ter. Act. 4. Sc. 2.   

CHAP. XLI. Of the Particle That.  
1. THat) coming before either a Substantive, 
I.  
* either expressedor understood.  or a Relative, is made by one of these Demonstrative Pronouns ille, is, or iste: as  
I was musing, whether I could cut that whetstone with a razor. Hoc agitabam, an cotem illam secare novaculâ possem, Hor. 1. 5. We are to take heed, that we offend not at all in that kind. Cavendum est, nè quid in eo genere peccetur, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Drive away that rival as far as thou canst, from her. Istum aemulum, quoad poteris, ab eâ pellito, Ter. Let every one hold that, which hath fallen to each. Quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat, Cic. 1. Off. 8.  
¶ Ego sum ille Consul P. C. cui— Cic. Cat. 4. Haec est illa tertia aetas populi Romani, Flor. 3. 12: Scito labare meum consilium illud, quòd satìs jam fixum videbatur, Cic. Att. 8. Ep. 22. Cum is inimicus, qui ad meam perniciem vocem suam communibus hostibus praebuisset, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. De reliquis autem tribus, latissimè habet ea ratio, quâ societas hominum inter ipsos continetur, Cic. 1. Off. 8. Omnium verò societatum nulla charior est, quàm ea, quae cum republica est unicuique nostrûm, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Reperiam, qui, id, quod salutis omnium causâ statueritis non pute● esse suae dignitatis recusare, Cic. Cat. 4. Fuit ista quondam in hâc republica virtus, Cic. Cat. 2. Sed tamen iste Deus, qui sit, da Tityre nobis, Virg. Ecl. 1.  
2. (That) When it may be turned into who, which, or whom, is 
II.  made by the Pronoun Relotive, qui, quae, quod, etc. as  
When I saw a man, that [or who] had been on the same side that [or which] I had been on— Cùm viderem virum, qui in eâdem causâ, in quâ ego, fuisset, Cic. pro M. Marcello.  
¶ Quamdiu quisquam erit, qui [that or who] defendere audeat, vives, Cic.  
3. (That) After Verbs importing care, endeavour, desire, 
III.  entreaty, wishing, warning, counselling, commanding, obtaining, happening, permitting, and effecting, is constantly made by ut, though sometimes by uti, and sometimes by quo: as  
I will take care, that all things shall be made known to you. Omnia tibi ut nota sint, faciam, Cic. 5. Ep. 19 But whereas you give me counsel, that I should desire of him, that he would give may to me, that I may give the same to Pompet, that I have given to him. Quòd autem suades, ut ab eo petam, ut mihi concedat, us idem tribuam Pompeio, quod ip●i tribuerim— Cic. ad Att. 9 Ep. 6. He told me, that he was sent to me to entreat me, that I would get together some Physicians. Mihi nunciavit, se ad me missum●esse, qui rogaret, uti cogerem medicos, Seru. ad Ciceronem 4. Ep. 12. We do well here, & will do our endeavour that we may do better. Nos hîc valemus rectè; & † quo meliùs valeamus, operam dabimus, Brut. ad Cicer. 11. Ep. 23. [† Quàm multa, quàm paucis: Te rectè valere, operámque dare, ut quotidie meliùs, Cic. ad Brut. ib. Ep. 24.  
¶ Amici quoque res videnda in tuto ut collocetur, Ter. Heaut. 4. 2. Ego, ut me tibi amicissimum esse intelligant, curabo, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Utres, uti fierent, curabat, Sall. Jugurth. Opus rusticum omne, curet uti sciat facere, Cato. c. 5. Omni modo annixus est, ut in amicitiam reciperetur, Flor. 1. 18. Laboravi — diligentiam adhibui— operam dedi, ut— Cohortor illum— stimulo illum— flagito— precibus contendo, ut— Passim apud Ciceronem— reperire est. Enitar-praestabo, ut— Cic. 16. Ep. 27. Facio, ut— Ter. Ho à te peto, ut subvenias huic meae sollicitudini. Cic. 1. Ep. 6. Idque ut facias velim— Cic. 4. Ep. 1. Mecum, ut ad te scriberem egerunt. Cic. 4. Ep. 2. Te oro Dave, ut jam redeat in viam. Ter. Unum illud precipuè rogo, ut cures, ne quid— Cic.— Magnopere à te quaeso, ut— Cic. Omnibus te praecibus oro, & obtestor, ut— Cic. Attic. 9 Epist. 13. Quae omnia, ut concurrant optabile est, Cic. 1. Offic. 16. Optandum, ut two, qui praesunt Reipub. Cic. 1. Off. Monet igitur, ut caveat, ne two, qui praelium ineat. Cic. 1. Off. 15. Tu quidem prudenter, & amicè suades, ut in his locis potissimum sim, quoad— Cic. Att. 16. Ep. 14. Debebunt Pompeium hortari, ut malit mihi esse amicus, quam iis— Cic. Attic. 9 Ep. 8. Legato imperavi, ut eas quinque cohortes ad exercitum duceret. Cic. Mandavi utrique eorum, ut ante me excurrerent, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Velim ●uis praecipias, ut operâ meâ utantur. Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Pompeius' s●is praedixerat, ut impetum Caesaris exciperent— Caes. 3. de bell. Civ. Senatus decrev it, ut tacitum judicium ante comitia fieret— Cic. 4. Ep. 7. Sum enim consecutus, non modò ut domus tua tota, sed ut cuncta civitas me tibi amicissimum esse cognosceret, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Hoc assequere, ut, quam in partem accipias, minùs laborem, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Accedit, ut contentione nihil opus esset— Cic. Attic. 1. Ep. 4. Cùm praeter opinionem accidisset, ut— Cic. 3. Ep. 2. Uti in quo vellemus gymnasio eum sepeliremus, nobis permiserunt. Cic. 4. 12. Néve committeret, ut frustra ipse properavit, Cic. apud Tursel. c. 222. Obs. 5. Quorum artificiis effectum est, ut Resp. in hunc statum perveniret, Cic. Att. 9 8.  
4. (That) Having after it the sign of a Potential Mood 
iv  [viz. may, might, should, ought, or must,] or signifying to the end, or intent that, is made by ut, or quò: as  
That I may say for others what I think by myself. Ut pro aliis loquar, quod de me ipse sentio, Cic. That I might the more quickly escape. Quò celeriùs evaderem, Sen. Ep. 75. They do hurt to some, that [or, to the end that] they may be ●●beral unto others. Aliis nocent, ut in alios liberales sint, Cic. 1. Off. 16. They shortened the names, that [or, to the intent that] they might be the fit. Nomina contrahebant, quò essent aptiora. Cic. Or. Perf.  
¶ Ut in arctum, quae dicta sunt, contraham, Sen. Ep. 76. Quò magis barbari acciperent, Flor. 1. c. 2. Cùm abeo dìgressus essem eo consilio, ut ab Athenis, in Boeotium irem— Cic. 4. Ep. 12. Quò is faciliùs quam velit, iniquo judicio opprimere possit, Cic. pro Quint. Quae cupio esse falsa, ut aliquando libertate perfruamur, Cic. 12. Ep. 16. Quò verba faciliùs dentur mihi— Ter. Heaut. Ut, quoad ejus fieri possit, praesentiae tuae desiderium meo labore minuatur, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Libertate usus est, quò impuniùs dicax esset, Cic. pro Quint. Internôsse ut vos positis faciliùs, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Suscipienda quidem sunt bella, ob eam causam, ut sine injuriâ in pace vivatur, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Jam tum praesagiens animo futurum, ut totius mundi opes, & commeatus illo veluti maritimo urbis hospitio reciperentur, Flor. 1. 4. Mihi quidem si haec conditio consulatus data est, ut omnes dolores cruciatusque perferrem, Cic. Catil. 4. Moveor his rebus omnibus, sed in eam partem, ut salvi sint vobiscum omnes, Cic. Catil. 4. Ut post verba praecipiendi aut orandi & rei futurae, Farn Syst. Gram. pag. 81.  
5. (That) After a note of intention, 
* As in this case is often joined with that, and sometimes put for it.  
V  so, or such, [tam, tot, talis, tantus, is, ejusmodi, eò, adeò, sic, ità, tantopere, etc.] is made by ut: as  
So fierce was the fight, that the Captain of the Tarentine troop charged the King, and disordered him. Tam atrox pugna fuit, ut Tarentinae turmae praefectus, invectus in regem turbaverit, Flor. 1. 18. Are you such a fool that you know no● these things? Adeóne es ignarus, ut haec nescias? Cic. That is so far from duty, that there can be nothing more contrary to it. Id [autem] tantum abest ab officio, ut nihil magìs officio possit esse contrarium, Cic. 1. Off. 16. They are so hindered by their studies, that— Studiis sic impediuntur, ut— Cic. 1. Off. 12.  
¶ Non tam ut illa adjuvem, quàm ut haec nè videam, cupio discedere, Cic. Att. 9 Ep. 6. Quae cùm viderem tot vestigiis impressa, ut in his errari non posset, non adscripsi, Cic. 5. Ep. 20. Quod meum consilium exquiris, id tale est, ut capere faciliùs ipse possim, quam alteri dare, Cic. 4. Ep. 2. Tantum enim mihi dolorem attulerunt errata aetatis meae, ut— Cic 16. Ep. 21. Is enim tu vires, & eum me esse cupio, ut amicitiam nostram utrique nostrum laudi sperem fore, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Quae sunt omnia ejusmodi, ut two à vobis damnati esse videantur, Cic. Cat. 4. Ad extremum petere coepit, nè usque eo suam authoritatem despiceret, ut se tantâ in juriâ afficeret, Cic. 1. in Verr. Postea aliquantò, ipsos quoque tempestas vehementius jactare coepit, usque adeò, ut dominus navis, cùm idem gubernator esset, in Scapham confugeret, Sen. Sic egit industriâ, ut jure adeptus videretur, Flor. 1. 6. Sed ità meruisse illum de me puto, ut 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 crimen subire non audeam, Cic. Att 9 Ep. 6. Tantopere a pud nostros justitia culta est, ut two, qui civitates in fidem recepissent, eorum patroni essent, Cic. 1. Off. 15.  
6. (That) After verbs of sense, joy, 
VI  knowledge, or understanding, and the contraries thereto; also when it is put either with, or for 
† In this sense it is often joined with in and for.  because; and generally woen it relates to something either now a doing 
* And then it is joined to an Indicative mood. , or already done 
‡ But than it will have after it a subjunctive mood See Buchlers Elegancies, Reg. 158.  it is made by quòd, [and not by ut:] as  
I heard that he went— Audivi, quòd ●●t profectus. I am glad that you are come safe— Gaudeo, quòd tu advenisti salvus. Now truly do I know that my son is in love. Equidem scio jam, quòd, filius amet meus, Plaut. He returned within a little while after, for that [or because that] he said, he had forgot I know not what. Rediit paulo pòst, quod se oblitum nescio quid diceret, Cic. 1. Off. 15. What is the matter that I see Geta so afraid? Quidnam est, quòd sic video timidum Getam? Ter. Adel. A. 3. Sc. 2. I am glad that it fell out according to your desire. Quòd res tibi ex animi sententiâ evenerit laetor.  
¶ Explanandum est enim, quòd ab aliis, iidem pedes aliis nominantur vocabulis, Cic. Or. Perf. Illud etiam animadverto, quòd qui proprio nomine perduellis esset, is hostis vocaretur, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Peracutè querebare, quòd eos tributa exigere vetarem— Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Audivi, cùm diceret te secum esse questam, quòd tibi obvian non prodiissem, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Indè est, quòd aureo curru quatuor equis triumphatur, Flor. 1. cap. 5. Haec una consolatio occuriebat, quòd neque tibi amicior, quàm ego sum quisquam posset succedere; neque— Cic. 3. Ep. 2. Quas literas intellexi breviores fuisse, quòd eum perlaturum putâsses, Cic. 4. Ep. 2. Gratias agam, quòd meas commendationes tam di●●genter observes, Cic. 13. Ep. 27. In eo peccant, quòd injuriosi sunt in proximos, Cic. 1 Off. 16. Haec omnia vos judicavistis, primùm quòd mihi gratias egistis: deinde quod Pub. Lentulum, ut se abdica●et praeturâ coegistis; tum quòd— Cic. Cat. 4. Hei mihi! quòd nullis amor est medicabilis herbis. Ovid. Poeniteat, quòd non fovi Carthaginis arces, Ovid. Fast. 6 vers. 45. Id quoque, quòd vivam munus habere Dei, Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. Cùm scripsisset, quòd me ad urbem cupere videre, Cic. Att. 10. Ep. 4. Quòd duo fulmina domum meam per hos dies perculerint, non ignorare vos Quirites arbitror, Liv. apud Voss. Gram. Lat. p. 61.  
¶ Howbest for the avoiding of error in the use of this Particle, till the learners judgement be ripened by experience, it will be safest to take that course, that is prescribed in the following rule.  
7. (That) Both when it is expressed, and when it is (as it is 
VII.  sometimes) only understood in the English, it may be elegantly omitted in the Latin, by turning the Nominative case into the Accusative, and the Finite verb into the Infinitive mood: as  
I am very glad that you have bought a farm. Emisse te praedium [for quòd tu emeris] vehementer gaudeo, Cic. 16. Ep. 21. He commanded that the money should be sunk. Jussit pecuniam meigi [for, ut mergeretur pecunia,] Flor.  
¶ Suum se negotium agere [for quòd ipsi agunt] dicunt, Cic. 1. Off. Ab officio discedit, si se destitutum [for quòd sit destitutus] queratur, Cic. 1. Off. 13. Scripsit se audivisse [for quòd ipse audiverit] eum missum factum esse à Consul, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Has literas velim existimes foederis habituras esse vim non epistolae [for quòd hae literae habiturae sunt] Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Ex quo intelligi potest nullum bellum esse justum, nisi quòd [for, quòd nullum bellum justum sit] Cic. 1. Off. 15.  
Note, after many verbs, viz. facio, volo, peto, censeo, jubeo, sino, ut may elegantly be omitted in the Latin, and the following verb nevertheless still put in the Subjunctive mood; as, Diifacerent posses non meus esse liber [for ut possess] Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. Fac macerentur pulchrè, Ter. Adelph. Act. 3. Sc. 3. Fac habeas fortem animum, Cic. 6. Ep. 14. Facito haec tecum cogites, Ter. Adelph. 5. 3. Has literas velim existimes foederis habiturus esse vim, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. De me sic existimes, ac tibi persuadeas vehementer velim, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. A te id, quod consuêsti, peto, me absentem diligas, atque defendas, Cic. 15. Ep. 9 Treviros vites censo, Cic. 7. Ep. 13. Jube nunc d'numeret illi Babylo viginti minas, Ter. Ad. 5. S 7. Scripsi ad Curionem daret medico, Cic. Fam. Ep. l. 16. Egi per praedem, illi daret, Cic. Att. 9 Ep. 8. Vitam— Hanc finite infelix in loca jussa feram, Ovid. Trist. l. 1. El. 2.  
8. (That) Betwixt a Comparative degree, and a Verb is to 
VIII  have nothing made for it in Latin: as  
The more [that] I love thee. Quo te magis amo. The longer that he is away the more do I long for him. Quanto diutiùs abest, magìs cupio tanto, Ter. Heaut.  
9 (That) Either expressed or understood 
IX.  after these Particles before and after, [which are often put 
† When they are so put, is known by the Nominative case, & the verb following them.  for before that and after that] is made by quàm, either joined with, or divided [very elegantly by other words] from antè, priùs, post, etc. as  
I will endeavour to come thither, before, [or before that] I run qu'te out of your mind. Dabo operam, ut istuc veniam antè quam planè ex animo tuo effluam, Cic. 7. Ep. 14. Before [or before that] he went hence. Priusquam hinc abiit, Plaut. Amph. Prol. But after [or after that] she was gone out. Sed postquam egressa est, Ter. Andr. After [or after that] I had read your Letters. Postquam literas tuas legi, Cic. 4. 1.  
¶ Laeduntur arteriae si antè quàm leni voce permulsae sint, acri clamore compleantur, Cic. ad Heren l. 3. Saeculis multis antè gymnasia inventa sunt, quàm in his Philosophi garrire coeperunt, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Antè leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi— Quàm nostro illius labatur pectore vultus, Virg. Eclog. 1. Priùs (inquit) quàm hoc circulo excedas, Val. Max. 6. 4. Querebare, quòd eos tributa exigere vetarem priùs, quam ego re cognitâ permisissem, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Prius hic te nos, quàm istîc tu nos videbis, Cic. 6. Ep. 19 Cùm multis annis pòst petiissem, quàm praetores fuissent, Cic. contra Rullum. Postquam audierat non datum iri filio uxorem suo, Ter. And. Posteaquam vidit illum excepisse laudem ex eo, quòd— Cic. Att. 1. 11. Postea vero, quàm ita accepi, & gessi maxima imperia, ut— Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Huc referenda sunt etiam illa—- Pridie quam excessit è vitâ, Cic. in Lael. Postridie intellexi, quam à vobis discessi, Id. Octavo mense, quam coeptum est oppugnari Saguntum, captum est, Liv. l. 22. In paucis diebus, quam capreas attigit, Suet. Tiber. cap. 60. Vide Vass. Lat. Gram. p. 79. Tursel. cap. 159. Observe. 4. & 5.  
10. (That) After verbs of fearing, [metuo, timeo, vereor] 
X.  in affirmative speeches, is made by ne, (especially if the Particle lest be joined to it:) as  
I am afraid, that [or lest that] I have taken such a course, as I shall hardly be able to make out. Metuo, nè id consilii ceperimus, quod non facilè explicare possimus, Cic. 14. Ep. 12. I feared, that those things would fall out which have happened. Timebam nè evenirent ea, quae acciderunt, Cic. 6. Ep. 22 I am afraid, that [or lest that] this, which is infected, should spread further Sed vereor, nè hoc, quod infectum est, serpat longiùs, Cic. Att. 1. Ep. 10.  
¶ Malè metuo, nè Philumenae magis morbus ingravescat, Ter. Hec. A. 3. Sc. 2. Metuo, nè numerum augeam illum, Plaut. Amph. A. 1. Sc. 1. Timeo, nè absim, cùm adesse me sit honestus, Cic. Att. 16. Ep. 12. Is qui nocere alteri cogitat, timet, nè, nisi id fecerit, ipse aliquo afficiatur incommodo, Cic. 1. Off. Vereor, nè putidum sit, scribere ad te, quam sim occupatus, Cic. Att. 1. Ep. 11. Vereor, nè quid Pompeio oneris imponam, Cic. Att. 9 Ep. 6. Vereor, nè desideres officium meum, Cic. 6. Ep. 6. † Nequid mihi prorogetur horreo, Cic. Att. 5. 21. Jam enim charta ipsa nè nos prodat, pertimesco, Cic. Att. 2. 20. Illud extimescebam, nequid turpiter facerem, Cic. Att. 9 7. Nimis quam formido, nè manifesto hic me opprimat, Plaut. Curc. Néve reformida, nè sim tibi fortè pudori, Ou. 3. Trist. 1. Nè quid peccetis paveo, Plaut. Milit. Quae ego nè frustra subierim, valde laboro, Cic. 12. Ep. 14. Nè movear ejus sermonibus periculum non est, Cic. 10. Ep. 31.  
Vide plura apud Stevich. de Paric. Ling. Lat. lib. 1. pag. 478  
11. (That) After Verbs of fearing, in 
XI.  Negative speeches 
* When no or not follows that.  is made either by ut alone, or by nè non, never by ut non: as  
I am afraid that the stranger will not be able to stand to him. Metuo, ut substet hospes, Ter. Andr. A. 5. Sc. 4. They seem to me to be afraid, that he cannot bear that contumely, which others can. Mihi videntur metuere, nè ille eandem contumelian, quam caeteri, far non possit, Cic. de leg. Agr. 2. Hefears that it is not strong enough. Veretur ut satis firmum sit, Cic. 2. Agr. Are you afraid, that I would not perform, what I had once promised? An veremini, nè non id facerem, quod recipissem semel? Ter. Phorm. 5. 7. I see that you undertake all the troubles, I am afraid that you cannot undergo them. Omnes labores te excipere video; timeo, ut sustineas, Cic. 14. Ep. 2. He feared that he should not speed. Timuit, nè non succederet, Hor. l. 1. Ep. 17.  
¶ Ornamenta, quae locavi, metuo, ut possim recipere, Plaut. Circul. Nè non satis esses leno, id metuebas miser, Pla●t. Persa. Quid metuis? nè non cùm velis, convincas esse tuum? Ter. Heaut. A. 5. Sc. 3. Accepi a te literas, quibus videris vereri, ut epistolas illas acceperim, Cic. 11. Ep. 22. Vereor, ut satis diligenter actum in Senatu sit de meis literis, Cic. Att. 6. Ep. 3. Dies hic mihi ut sit satis vereor, ad agendum, Ter. And. 4. 2. Non quò verear, nè tua virtus opinioni hominum non respondeat: sed mehercule nè cùm veneris, non habeas jam, quod cures, Cic. 2. Ep. 5. Quod vereretur, nè tu illud beneficium omnino non putares, Cic. 4. Ep. 7. See ●em frumentariam, ut satis commodè supportari posset, timere dicebant, Caes. 1. de bell. Gall. Timeo, nè non impetrem, Cic. Att. 9  
Note 1. When that is made by ut, the following 〈◊〉 is 
* Ut [for after that] is joined to an Indicative.  generally to be put in the Sum 〈…〉 tive mood.  
Note 2. When no or not is added to that, after Verbs of care, desire, endeavour, counsel, command, [etc. Rule 3] then both that and not [or no] is to be made by nè alone, or at the most by ut nè not by ut non: as  
We must take heed that our bounty hurt not these very men, whom we would seem to be bountiful to. Videndum est, nè obsit benignitas iis ipsis, quibus benignè videbitur fieri, Cic. 1. Off. 6. I desire but this of you, that you would not believe, that this old man was suborned by me. Hoc modò te obsecro, ut nè credas à me allegatum hunc senem, Ter. Andr. 5. 3.  
¶ Cavendum est nequid in eo genere peccetur, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Monet, ut caveat nè praelium ineat, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Alter erat locus cautionis, nè benignitas major esset, quàm facultates, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Quo study provide it, nequa nec illius temporis invidia attingeret, Cic. 3. Ep. 10. Syphacem orandum, né bello absisteret, censebat, Liv. lib. 30. Nos quoque quisquis erit, nè sit miser ipse, precamur, Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. A te illud primum rogabo, nè facias, Cic. 13. Ep. 1. Senatus consuli denunciavit, nè tantum periculi ingredi auderet, Flor. 1. 17. Senatus decreverat, nè priùs comitia haberentur, quàm lex lata esset, Cic. 4. Ep. 16. Tu mihi nè paterer fieri mandâsti, Cic. 8. Ep. 8. Edicam servis nè quoquam efferri sinant, Ter. Hecyr. 4. 1. Perfeceratque fortuna, nè quid tale scribere possem, Cic. 4. Ep. 13. Perficiam, nè te frustra scripsisse arbitrere, Cic. 5. Ep. 17. Dum id assequuntur, nè cui noceant, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Cura, nè aut diligentia tua mihi molesta, aut veritas acerba sit, Cic. Attic. 3. Ep. 17. Sic haec— Id semper egi, nè— Danda est opera, nè— Omnes tuos nervos in eo contend, nè— Inprimis tibi curae sit, nè— Considera, nè— Enitere nè— Labora, nè— Tuae partes sunt, nè— Ciceroniana sunt, Vide Godesc. de Partic. L. L. p. 488. In illam igitur curam incumbe, ut nè qua scintilla teterrimi belli relinquatur, Cic. 10. Ep. 14. Haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut nè cui meae longinquitas aetatis obstet, Ter. Hec. 4. 2. Opera datur. ut judicia nè fiant, Cic. pro Mil. Omni studio à te mi Brute contendo, ut Ciceronem meum nè dimittas, Cic. Justitiae primum manus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, Cic. 1. Off. Satis provisum est, ut nè quid salvis auspiciis agere possint, Cic. 1. Ep. 4. Petivi saepe per litteras non ut decernatur aliquid novi, sed ut nè quid novi decernatur, Cic. 2. Ep. 7. Postulant enim non ut nè cogantur statuere; quid igitur? ut ipsis nè lice●t, Cic. 4. Verr. Perfice, utne minus Resp. tibi quàm tu Reip. debeas, Cic. 10. Ep. 12. Una cautio est, atque una provisio, ut nè nimis citò diligere incipiant, Cic. de Am.  
† Verbum caveo, sequente subjunctivo, sine particulis ut, ne, vel non eleganter ponitur: ut— Cave nunc jam oculos à meis oculis quoquam d●moveas tuos, Ter. Ad. 2. 1. Cave posthac, si me amas, unquam istuc verbum ex te audiam, Ter. Heaut. 5. 4. Haec tibi nota esse volui, quae cave, te perturbent, Cic. 16. Ep. 11. Tu cave defendas, quamv is mordebere dictis, Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. † Vsurpavit semel Cicero (nec saepius quod meminerim) particulas ut non, post verbum fecit viz. 2. lib. Fam. Ep. 6. Magnitudo rei fecit, ut non vereremur, nè nimis citò miteremus, cùm has ad te quàm primùm perferri magnopere vellemus. Hoc autem eâ videtur fecisse gratiâ, nè quâ ipsius, ex geminato nè, perfunderetur obscuritate sententia.  

Certain particular Phrases.  We are now of that age that— Id aetatis jam sumus, ut- Cic. 6. Ep. 21.  
¶ Id temporis anin— Varro R. R. lib. 1. c. 51.  
The selfsame day, that he died. Eo ipso die, quo excessit è vitâ. The selfsame time, that— Eo ipso tempore, quum— I thought it would come to that- Nempe putavi fore- The matter was brought to that pace, that Eò redactae res erant, ut—  
¶ Eo ferocem populum redegit, ut— Flor. lib. 1. c. 2.  
He came not, that I know of. Non venerat, quòd sciam, Cic. It was long of them that— Per eos factum est quo minus- Cic. Ep. 4. Now, that I know your price— Nunc, quando tuum pretium novi, Cic. 7. Ep. 2.  
For all that, Chap. 15. Rule 11.  
But that, Chap. 18. Rule 1.  
Not but that, Chap. 13. Rule 3.  
Being that, Chap. 11. Rule 3.   

CHAP. XLII. Of the Particle Then.  
1. THen) Answering to when, or signifying at that time, is 
I.  made by tum, or tunc; but signifying next, or furthermore, is made by tum, or deinde: as,  
They do not cease, even then to envy ●ne, when they ought to pity me. Etiam tum, cùm misereri mei debent, non desinunt invidere, Cic. I was not so sensible of it, when I enjoyed [him,] as [I was] then [or at that time] when I was without him. Non tam id sentiebam, cùm fruebar, quàm tunc, cùm carebam, Cic. Cat. 4. We are first to entreat of honesty, & then, [i. e. next, or furthermore] of profit. Primùm est de honesto, tum [or deinde] de utili disserendum, Cic. 1. Off. 3.  
¶ Id autem tum valet, cum is, qui audit, ab Oratore jam obsessus est, Cic. Or. Perf. Grave tum vulnus accepit, Cic. Cat. 4. Tunc ad eum accede, quum potes, Plaut. Tum ad extremum, Cic. Primùm ergò origo, deinde causa— Explicabitur, Cic. Quid deinde porró? Plaut. Epid. Act. 5. Scen. ult. An tibi obviam non prodirem? I rimùm Appio Claudio? Deinde Imperatori? Deinde more majorum? Deinde, quod caput est, amico? Cic. 3. Ep. 7.  
Tum hath ibi elegantly put sometimes with it, and sometimes for it: as, Ibitum exanimatus Pamphilus, Ter. Quid tu ibi tum, quid facis? Cic. Ibi tum Coecinnam postulâsse, etc.— Cic. Ubime fugiet memoria, ibi tu facito, ut subvenias, Plaut. Bacch. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Ubi te non invenio, ibi ascendi in quendam excelsum locum, Ter. Andr. Atque ibi vehementissimè perturbatur Lentulus, Cic. Cat. 3.  
2. Then) Having no relation to time, but joined with Interrogative, 
II.  or Illative speeches, is made by ergo, igitur, etc. as,  
What need then was there of a Letter? Quid ergò opus erat Epistola? Cic. ad Attic. 12. Ep. 1. He then shall be an eloquent man, that Is erit igitur eloquens, qui— Cic.  
¶ Primùm ergo origo, deinde causa explicabitur, Cic. Quid ergò est? Cic. Num ergò is occoecat nos, aut orbat sensibus? Cic. Primùm, igitur est de honesto, tum de utili disserendum, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Quid igitur faciam miser? Ter. Habes igitur Tubero- Cic. pro Ligar. Si proinde amentur mulieres, diu quàm lavant— Plaut. Trum. Act. 2. Sc. 3.  
3. Then) After the comparative degree, before a Noun, or 
III.  Pronoun, not having a Verb after it, is made either by expressing quàm; or by putting the following word into the Ablative case: as,  
There is nothing to be wished for more than prosperity. Nihil est magìs optandum, quàm prospera fortuna, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. They are dearer to me then my own life. Mihi vitâ meâ sunt chariores, Cic. ibid. Who is milder than me? Quis [enim] est me mitior? Cic. He is younger than you. Est minor natu, quàm tu.  
¶ Quòd si manus ista plus valuerit, quàm vestra dignitas- Cic. Cat. 4. Nihil cuiquam fuit unquam jucundius, quam mihi meus frater, Cic. ad Quir. Quid dulcius hominum generi à naturâ datum est, quâm sui cuique liberi? Cic. ib. Nullum enim officium referendâ gratiâ magis necessarium est, Cic. 1. Off. 19 Magis ordinum dissensione, quàm ullâ culpâ suâ reus, Val. Max.  
Note 1. If either a Verb, or a Gerund come immediately after then; or if a Verb come after a Noun or Pronoun following then, in such case than is only to be made by quàm: as,  
Nothing is harder than to see, what may be becoming, Nihil est difficilius, quàm quid deceat, videre, Cic. The Book itself will not please me more, than your admiring of it hath pleased me. Me non magis liber ipse delectabit, quàm tua admiratio delectavit, Cic. Att. 12. Ep. 6.  
¶ Itaque minùs aliquanto dico, quàm sentio, Cic. Att. 12. 12. Ep. 5. Saepiùs cogitant quid possit, quàm quid debeat facere, Cic. Experiendo magìs, quàm discendo cognovi, Cic. Amicitiae, consuetudines, etc. quid haberent voluptatis, carendo magìs intellexi, quàm fruendo, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. Scito multo plures esse, qui de his tributis recusent, quam qui exigi velint, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Ea nunc renovata illustriora videntur quàm si obscurata non essent, Cic. ad Quir. Reliquae meae fortunae recuperatae plus mihi nunc voluptatis afferunt, quàm tunc incolumi afferebant, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. Non minùs jucundi nobis sunt two dies, quibus conservamur, quàm illi quibus nascimur, Cic. Cat. 3.  
Note 2. If then be made by quàm, the following Substantive 
Or Adjective, if the Substantive be not expressed.  must be of the same case with the foregoing Substantive wherewith it is compared: as  
Tully is more eloquent than Atticus. Tullius disertior est quàm Atricus. I had rather he would make Velim magìs liberalitate uti use of my liberality then his own liberty. meâ, quàm suâ libertate, Cic. Att. 12. Ep. 8.  
¶ Salubrior studiis, quàm dulcior, Quint. lib. 3. c. 14. Etiamne tu has inoptias— Valere apud me plus, quàm ornamenta virtutis exist●mas, Cic. 3. Ep. 7.  
Note 3) Where neither quàm is expressed for then, nor the following word put in the Ablative case, in such expressions either mensurâ, or numero is to be supplied, if the following word be of the Genitive case; or this particle quàm is understood, if it be of any other case besides the Genitive. Vide Farnab. Syst. Gram. pag. 77. Saturnii Mecur. Major. lib. 9 cap. 15.  
¶ * Naves onerarias, quarum minor nulla erat duûm millium amphorarum. Scil. numero, aut mensurâ, Cic. ad Lent Intervalla locorum mediocra esse oportet, ferè paulo plus, aut minùs pedum tricenûm, Cic. ad Heren. lib. 3. Ipse paulò plus quingentorum passuum indè tumulum suis cepit, ●iv. li. 31. Romani paulo plus sexcenti ceciderunt, Scil. quàm, Liv. li. 39 Ubi plus tria millia hostium sint caesa. [Supple quàm] Liv. ib. Nè plus tertia pars eximatur mellis, Varro lib. 3. R. R. Plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi [Ter. Adelph.] viz. plus quàm quingentos. Ego illum in alvo gesto plus annos decem [supple quàm] Plaut. in Sticho. Dicebat agrum minus dena millia reddere, villam plus tricena, Varro. de R. R. l. 3.  
Note 4. Then after the Comparative degree, is sometimes (and should be always) written than, which two Particles are by custom much confounded.  

Certain particular Phrases.  We judge otherwise of them, then [we do] of ourselves. Aliter de illis, ac de nobis judicamus, Cic. We have pampered our selus more, than it was fit. Ultrà nobis, quàm oportebat indulsimus, Quint.   

CHAP. XLIII. Of the Particle There.  
1. THere) Answering to where, or relating to place, is 
I.  made by ibi, istìc, illìc, etc. as,  
What is he doing there? Quid ibi fecit? Ter: What I shall bid you, do you writ there. Quod jubebo, scribito istìc. Plaut. Bacch. There my mother departed this life, but a while since. Mater mea illic mortua est nuper, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.  
¶ Nemo est, quin ubivis, quam ibi, ubi es, esse malit, Cic. 6. Ep. 2. Ibi malis esse, ubi aliquo in numero sis, quam istîc, ubi solus sapere videare, Cic. lib. 1. Ep. Ibi angi portum propter est. Ter. Adelph. 4. 2. Illìc, ubi etiam caprificus magna est, Ter. ib. Ibidem ubi nunc sunt strati lecti potetis, Plaut. Bacch. Nihil puto tibi esse utilius, quam ibidem opperiri, quoad— Cic 6. Ep. 21. Nunc ubi me illic non videbit, jam huc recurret sat scio, Ter. A. 4. S. 1.  
2. (There) Having no relation unto place, hath nothing made in Latin for it, but is only a sign either of a Verb Impersonal, 
II.  or of a Nominative case set after his Verb, or of an Accusative case before an Infinitive mood: as  
There is neither sowing nor mowing for me there. Mihi istic nec seritur, nec metitur, Plaut. Epid. 2. 2. There is on this hand a Chapel. Est ad hanc manum Sacellum Ter. Adelph. 4. 2.  
¶ Nimium inter vos— pernimium interest, Ter. Ad. A. 3. Sc. 3. Praeter mittendae defensionis plures solent esse causae, Cic.   

CHAP. XLIV. Of the Particle To.  
1. TO) Before a Verb, is a sign of the Infinitive mood: and 
I.  before a Noun or Pronoun, is commonly the sign of a Dative sase: as  
To yield unto the time, that is, to obey necessity, hath ever been held a wiseman's part. Tempori cedere, id est, necessitati parere, semper sapientis est habitum, Cic. 4. Ep. 9 They are neither good to themselves, nor to any other. Nec sibi nec alteri prosunt, Cic. 2. Off.  
¶ Neque enim turpis mors forti viro potest accidere; neque immatura consulari: nec misera sapienti, Cic.  
But if the Noun or Pronoun have a word of motion going before it, to is then to be made by ad, * and the following casual word to be put in the Accusative case: as  
He lifteth up his hands to heaven. Manus ad sidera tollit, Ovid. They send Ambassadors to him. Legatos ad cum mittunt, Caes. He came to Geneva. Ad Genevam pervenit, Caes. His coming to you will sufficiently commend him. Adventus ipsius ad te satis eum commendabit, Cic.  
* Sextum Villium cum his ad te literis misi, Cic. 2. Ep. 6. Ultro ad me venit, Ter. And. 1. 1. Comprehensi ad me, cùm jam dilucesceret deducuntur, Cic. Cat. 3. Ad pontem Milvium pervenerunt, Cic. Cat. 3. Adolescens profectus sum ad Capuam, quinto anno post, ad Tarentum, Cic de Senect. Omnis civium cursus est ad vos, Cic. 12. 6.  
Yet before Proper names of Places the Preposition is commonly omitted: as, Romam proficiscitur, Cic. pro Quint. Capuam flectit iter, Liv. l. 21. Cùm ad me Laodiceam venisset, Cic. 9 Ep. 25. Cumas se contulisse dicitur, Cic. 3. Tusc.  
And sometimes even before Appellatives: as, Quascunque abducite terras, Aen. 3. Speluncam Dido, Dux & Trojanus candem Deveniunt, Aen. 4. Vestras quisque redite domos, Ovid. Ep. Laodam. But this kind of construction is hardly to be found but in Poets or Historians, who stretch their liberty sometimes so far, as to put a Dative for an Accusative with ad, as, It clamour coelo, [for ad coelum] Aen. 5. Gregem viridi compellere hibisco, Virg. Ecl. 1. Incedentes portis, Liv. lib. 3. Vide Farn. Syst. Gram. pag. 70.  
2. (To) After verbs signifying to apply, add, appertain, 
II.  or belong, call, exhort, invite, or provoke, is made by ad: as  
He applied [or gave] his mind to writing. Animum ad scribendum appulit, Ter. Andr. Prol. What can be added to this meekness? Quid ad hanc mansuetudinem addi potest? Cic. 1. Off. What he did heretofore pertaineth nothing at all to me. Quod antehac fecit, nihil ad me attinet, Ter. And. 1. 2. Yesterday I called the Praetors to me. Hesterno die Praetores ad me vocavi, Cic. Cat. 3. I never leave exhorting them to peace. Ad pacem quidem hortari non desino, Cic. He had him to supper again the next day. Ad coenam invitavit in posterum diem, Cic. To dare one to fight. Ad pugnam lacessere, Liv.  
¶ Ipsum animum aegrotum ad deteriorem partem plerunque applicat, Ter. And. 1. 2. Animum ad aliquod studium adjungunt, Ter. And. 1. 1.— Virtutem elucere, ad quam se similis animus applicer & adjungat— Cic. de Am. Pertinuisse hoc ad causam, tunc cùm reliqua cognoveritis, intelligetis, Cic. pro Cluent. Nihil ad nos attinet, Cic. ad Heren. li. 3. Ad honestatem & gloriam tuam spectat, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Gabinium statim ad me nihil dum suspicantem vocavi, Cic. Cat. 3. Ad propiora vocor, Ovid. Fast. 6. Ipsa me respublica ad gravitatem animi revocaret, Cic. pro Sullâ. Nam quid incipiat Antonius homines adjungere atque invitare ad amicitiam—? Cic.  
To is also made by ad, after praeceps, pronus, and proclivis: as, Ad poenam exitium que praeceps, Cic. Pronum ad honores iter, Plin. jun. Ingenium est omnium prodive ad libidinem, Ter. Andr. 1. So it is also many times, (viz. when it may be varied by for) after natus, commodus, utilis, inutilis, idoneus, aptus, facultas, opus, etc. Nec clam te est, quam illi utraeque res inutiles & ad pudicitiam, & ad tutandam rem sint, Ter. Adelph. 1. 5. Non essem ad ullam causam idoneus, Cic. pro Cluest. Nil ist●c opus est arte ad hanc rem, quam paro, Ter. And. 1. 1. Multae mihi ad satisfaciendum reliquo tempore facultates dabuntur, Cic. pro Cluent. Vie Voss. Lat Gram. p. 23. Farnab. Syst. Gram. p 6. Danes. Scholar l. 3. c. 5.  
3. (To) Between two Verbs, or an Adjective [not governing 
II.  a Genitive case] and a Verb, is a sign of an Infinitive mood: as  
They suffer them to be forsaken whom they ought to defend. Quos tutari debent, debent, desertos esse patiuntur, Cic. 1. Off. 1● It is hard to keep together what thou canst not hold. Difficile est continere, quod capere non possis, Curt.  
¶ Qui mentiri, aut fallere insuêrit patrem, aut audebit— Ter. Adcl. 1. 1. Qui mentiri solet pejerare consuevit, Cic. pro Rosc. Amer.— Queis ante ora patrum Trojae sub moenibus altis co●●●● oppetere, Virg. Aen. 1. Non nos aut ferro Lybicos pop●●●● p●nates Venimus— Aen. 1. Parasitus venerat modò aurum p●tere, Plaut. Bacch. Senex in Ephesum ibit sibi aurum acc●rfere, Plaut. ib. Vultisne eamus visere? Ter. Vide Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 8. c. 10. Voss. Lat. Gram. p. 71. Audax omnia perpeti gens humana ruit per vetitum nefas, Hor. car. 1. Od. 3. Non lenis precibus fata recludere, Hor. car. 1. Od. 24. Boni quoniam convenimus ambo, Tu calamos inflare leves, ego dicere versus, Virg. Ecl. 5. At rubus & sentes tantummodo laedere natae, Ovid. in Nuce. † Hoc autem loquendi genus proprium ferè Poetarum est, aut Historicorum.  
Yet this Infinitive mood (especially foregoing Verb or Adjective imply any motion or intent) may very elegantly be rendered several ways: * as  
I come to salute. Venio salutatum; Salutaturus; ut [or qui] te saletem; ad salutandum; ad salutandum; salutandi tui gratiâ [ergô, causâ.] Born to waste prov stones. Fruges consumere nati; ad consumendum fruges; ad fruges consumendas; frugibus consumendis; qui consumamus fruges; ut fiuges consumamus; consumendarum frugum causâ; frugum consumendi; gratiâ, etc.  
¶ * 1. By the first Supine, as, In Asiam ad regem militatum abiit, Ter. Heaut. Cur te is perditum? Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Ea dum it lavatum, Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Aut Graiis fervitum matribus ibo, Virg. 2. Aen. Te id admonitum advento, Plaut. Aulul. 1. 3. Manè salutatum venio, tu diceris isse Ante salutatum, Mart. Hinc egens profugiet aliqu● militatum, Ter. Missa est ancilla illico obstetricem accersitum, Ter. Andr. Spectatum veniunt— Ovid. 1. de Arte Amandi. Mittunt rogatum auxilium, Caes. 1. de bell. [Habet quip Livius, lib. 24. Se missos rogare Annibalem, ut exercitum propius Tarentum admoveat.]  
2. By a Participle in rus: as, Cùm surges abitura domum, Ovid. Am. 1. 4. Si constitueris te cuipiam advocatum esse venturum, Cic. 1. Off. 13.  
3. By a Gerund in dumb: as, Ad puniendum non iracundiâ ducuntur, Cic. 1. Off.— Ut nemo, nè ad deplorandum quidem reipublicae nomen relinquatur, Cic. Cat. 4.  
4. By a Gerund in di: as, Cùm salutandi gratiâ, ad Syllam venisset, Val. Max. 3. 1. Non feci inflammandi tui causâ, Cic.  
5. By a Gerundive: as, Vivis, non ad deponendam, sed ad confirmandam audaciam, Cic. Cat. 2. Id egit, ut rationibus exigend is non vacaret, Val. Max. 3. 1. Altera Annibalem ad tuendam ab exitiali bello patriam revocabat, Liv. l. 30. Cura exuscitat animos, & majores ad rem gerendam facit, Cic. 1. Off. 5. Ut paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda essent, Caes. Cujus est etiam illud— Pa●atus omnia perpeti— uti Virgilii, hoc— Et cantare pares, & respondere parati. Ecl. 7.] Idoneus tingendis vestibus. Plin.  
6. By a Subjunctive mood with ut: as, Rogat, ut curet, quod dixit, Cic. pro Quint. Mihi persuasum est, ut navigarem, Sen. Ep. 53. Coegi, ut pererer littus, Sen. ib. Eo proposito in Asiam veni, non, ut id acciperem, quod dedissetis, sed— Sen. Ep. 53. Ut se abdicaret praeturâ coegistis, Cic. Cat. 4. Or qui: as, Nunciavit se missum esse, qui haec nunciaret, Cic. 4. Ep. 12. Non abest, quem ad obstetricem mittam, nec qui accersat Aeschinum, Ter. Adel. 3. 1. Non est idoneus, qui impetret, Cic. pro Leg. Manil.  
4. (To) Coming after this Particle according, is made not only by ad, but also by secundum, pro, de, and ex: as 
iv   
According to the opinion of the common people. Ad vulgi opinionem. According to my custom. Secundum consuetudinem meam, Quint. According to their villainy. Pro scelere eorum, Caes. He doth according to his own mind only. De suâ unius sentent●â gerit omnia, Quint. The people judge of few things according to the truth. Vulgus ex veritate pauca aestimat.  
¶ Nihil ad veritatem loquitur, Cic. in Catone. Secundum naturam suam vivere, Sen. Ep. 41. Quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, Caes. 1. de bell. Gall. Pro eo ac mereor, Cic. Catil. 4. Uterque & pro suâ dignitate & pro rerum magnitudine in summâ severitate versatur, Cic. Catil. 4. Ego enim de meo sensu judico, Cic. Catil. 4. Non dubitanter, quin omnia de meo consilio fecissetis, Cic. Missi ex more legati, Flor. 1. 13. Missi in exilium, ex foedere, medii inter duos expectavere fortunam, Flor. 1. 3. Ex veritate causa pendetur, Cic. pro Quint.  
5. (To) Coming after a Noun Substantive, or an Adjective 
V  governing a Genitive case, before a Verb active, is made by turning the English verb into a Latin Gerund, either in di, or in dumb, or else into an Adjective Gerundive: as  
There is not room to breath in at Rome. Romae respirandi non est locus, Cic, ad Qu. Fr. 3. Ep. 1. Resolved to go. Certus eundi, Virg. They leave the hearer time to think. Auditori spatium cogitandi relinquunt, Cic. ad Heren. 3. He takes time to consider. Diem ad deliberandum sumit, Caes. A most large place to plead in. Locus ad agendum amplissimus, Cic. pro Lege Manil. I charged him to watch a time to deliver my letter to you. Praecepi, ut observaret tempus epistolae tibi reddendae, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. I am so desirous to hear thee. Ità sum cupidus te audiendi, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Men desirous to make war Homines bellandi cupidi, Caes. Because you seemed over desirous to go away. Quòd nimiùm cupidus decedendi viderere, Cic. 7. Ep. 13. Unused to to still. Insutus navigandi, Caes. 5. bell. Gall.  
¶ Hortatores ad me restituendum ità multi fuerunt, ut— Cic. ad Quir. Satis scitè & commodè tempus ad te cepit adeundi, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. Quis igitur relictus est objurgandi locus? Ter. Andr. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Vera objurgandi causa sit, si deneget, Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Nec satis ad objurgandum causae, Ter. ib. Nè haec quidem satis vehemens causa ad objurgandum, Ter. ib. Ut nè esset spatium cogitandi ad disturbandas nuptias, Ter. Andr. Act. 1. Sc. 2. Non hercle otium est nunc mihi auscultandi, Ter. Adelph. 3. 3. † Infinitivus à Poetis & Historicis Gerundii saepe loco ponitur: ut, Nec sit mihi cura mederi, [pro medendi] Virg. Ecl. 8. Studium quibus arva tueri, Virg. 1. Georg. Consilium coepit omnem à se equitatum dimittere, Caes. apud Farn. Syst. Gram. p. 81. Animum ad aliquod studium applicant, aut equos alere, aut canes— Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Sed si tantus amor casus cognoscere nostros, Virg. Aen. 2. Soli cantare periti, Virg. Ecl. 10. Nescia mens hominum fati sortisque futurae. Et servare modum rebus sublata secundis, Virg. Aen. ●0. Haec autem constructio est à Graecis desumpta, qui Infinitivum Gerundii loco, cùm Substantivis ●um Adjectiv●s subjiciunt, Demosth. Philip. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Lucian. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Soph. in Ajace. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Phocyl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Isocr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
6. (To) When it may be varied by who, or which, with any 
VI  of these Particles, may, can, might, would, should, or aught, it is made by qui with a Potential mood: when by that, if, or when, it is made by ut, si, cùm, or ubi, with such mood as those Particles serve to: as  
I have no friend here to [or who may] comfort me. Non, qui solctur— amicus adest, Ovid. 3. Trist. 3. Eleg. The third cough hath nothing to [or which it can] do there. Nil istîc quod agat tertia tussis habit, Martial. Without a man had somebody to [or who might] rejoice as well as himself for them. Nisi haberes, qui illis, aequè ac tu ipse gauderet, Cic. He desires you to, [or that you would] come to him. Orat, ut ad se venias. Nothing is so faulty as to [or if it] be always alike. Nihil est tam vitiosum quam si semper est idem, Cic. Or. Perf. It grieves me to [or when I] see— Aeg●è me habet, cùm [or ubi] videam.  
¶ Non, qui soletur, non qui labentia tardè Tempora narrando fallat amicus adest, Ovid. 3. Trist. 3. Eleg. Depositum nec me, qui fleat, ullus erit, Ovid. ib. Et mihi, quae lanas molliat apta manus, Ovid. Ep. 3. Misi, qui diceret— Cic. 1. Phil. Misi, qui siquid telorum esset, afferret, Cic. Catil. 3. Relinquendus erat, ex S. C. qui praeesset, Cic. Att. 6. Ep. 4. Misimns, qui pro vecturâ solveret, Cic. Att. 1. 2. Non tam insolens sum, qui me Jovem dicam, Cic. pro Domo. Quos perconter, video, Ter. Sutin' sanus es, qui me id rogites? Ter. Cùm nemo inveniretur, qui tam crudelem tyrannum occideret, Val. Max. 3. 1. Nec quid agam scio, Ter. Ut versum facerent, hiabant, Cic. Ut ferrum sibi daretur obsecravit, Val. Max. 3. 1. Non tam ut te impedireut, quàm ut— Cic. Mihi quoque prae lassitudine opus est, ut lavem, Plaut. Trucul. 2. 3.  
7. (To) Coming after the sign 
VII.  of a Verb passive, before a verb active, is made by a Gerund 
* Viz. If to with his sign may, with good sense be varied by must or aught.  in dumb, or a Participle * in dus: as  
I am to [or I must] go hence. Abeundum est mihi. I am to [or I ought to] love my father. Amandus' est mihi pater.  
¶ Primùm igitur est de honesto differendum, [We are to [or we must] entreat—] Cic. 1. Off. 3. Statuendum vobìs ante noctem est [You are to [or you must] resolve] Cic. Catil. 4. Aequo animo audienda sunt imperitorum convitia, [We are to [or we ought to] hear,] Senator Ep. 76. Quanquam omnia sunt metuenda, nihil magis, quàm perfidiam timemus, Cic. 1. Fam. Ep. 5. Est ergo commodum ullum tam expetendum ut—? Cic. 3. Off.  
8. (To) Sometimes is part of the signification of the foregoing 
VIII  verb: as  
See to your health. Valetudinem tuam cura.  
Sometimes it is omitted in English, yet must be considered in the making of Latin: as  
I will make thee remember [for to remember] me. Faciam, ut mei memineris.  
9 (To) Sometimes is put for in comparison of, and then is 
IX.  made by ad: as  
You are a fool to him. [i. e. if you be compared with; or in comparison of him.] Ad hunc, stultus es. [sc. si compararis.]  
¶ Thalem talento non emam Milesium: Nam ad sapientiam hujus ille nimius nugator fuit, Plout. Capt. Nihil ad Persium, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Nihil ad tuum equitatum, Cic. pro Deiot.  
But if the Verb of comparing be expressed, than the construction is variable by a Dative case: as, Fratri se operibus & dignatione adaequavit, Suet. By an Accusative; as, Ne comparandus hic quidem ad ìllum est, Ter. Eun. And by an Ablative: as, Conferam avunculum tuum cum C. Graccho, Cic. 4. de Fin.  

Concerning these Particles To be.  
Note 1. To be coming after a Substantive with the sign of a Verb Passive, is to be made by a Participle in dus, or an Adjective Verbal of a Passive signification: as  
Chremes is to be entreated of me. Chremes mihi exorandus est, Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Love is to be healed with no herbs. Nullis amor est medicabilis herbis, Ovid.  
¶ Res est arbitrio non dirimenda meo, Ovid. Fast. 6. vers. 118. Et latet & nullo est invenienda modo, Ovid. Fast. 6. vers. 98. Censer eos, qui haec delere conati sunt, morte esse multandos, Cic. Cat. 4. Intelligebant, his remotis, non esse mortem ipsam pertimescendam, Cic. Catil. 4. Nulli penetrabilis astro Lucus erat, Stat. Medicum venale regis Pyrrhi caput afferentem Curius remisit, Flor. 1. 18.  
† Huc referenda est Adjectivum Pervius: ut, Id quidem angi portum non est pervium [That narrow lane is not to be passedt horow] Ter. Adelph. 4. 2. Domus est imis in vallibus antri Abdita, sole carens, non ulli pervia vento, Ovid. Met. li. 2. vers. 764.  
Note 2. To be after an Adjective, with the sign of a Verb Passive, is either made by the Infinitive mood Passive, or by the latter Supine; or by turning the Passive Infinitive either into a Subjunctive mood, with the Nominative of a Relative; or into an Impersonal Passive, with such case of the Relative, as the Impersonal will govern: as  
— And at that time he was worthy to be loved. — Et erat tum dignus amari, Virg. That which is filthy to be done, the same is also dishonest to be spoken. Quod factu foedum est, idem est & dictu turpe. He will be unfit to be sent to the Asiatic war. Non erit idoneus, qui ad bellum Asiaticum mittatur, Cic. pro Lege Manilia. He is haed to be resisted. Difficilis est cui resistatur.  
¶ Aspici cognoscique dignissimus, Mela. Lyricorum Horatius ferè solus legi dignus, Fabius apud Voss. Gram. Lat. p. 71. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Plut. in Paedagog. Forma papillarum quàm fuit apta premi! Ovid. Am. 1. 5. In quo falli facile est, Cic. 1. Offic. Mirabile dictu, Virg. 2. Aen. Optimum factu ducebat, Caes. 4. bell. Gall. Nil dictu foedum, visuque haec limina tangat Intra quae puer est, Juven. 14. satire. Utrùm hic impudentior, an illa crudelior difficile dictu est, Cic. pro Cluentio. Sic dicimus-. Fas dictu— Nefas visu— Opus scitu— Vide Voss. Eat. Gram. p. 71. Honestúmne factu, an turpe dubitant, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Non est facile expurgatu, Ter. Hecyr. A. 2. Sc. 3. Perfacile factu esse illis probat, Caes. Quod est facile factu, Cic. ad Quint. Fratr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Difficilis enim Olympius est, cui resistatur, [or cui resistat quis] Homer. Iliad. 〈◊〉 vers. 589. Cognosces dignum, qui à te diligatur, Cic. Mulier digna, cui committas primo partu mulierem, Ter. Andr. 1. 4.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Like to die. Farm moriens. In articulo mortis. Morti proximus. Not to my knowledge. Non, quod sciam. It cometh to be consulted of. In deliberationem cadit, Cic. 1. Off. To the same purpose. In eandem sententiam.  
¶ Recitatae sunt tabellae in eandem ferè sententiam, Cic. Cat. 3. Dixerunt in eandem sententiam, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit.  
They were paid to a penny jis ad denarium solutum est, Cic.  
¶ Assident, subducunt, ad nummum convenit, Cic. ad Att. l. 5. Vide Tursel. de Part. Lat. cap. 4. & Durrer. de Partic. tit. Ad.  
Next door to the school. In proximo scholae. Too hoarse to crow. Raucior, quàm ut possit cantare.  
¶ Ista res major est quàm ut credi possit, Sen. Ep. 41. Animum altiùs mergit, quàm ut uti ullo intellectu sinat, Sen. Ep. 53. Sed hoc magis est quiddam quàm, ut ab iis postulandum sit, Cic. 2. de Orat. Vide Tursel. cap. 159. num. 13, 14, 15.  
For the time to come. In posterum, Cic. Cat. 4. To day. Hodie. Hodierno die. morrow. Cras. Crastino die. night. Hâc nocte. year. Hoc anno. To the best of my power. Pro eo ac possum. Pro virili meâ. It is nothing to me. Id meâ minimè refert.  
¶ Ego meâ video quid intersit, Cic. Cat. 4.  
I am glad to hear it. Istud perlibenter audio. Laetus istuc audio.  
¶ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Hom. Iliad. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
To, i. e. towards. In— Erga.  
¶ Accipit in Teucros animum mentemque benignam, Virg. Princeps ergà populum clemens, Lil. Gram.  
To and fro. Ulrro citroque, Cic. 1. Off. 21. To commend one to his face. Aliquem coram in os laudare, Ter. Ad. 2. 4.  
¶ Ah vereor coràm in os te laudare ampliùs— Ter. Adelph. 2. 4.  
Had I wherewithal to do. Ni esset, unde id fieret, Ter. He grew to that pride. Eò processit insolentiae. That is to say— Id est. Is to [see as] De— Quod ad— He hath a kind of covetous fellow to his father. Habet patrem quendam avidum, Ter. Heaut. 3. 2.  
(To) betwixt a Noun repeated: as, Face to face— From door to door— etc. See Chap. 29.    

CHAP. XLV. Of the Particle Very.  
1. VEry) before a Verb, Adverb, or Adjective, is rendered by some of these Particles multùm, valdè, oppidò, 
I.  egregiè, magnopere, vehementer, perquam, admodum, cumprimis, etc. as  
He was very angry. Vehementer irâ excanduit. In very good time. Oppidò opportuné. It is very elegant. Cumprimis est elegans. A very faithful servant to his master. Hero servus multùm suo sidelis, Plaut. Mostel. A. 3. Sc. 2. He met us very seasonably. Opportunè admodum se nobis obtulit. I thought it very needful. Magnopere putavi oportere, Cic.  
¶ Nam id arbitror adprimè in vitâ esse utile, Ter. And. 1. 1. Cùm jam admodum esset senex, Cic. Tragoedum in Comoedi ●s admodum placere vidimus, Cic. Vir bonus & cump●imis honestus, Cic. pro Quint. Erat admodum amplum & excelsum signum cum stola, Cic. 6 Verr. Hoc utimur maximè more morum Molestoque multum, Plaut. Menaech. Act. 4. Sc. 2. Eruperunt fontes calidi perquam salubres oculis, Plin. l. 31. Magnoque opere abs te peto, Cic. li. 13. Epist. Nam mul●ùm loquaces merito omnes habemur, Plaut. Aulul. Act. 1. Sc. 3. Oratorem meum tantopere à te probari, vehementer gaudeo, Cic. 6. Fam. 19 Ep.  
This Particle very together with its Adjective or Adverb may elegantly be rendered by the Comparative degree of the Adjective or Adverb: as, Letters from a friend are very welcome, Ab amico literae jucundiores sunt. Isocrate jam seniore [i. e. valdè seen] pomeridianis scholis Aristoteles praecipere artem oratoriam coepit, Quint. Instit. li. 3. apud Saturn. li. 9 cap. 18. Nor with less elegancy may they be expressed by the superlative degree either alone: as, He is a man of very great wit, and very great prudence, Vir [est] summo ingenio, summâque prudentiâ, Cic. Philip. 2. Or else compounded with per: as, It very much concerns— Perplutimum refert, Plin. li. 2. Perpaucissimis agricolis contigerit, Colum. lib. 3. Vide Saturn Mercur. Majo. lib. 9 cap. 28. Or lastly, having qnàm joined to it: as, It is very fit to hold the reins of friendship very lose. Commodissimum est quàm laxissimas habere habenas amicitiae, Cic. de Am. I desire you to send me a Scrivener very speedily: Peto à te, ut quam celerrimè mihi librarius mittatur, Cic. ad Att. l. 16. An est mi Cicero, quod ego malim, quàm te quàm doctissimum esse? Cic. Partit. Vide Tursel. de Partic. cap. 159. num. 7. Saturn. l. 9 cap. 22. And there is as much elegancy in expressing them by a Positive dgree, either compounded with Per: as, They have fields that both are very good by nature, and are made better by husbandry, Agros habent, & naturâ per bonos, & cultu●â meliores, Cic. pro L. Flacco. Ut faci●è perpauci prohibere possent, Caes. Or having quàm adjoined to it: as, Because this kind of publishing might seem to be very wicked [and] very unworthy. Quòd hoc genus praedicandi quàm improbum, quàm indignum esse videretur, Cic. in Verr. Qui inopinantes pabulatores aggressi, quàm magnum numerum jumentorum intercipiunt [a very great number] Cic. lib. 1. bell. Civil. Vide Tursel. de Partic. cap. 159. num. 6 Saturn. li. 9 cap. 26. Vide etiam Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 626.  
2. (Very) Before a Substantive, or either of these words 
II.  self and same, is made by ipse, or idem: as  
The very name is odious. Ipsum nomen est execrandum In the very nick of time. In ipso atticulo temporis, Cic. pro Quint. In those very same places. In iisdem illis locis. The very selfsame day. Illo ipso die, Cic. It seemeth to be the very self and same thing. Unum & idem videtur esse.  
¶ Ipse timor decuit, Ovid. Met. 4. Ipsae & Tityre pinus, Ipsi te fontes, ipsa haec a●busta vocabant, Virg. Eclog. 1.  


Illa enim ipsa  
Id ipsum  
Illud ipsum   Ciceronia sunt.  
Quod idem fit in numeris, Cic. Orat. Perf. Uno eodemque igni, Virg. Ecl 8. Num insiciari potes te illo ipse die meis praesidiis circumclusum? Cic. 2. Catil.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Not very long after. Nec ità multo pòst, Cic.  
¶ Rarus incessus, nec itae longus, Cic. Simulachra praeclara sed nod ità antiqua, Cic 6. Verr.  
Not very conveniently. Non ità commodè, Caes.  
¶ Tadius non ità multum tecum fuit, Cic. 4. Verr. Tu●sel. cap. 99 num. 2. Non ità dissimili sunt argumento, Ter. And. Prol.  
I was always very well. Optimè mihi semper fuit. Terentia was not very well. Terentia minùs bellè habuit, Cic. li. 7. Ep. We stand in very great need of— Velure maximè egemus—  
¶ Sophista temporibus illis vel maximus, Cic. 1. de nature. Deor.  
The very lest suspicion— Etiam minima suspitio— Cic.   

CHAP. XLVI. Of the Particle Vnder.  
1. UNder) signifying below, is made by sub or subter: 
I.  as  
Whatsoever is under [i. e. below] the earth. Quicquid sub terrâ est. Under [i. e. below] the middle region. Subter mediam regionem.  
¶ Homines sub terrâ habitantes, Cic. 1. de nature. Deor. Nisi te sub Scalas tabernae librariae conjecisses— Cic. 2. Philip. Dictâque sub ar●ore sedet, Ovid. Met. 4. vers. 95. Plato iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia locavit, Cic. 1. Tusc.— Omnes Ferre libet subter densâ testitudine casus, Virg.  
2. (Under) Signifying short of, not so many as, or less 
II.  then, is made by non, paucior, minor, etc. as  
It cost him under [i. e. short of, or less than] an hundred talents. Res illi centum talentis non stetit. There was slain under [i. e. not so many as, or less than] forty men. Pauciores quàm quadraginta hominum ceciderunt. They that were under [i. e. short of, or not so many as] seventeen years' old. Qui minores essent annis septemdecim, A. Gell. 10. 28. Under [i. e. short of, or not so many as] thirty years' old. Minor annis triginta, Cic. ad Heren. l. 1.  
¶ Jussit, ut Senatores triginta non minùs adessent, Cic. Minùs duo millia hominum effugerunt, Liv. de bell. Punic. Nunquam nix minùs triginta quatuor pedes alta jacuit, Liv. ib. Virginem minorem, quàm annos sex, majorem, quam annos decem natam, negant capi fas esse, Aul. Gell. l. 1. Vaccas minores bimis iniri non oportet, Colum. li. 6. Obsides ne minores octonûm denûm annorum, new majores quinûm quadragenûm, Liv. li. 38.  
3. (Under) When it is part of the signification either of the 
III.  foregoing, or of the following verb, is included in the Latin of the verb, which usually is compounded with sub: as  
To put [or bring] under. Subjicere. To undertake. Suscipere. To undergo. Subire, or Sustinere, etc.  
¶ Rem suscipit, Caes. 1. Ego suscepi totum negotium, Cic. II. Ep. 16. Ut sempiternam poenam sustinerem, Cic. ad. Quirit. post redit.  

Certain particular Phrases.  It falleth under the consideration of profit. In rationem utilitatis cadit, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Thirty days over or under. Dies plus minus triginta.   

CHAP. XLVII. Of the Particle With.  
1. WIth) after a Verb, before a word signifying the 
I.  instrument, cause, or manner of doing a thing, is a sign of an Ablative case: as  
He killed him with his own hand. Manu suâ occîdit, Cic. Cat. 1. They be so hindered with negligence, that— Negligentiâ sic impediuntur, ut— Cic. 1. Off. 12. He dispatched the business with wonderful speed. Mirâ celeritate rem peregit.  
¶ Hoc (inquit) agitabam, an cotem illam secare novaculâ possem, Flor. 1. 5. Aequè quisque altero delectatnr, ac se pso, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Lento gradu ad vindictam sui divina procedit ira, tarditatemque supplicil gravitate compensat, Val. Max. Ità ardeo iracundiâ, Ter. Adelph. Naturam expellas furcâ licèt, usque recurret, Hor. li. 1. Ep. 10. Capitolium quoque Saxo quadrato substructum est, Liv. l. 6. Angiolella expectatione, Cic. ad Att. l 9 Vulnus in latere, quod acu punctum videretur, Cic. pro Milone.  
Ablativo mod● addi●ur aliquando cum: ut, Semper magno cum metu dicere incipio, Cic. 1. de Orat.  
2. (With) Being put either with together, or alone for together 
II.  with, is made by cum: as  
I shall have a ca●e of that too, that Cratt●pus be together with him. Illud quoque erit nobis curae, ut Cratippus unà cum co sit, Cic. 12. Ep. 16. I will go with [for together with] thee. Unà tecum ibo.  
¶ Recognosce tandem mecum, Cic. Video enim sui in Senatu quosdam, qui recum unà fuere, Cic. Persuadont, ut unà cum his proficiscantur, Caes.  
3. (With) After verbs signifying to compare, be angry, or 
III.  meet with is a sign of a Dative case: as  
To compare the last things with the first. Confer novissima primis; There is no reason why I should be angry with the young man. Adolescenti nihil est, quod succenseam, Ter. Phorm. I met with many things worth remembering. Multa mihi memoratu digna occurrerunt.  
¶ Sic parvis componere magna solebam, Virg. Ecl. 1. Fidis offendar medicis, irascar amicis, Hor. li. 1. Ep. 8. Neque illi sum iratus, neque quicquam succensco, Plaut. Mostel. Act. 5. Sc. 2. vers. 41. Meritò mihi nunc ego succenseo, Ter. Heaut. Act. 5. Sc. 1. Non jam metuo nè illi sueccenseas, Cic. pro Deiot. Obviàm ornatae occurrebant suis quaeque amatoribus, Plaut. Epid. Act. 2. Sc. 2. vers. 30.  
4. (With) Is oft applied to a Person, yet hath relation either to his house, town, parts, etc. or to some power or prevalency 
iv  with him, and then is made by apud: as  
You shall sup with me, [i. e. at my house.] Tu apud me coenabis, Plaut. Curc. 5. 3. How do all our friends with you? [i. e. in your town, part●, etc.] Quid agunt nostri, apud vos, omnes? It is of little avallment with me. Apud me minimum valet, Cic.  
¶ Aut quia sum apud te primus, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. i e. Praecipuus, gratiâ plus caeteris apud te valens. Ait, si fidem habeat, se iri praepositum tibi apud me, Ter. ib. Sine illum priores partes hosce aliquot dies apud me habere, Ter. ib.  
Apud aliquem coenare, non est cum illo coenare, sed in ejus aedibus. Er poorest aliquis cum aliquo, nec tamen a pud eum coenare, etc. Durrer. de Partic. p. 58.  
5. (With) Sometimes is part of the signification of the foregoing 
V  verb: as  
To speak with one. Convenire aliquem. Who can find fault with it? Quis id reprehenderit? Cic.  
Note. After me, te, se, nobis, vobis, qui and quibus, cum is to be set as a part of the foregoing word: as  
Do not thou now strive with others but with thyself. Jam non cum aliis, sed tecum ipse certa, [not cum 〈◊〉] Cic. Ep. 15. lib. 11.  
¶ Come no●● non dicitur, sed nebiscum, Cic. in Oratore. Mecum & te●● dicitur, non cum me, & cum te, Cic. ib. Cum quo, Cic. Quo 〈◊〉, Cic. Quîcum te fortuna conjunxisset, Cic. pro Quint.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I'll be even with you. Ego te— si vivo. Par pari referam. May I speak a word with you? Licétne pauca? With all my heart. Ex animo. What would you with me? Quid est, quod me velis? What have you to do with me? Quid mecum est tibi? Plaut. Curcul. Things go not well with them. Res sunt illis minùs secundae. He shall not go away with it so. Haud sic auferet. Inultum id nunquam auferet. To swear with a safe conscience. Liquidò jurare. I desired to begin with that Ab eo exordiri volui, Cic. 1. Off.  
¶ Debet à definitione proficisci, 1. Off.  
Weary with travelling. Ex itinere fessus.  
¶ Lassus jam sum durando jam miser, Plaut. Trucul. 2. 3.  
I am so out of love with myself. Adeò totus displiceo mihi.   

CHAP. XLVIII. Of the Particle Without.  
1. WIthout) Having no casual word after it is commonly an Adverb of Place, and made by forìs, extrà 
I.  (put Adverbially) and extrinsecus, etc. as  
He is without. Foris est, Ter. We perceive by our senses those things that are without. Sensibus ea, quae extrà sunt percipimus, Cic. 2. de nat. De. The lungs and heart draw breath from without. Ducunt extrinsecus spiritum pulmones & cor, Cic. ib.  
¶ Sunt igitur ligna, nè quaeras foris, Plaut. Aulul. Alterius generis item duo: unum, quod foris, ac palam: alterum, quod intus, Varro de L. L. l. 4. Etiam quod propè est, extrà est, Sen. Ep. 75. Nec te quaesiveris extra, Pers. Iliacoes intra muros peccatur, & extra, Hor. li. 1. Ep. 2. Irrumpunt extrinsecus in animos nostros per corpus imagines nobis dormientibus, Cic. 2. Acad. Corporum adjumenta adhibentur extrinsecus, Cic. 4. Tusc. Quaest.  
2. (Without) Having a casual word following it, is a Preposition, 
II.  and usually made by absque, † sine, citra, or extra: as,  
It is miserable living with out money. Absque pecunia miserè vivitur, Ter. Without the help of any man. Sine cujusquam operâ. Without the authority of the Senate. Citra Senatûs autoritatem. But without thou art in troth a pretty fellow. Sed mehercle extra jocum homo bellus es, Cic. ad Trebat.  
¶ † Absque apud Comicos usitatum est, apud Oratores non item, Tursel. de Partic. cap. 2.  
Quod sine summo dolore facere non possum, Cic. Nec citra Musicen Grammatica potest esse perfecta, Quint. l. 1. c. 4.  
Sometimes we render this Particle without together with his casual word following by a Negative compounded Adjective or Adverb: as, Without hope, Expes. Fractis enatat expes navibus, Hor. de Art Poet. Expers partis, Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Without cause, Immeritò. Without control, Impunè.  
Sometimes by a word of contrary signification to the Substantive: as, Without noise, Tacité.  
3. (Without) Being put for unless, or except, is made by 
III.  nisi, etc. as  
He cannot rise without being [or except he be] helped. Non potest, nisi adjutus exurgere, Sen.  
¶ Nisi quid adhuc fortè vultis, Cic. Ni mala, ni stulta sis, Plaut. Menaech. Act. 1. Sc. 2.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Without s●op or s●ay. Nullo inhibente, Ovid. Without longer staying. Nec longiùs moratus, Ovid. though he be without those forces. Etiamsi illis viribus careat, Cic. It should not be without number. Vacare numero non oporter, Cic. Without any great trouble. Neque multo sanè negotio, Politian. Not without cause. Neque id in juriâ, Ter. Heaut. It is not without ground. Non temerè est, Ter. I remember, without your telling. Memini, tametsi nullus moneas.   

CHAP. XLIX. Of the Particle Worth.  
1. WOrth) Having relation to the price or value of a 
I.  thing, is made in Latin by a verb of esteeming, usually with a Genitive case of the word † betokening the price or value: as  
That little field, when I gave it, was worth an hundred thousand sesterces. Agellus erat, cùm donarem, centum millium nummûm, Plin. Ep. li. 6. A thing is worth as much, as it may be sold for. Tanti valet res, quanti vendi potest. One eyewitness is worth more than ten ear-witnesses. Pluris est oculatus testis unus, quàm auriti decem, Plaut. Truc. Act. 2. Sc. 6. Honesty is reckoned little worth. Parvi ducitur probitas. Do you not think me worth so much? An tu minoris me aestimas? Erasm.  
¶ Noli spectare quanti homo sit, parvi pretii est, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. Vix puto triginta nummorum tota fuisse Munera, Mart. l. 7. Cato vestem muliebrem, & vehicula, quae pluris, quàm quindecim millium aeris essent, in censum referre viatores jussit, Liv. l. 39 Quanti frumentum sit considera, Cic. in Verr. Vide Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 1. c. 26.  
† Especially of these Adjectives put alone without Substantives, tanti, quanti, magni, permagni, pluris, maximi, plurimi, parvi, minoris, minimi, hujus; as also of these Substantives, Nihili, flocci, pili, nauci, assis, te●uncii.  
Est and Aestimo sometimes govern an Ablative case: as Sal erat sextante, Liv. l. 29. Video esse binis sesteritiis, Cic. in Verr. Data magno aestimas, accepta parvo, Sen. 3. de Ira. cap. 32.  
Valeo hath sometimes an Ablatime, and sometimes an Accusative: as, Ità ut scrupulum valeret sestertiis vicenis, Plin. l. 33. Denarii dicti quod denas aeris valebant, Varro li. 4. de. L. L. Vide Voss. Farnab. & Saturn.  
2. (Worth) Joined to these words labour, pains, etc. is 
II.  made by operae pretium: as  
It will not be worth your labour. Non est operae pretium.  
¶ Operae pretium hic spectantibus Jovem & Mercurium facere his●rioniam, Plaut. Amphit. Prol. verse. 150. Operae pretium est libertinorum studia cognoscere, Cic. in Catil. 4. Operae pretium est, ipsam legem cognoscere, Cic. Verr. 3.  
3. (Worth) Signifying authority, or wealth, etc. is to be 
III.  made by a word, or phrase of that signification: as  
A man of great worth. Magnae vir autoritatis, Polit. [Summâ autoritate vir, Cic. ad Quirit.  
¶ Homo antiquâ virtute ac fide, Ter. Adelph. 3. 3. Quod si ipsius summa dignitas maximaeque res gestae non satis valerent, Cic. ad Quirit.  

Certain particular phrases.  It is worth the hearing. Auditu dignum est. If they be worth the seeing. Si videnda sint, Cic. li. 7. Ep. 1. It is not worth an halfpenny. Ass carum est, Sen. Ep. 94.   

CHAP. L. Of the Parttlcle Yet.  
1. YEt) Answering to although, albeit, if not, etc. and 
I.  signifying notwithstanding, nevertheless, or however, is made by at, certè, tamen, etc.  
— We should have had, al●●ough not the best, yet some Common-weal— Etsi non optimam, at aliquam rempublicam haberemus— Cic. 1. Off. 15. If this do not grieve you indeed, yet [or however] it is the part of a man to make as if it did. Si non reipsa tibi dolet, simulare certè est hominis, Ter. Adelph. Act. 4. Sc. 7. Albe●t he hath no need of them, yet they respect him chief. Etiamsi ille his non eget, tamen ei potissimùm inserviunt, Cic. 1. Off. 19  
¶ ●tsi non tantum acuminis, at plus literarum, Varro. Si minùs in curiâ, atque in foro, at in literis, & libris, Cic. 9 Ep. 2. Esses omnia si minùs re, ac verbis legitimis consecutus, Cic: pro Dom. Si illi sunt virgae ruri, at mihi tergum domi, Plaut. Si ego digna hâc contumeliâ sum maximè, at tu indignus qui faceres tamen, Ter. Eun. Act. 5. Sc. 2. Si non propinquitatis, at aetatis suae, si non hominis, at humanitatis rationem haberent. Cic pro Flacco. Quanquam eminet, tamen non semper implet, Cic. Or. Perf. Hic noster vulgaris orator, si minùs erit doctus, attamen in dicendo exercitatus, Cic. 3. de Oratore. Vir bonus, verùm tamen non ità institutus, ut— Cic. pro Quint. Etsi facta mihi in juria est, veruntamen potiùs, quàm lites sequar— Ter. Id quidem etsi tu neges, certè scio, Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Si minùs proficio, simulationi certè facio satis, Cic. ad Att. 12. Ep. 20. Victi sumus igitur, aut si vinci dignitas non potest, fracticertè, & abjecti, Cic. 4. Ep. 7.  
2. (Yet) Signifying thus far, or hitherto, is sometimes made 
II.  by adhuc, and sometimes by hactenus: as  
I nev●r yet [or hitherto] miss day, but— Nullum adhuc intermisi diem, quin- Cic. ad At. l. 7. Ep. 15. As yet [or thus fat] I have spoke of friendship only. Hactenus de amicitiâ dixi. There is no cause yet, wherefore you should be afraid. Nihil adhuc est, quod vereare, Ter. Heaut. 1. 2.  
¶ Hactenus de re semper usurpatur, adhuc de tempore. Non enim recte dicitur. Hactenus ita sensi, sed, adhuc ita sensi: nec propriè dicitur, De literis adhuc, sed, De literis hactenus, Durrer. de Partic. pag. 162. Legere tamen licet apud Livium. Hactenus quietae utrinq●e stationes fuere, Liv. li. 7. Sic apud Virgil. Hac Trojana tenus fuerat fortuna secuta. Vide Voss. Lat. Gram. p. 154. Illud molestè fero nihil me adhuc his de rebus habere tuarum literarum, Cic. 2. Ep. 12. Me adhuc non legisse turpe est, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Hactenus arvorum cultus— Nunc tc Bacche cunam, Virg.  
3. (Yet) Signifying still, is made by adhuc, usque, or etiamnum: 
III.  as  
Without ha●ly you will have any thing more yet [or still.] Nisi quid adhuc fortè vultis, Cic. He stays yet [or still.] Usque opperitur, Plaut. Dost thou yet [or still] wish for that, that thy nurse w●sh ● for thee? Etiamnum optas, quod tibi optavit nutrix tua? Sen. Ep. 60.  
¶ Incubuit ferro quod adhuc à caede te pebat, Ovid. Met. vers. 163. Clodius adhuc mihi denunciat periculum, Cic. ad Alt. 2. Ep. 20. Naturam expellas furcâ licèt usque recurret, Horat. Juvat usque morari, Virgil. Si ullâ ratione etiamnum efficere potes, ut id explices, Cic. ad Att. l. 8. Quaeritur etiamnum quis eum nuncium miserit, Cic. pro Mur. Salvi etiam nune esse possumus. Cic. pro Rosc. Amer. Etiam nunc hîc stas Parmeno? Ter. Eun. Etiam nunc in illis est, Sen. Ep. 53. Atque etiam nunc temp●s est, Ter. Heaut. Act. 1. Sc. 2.  

Certain particular Phrases.  He was not gone over the river yet. Nondum flumen transierar, Caes.  
¶ Quasi nondum ipsi alere nos possimus, Sen. Ep. 60. Cassius ineptas literas misit: nec dum Bibuli erant allatae, Cic. Att. lib. 6. Neque dum Roma es profecius, ib. lib. 14. Itaque à te nihildum certè exquiro, Cic. Att. 7. Ep. 12.  
I had heard nothing as yet. Nihildum audivi.  
¶ Scelerum machinatorem, ad me, nihil dum suspicantem vocavi, Cic. 3. Catil.— Et quanquamn nihil dum audier amus; tamen— Cic. 12. Ep. 12.   

CHAP. LI. Of the Particles You and Your.  
1. YOu) you understood of one, is made by tu; of more than 
L  one, by vos, as,  
If you forsake us, we are undone. Si deseris tu, perimus. You shall beat me witness. Vos eritis mihi testes.  
¶ Nominativi tu & vos rarò exprimuntur, nisi ad distinguendum, aut vehementiùs aliquid efferendum. Boni quoniam convenimus ambo, Tu calamos inflare leves, ego dicere versus, Virg. Egloc. 5. Tudominus, tu vir, tu mihi frater eris, Ovid. Ep. ●ris. Farnab. Syst. Gram. p. 49.  
2 (Your) spoken but of one, * is made by tuus; of more 
II.  than one, by vester: as,  
I received your letter. Accepi Epistolam tuam. I shall say nothing worthy of your expectation. Nihil expectatione vestrâ dignum dicam, Cic. 1. de Orat.  
* e. person, not thing; for, though more things than one be spoken of, yet if they be the things of but one word, we are to use tuus in the plural number for your, and not vester: so likewise, though the thing be but one, yet if the persons whose it is, or to whom it belongs be above one, we are to use vester, and not tuus.  
Note. To a King, Prince or Nobleman, vester is to be used: as,  
Your Majesty. Majestas vestra. Your Highness. Celsitudo vestra. Your Lordship. Dominatio vestra.  

ADDITIONS. This mark [¶] signifieth that what follows it is to be added to the supernumerary Examples of the Rule.  
Chap. 3. Rule 1. Post Cannensem illam calamitatem primùm Marcelli ad Nolam praelio. P. se Romanus erexit, Cic. Brut. apud Pareum, de Partic. p. 337. Non rediit hâc noct● à coenâ Aeschinus, Ter. Adelph. Ab hoc sermone cùm digressi essent, Liv. Dec. 3. lib. 6. Vide Pareum, de Partic. L. L. p. 586.  
Chap. 3. Rule 2. Into the Rule after postquam, put postridie quàm  
To the Examples of that Rule add this.  
He gave me the letter the next day after he had received it from you. Epistolam mihi postridiè acceperat quàm à te reddidit, Cic. Att. 9  
To the supernumerary examples add this. Quid causae fuerit, postridie intellexi, quàm à vobis discessi. Cic. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 345.  
Chap. 3. Rule 3. Mirâ cum elegantiâ Ablativi Casûs Nomini Particula pòst adverbialiter sumpta adjungitur: Exemplis scatent Parei de L. L. Particulis Commentarii, p. 335. Haec paucula inde delibâsse non pigebit. Multis pòst annis pecunia recuperata est, Cic. pro Flacco. Paucis pòst diobus, quàm Lucâ discesserat, Cic. Fam. 1. Annibal tertio pòst die, quàm venit, copias in aciem eduxit, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 5. Paucis pòst diebus castra communivit, Id. ib. l. 1. Huc referenda sunt illa; Tanto pòst: Paulo pòst: Haud ita multo pòst, Liv. l. 37. c. 53. Postridie absolut onis in theatrum Hortensius intro●●t, Cic. Att. L. 11. Exinde quoniam mutuo metu tenebantur, Flor. 4. 2.  
Chap. 3. Rule 5. Add this for a fifth Rule, blotting out the three last particular Phrases of this Chapter, which will fall into this Rule.  
(After) signifying according to especially if it have after it any of these words, manner, sort, fashion, etc. is made by ad, de, in, or an ablative case of the manner without a Preposition: as,  
After this manner. Ad hunc modum, etc. He calls him after his own name. Suo dicit de nomine, Virg. After the fashiou of a garden. In morem horti, Columel. After mine own guise. Meo modo, Plaut.  
¶ Descripsit pecuniam ad Pompeii rationem, Cic. pro Flac. vide Parei Commentar. de Partic. L. L. p. 595. Turselin. de Partic. L. Or. c. 4. Obs. 14. Romanosque suo de nomine dicit, Virg. Aen. Namque humeris de more habilem suspenderat arcum, Aen. 1. Hostilem in modum saevire, Cic. Verr. 1. Curvata in montis faciem, Virg. Georg. 4. In modum servilem, Plaut. Trinum. i e. quem●dmodum servi solent, Pareus de Part. c. L. L. p 618. Sine nunc meo me vivere interea modo, Ter. Add to the particular Phrases of that Chapter, this.  
One thing after another. Aliud ex alio.  
¶ Dum captat aliud ex alio, Flor. 3. 17. Aliam rem ex aliâ cogitare, Terent. Eun. 4. 2. Plura vide apud Pareum in Comment. de Partic. L. L. p. 2.  
Chap. 4. Rule 1. In the Rule instead of and cunctus read cunctus omnis and universus.  
Add as an Example to the Rule this  
I was all that while at Rome. Eo tempore omni Romae fui, Cic. pro Sylla.  
To the supernumerary Examples add  
Totum palatium erat civitate omni, cuncta Italiâ refertum, Cic. in Pisonem. Cujusmodi quam plurima videre est exempla apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 39  
Chap. 4. Rule 2. Read the Rule thus: All referring to an universality of Persons, or things of a discreet quantity, will be best made either by omnis, or universus.  
To the particular Phrases of that Chapter add this,  
I could not be here & there, and all at once. Ego hic esse, & ill●c simul haud potui, Plaut. Mostell. 3. 2.  
Chap. 6. Rule 4. Put quoque out of the Rule, and add these supernumeraries. Studia quae tibi, ac tuis praestiti, Cic. 2. Fam. Ep. 18. In his sum locis, quò & propter longinquitatem, & propter latrocinia tardissimè omnia perseruntur, Cic. 2. Fam. Ep 9 Tibi, ut debeo, gratulor, laetorque, Cic. 2. Fam. 9 Jam insubres Galli, nec non & Illirii lacessebant, Flor. 2. 3. Nec verò corpori soli subveniendum est, sed etiam menti, atque animo multò magis. Plura hujusmodi coacervavit Commissurarum Gallico-Latinarum Author, p. 119. etc.  
Chap. 7. Rule 1. ¶ Inter coenam, Cic. Interea, dum haec, quae dispersa sunt, coguntur, Cic. Vide Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 295. & 498.  
Chap. 7. Rule 2. Tum reliquos, prout cuiusque meritum, virtusque erat, donavit, Liv. Dec. 3. l 6. Vide Parenm de Partic. L. L. p. 635.  
Chap. 8. Rule 6. ¶ Haec sica me ad regiam penè confecit, Cic. pro Mil. ad, i. e. juxta, vel prope regiam, ut inquit Pareus, de Partic. L. L. p. 588. Custodes ad portas ponant, Liv. apud eundem, p. 589. Tristis Aristaeus Penei genitoris ad undam stat lacrymen, Virg. 4. Georg.  
Chap. 8. Rule 10. ¶ Fit protinus, hac re auditâ, ex eastris Gallorum fuga, Caes. bell. Gall. 7. Cum appareret lux, veriti ne ab latere circumvenirentur, se ad suos receperunt, Id. ib.  
Chap. 8. To the fifth particular Phrase after (John 8. 9) add Primus Galliae motus ab Helvetiis coepit, Flor. 2. 10.  
Chap. 9 After the particular Phrases add: Quid illo fiet quem reliquero? Cic. Att. 6. 1. Quid me autem fiet, si non tam citò decedo? Ibid. Quid illi fiet? Quid de illo fiet? Cic. a pud Commissur. Gallico Lat. p. 129.  
Chap. 10. Rule 1. ¶ Hoc ipso tempore stant cum gladiis in conspectu Senatus, Cic. Philip. 2. apud Commiss. Lat. p. 125.  
Chap. 11. Rule 1. ¶ Add to the Rule this example.  
Many wounds being onevery side received, at the appearing of light, they retireded their ownquarters. Multis undique vulneribus acceptis, cum lux appareret, se ad suos receperunt, Caes. bell. Gall. lib. 7.  
And after the supernumeraries add His rebus cognitis Caesar Labienum cum cohortibus.  
VI Subsidio laborantibus mittit. Caes. bell. Gall. lib. 7. His confirmatis ●ebus, Comium Atribatem cum equitatu, custodis loco, in M●napiis relinquit, Caes. bell. Gall. l. 6. Sed expositis adolescentum officiis, deinceps de beneficent â dicendum est, Cic. 2. Offic. Caesare venturo Phosphore red diem, Mart. Me impulsore, haec non facit, Ter. Eun. 5. Act. 6 Scen. Nil desperandum, Teucro duce, Hor. 1. Od. 7. Quietâ Galliâ, Caesar in Italiam proficiscitur, Caes. bell. Gall. 7.  
Si dictio sequens Particulam Anglicanam [Being] sit nomen, ut Grece 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ita Latinè ente (si sic loqui liceat) vel existence intelligitur: perinde quasi diceretur Teucro [ente] duce, vel Quietâ [existente] Galliâ. Hac super re consulendi Grammatici. Cl. Busb .. Gr. Gram. p. 158. Voss. Syntax. p. 73. Farnab. System. Gram. p. 78. alii. Sin Participium sit, exponitur per cognatum aliquod verbum finiti modi, cum unâ aliquâ harum particularum cum, ubi, postquam, & ●. ut, His rebus cognitis; Has cum cognovisset res,  
Chap. 11. Rule 3. Into the Rule betwixt quoniam, and quandoquidem put quando.  
For an example add this  
Being that I see you desire it. — Quando te id video desiderare, Cic.  
Add add to the Supernumeraries: Quam facultatem quando complexus es, & tenes, perfice, etc. Cic. Fam. 10. Quandoquidem tu istos oratores tantopere laudas, Cic. in Brut. T● posse te, dicito, quandoquidè potes, Cic. Parad. vide Parei Com. de Partic. p. 371. Cùm in African venissem, Cic. Somn. Scip. Qui cùm esset infirmâ valetudine hic ferè aetatem egit in literis. Vide Commissur. Gallico-Latinas, p. 117. Quod cùm ita sit, Cic. de Petit. Consul. Tum cùm in armis essemus, Id. 9 ad Att. Cum corpore valeas, fac ut animo valere possis, Com. Gall. ubi supra.  
Chap. 11. Rule 5. Into the Rule put quin after quod and add these examples.  
You need not trouble yourself about his being gone. Quod decesserit, non est cum commovearis. He was near being killed. Parum absuit, quin occideretur, Commiss. Gall. Lat. p. 132  To the supernumeraries add 
Tantum abest ab co, ut malum mors sit, ut verear ne homini nihil sit bonum aliud, Cic. Tusc. 1. Propius nihil est factum, quàm ut occideretur, Cic. ad Q. Fr. l. 1. Ep. 2. Tantum abest, ut scribi contra nos nolimus, ut id etiam maximè optemus, Cic. Tusc. 2. Cui ego rei, tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te, M. Manili adhorter, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 6. Mei regni tantum aberat, ut ulla pars in discrimine fuerit, ut tria millia talentûm, & sim asperatus, Liv. Dec. 4. l. 9 Vide Parei Commentar. de Partic. L. L. p. 441. Bis magno cum detrimento repulsi Galli, quid agant, consulunt, Caes. bell. Gall. 7.  
Chap. 11. After the fifth Rule add this note.  
Note. Hisce voculis [essentia & existentia] quibus respondet co sensu, quo rei natura designatur, Particula [Being] extra Theologiae aut Philosophiae terminos vagari vix, aut, ne vix quidem conceditur: earum substituenda loco vox [natura.]  
Chap. 12. Rule 2. Apud Virgilium, & Florum legenda (sed legenda tantùm) sunt atque, & quoque hoc sensu usurpata: ac prius quidem apud priorem, Eclog. 5. Atque Deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater: apud posteriorem verò (lib. 3. cap. 21.) posterius— Arcem Capitoliis, quae Paenos quoque, Gallos' etiam Senones evaserat. quasi captivam victor insedit. Sed accipienda plaga est, sumus enim flagitiosè impurati, cùm à militibus, tum à pecuniâ, Cic. apud Pareum de Party. L. L. p. 493. item pag. 503. Omnia convestivit haederâ, quâ basim villae, quâ intercolumnia ambulationis, Cic. Vide plura apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 359.  
Chap. 13. Rule 2. In the Margin of the Rule set this Exegetical Note. In those expressions where these Particles are thus used, the Phrase will admit of these or ●he like variations. But for your oath, [i. e. without your oath; or had you not sworn.] But for you, [i. e. without your help, etc. or had you not helped, etc.] But for him, [i. e. without his hindrance, or had he not hindered, etc.]  
Chap. 13. Rule 3. ¶ Mihi de meis majoribus dicendi facultas non datur: non quod non tales fuerint, quales, & sed quod laude populari caruerunt, Cic. contra Rull. apud Pareum Com. de Partic. L. L. p. 300. Non quod non omnis sententia proprio nomine Enthymema dicatur: sed ut Homerus, etc. Id. Top. apud eundem ib. Non quin mihi suavissimum sit tuae memoriae operam dare, sed— Cic. apud eundem, p. 99— Non quin rectum esset, sed quia— Id. ib. Non quin ab eo ipse dissentiam: sed quod eâ te sapientiâ esse intelligam, ut— Id. ib.  
Chap 13. After the particular Phrases add Extant a pud Commissurarum Gallico-Latinarum Authorem plures hujus farinae dicendi formulae. viz. Jamjam—: Modo— ac planè paulò antè—: tantum cùm, etc. pag. 128.  
Chap. 14. Rule 3.  
¶ Quid illuc est hominum secundum littus? Plaut. Rudent. apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 640.  
Chap. 14. Rule. 7.  
¶ A vel ab person: magentem, seut loquuntur, Causlam per quam res efficitur, significat, praecedente verbo vel Activo, vel Passivo, vel Neutro: Sic Pareus; apud quem exempla extant Commentar. de Partic. L. L. p. 583, 584. Sic etiam E vel ex (eodem Pareo autore) Originem vel caussam efficientem indicat. Cùm languerem è viâ, Cic. Philip. 1. Lassus de viâ, Plaut. Pseud. Pax ex auctoritate Senatûs confirmata fuit, Liv. Dec. 4. L. 4. Vide Pareum de Partic. p. 607, 608.  
Chap. 30. Rule 10.  
¶ Haec ego putabam esse omnia humani ingenî mansuetique animi officia, Ter. Andr. A. 1. Sc. 1. Hoccine est humanum factum aut inceptum? Hoccine officium patris? Ter. Andr. A. 1. Sc. 5. Hem istuc est viri officium, Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Cùmque illud sit proprium hominis, hoc belluarum, Cic. 1. Offic. 3. Sed justitiae primum munus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, Id. ib.  
Chap. 31. To the twelfth particular phrase, viz. on purpose add ¶ Injuriae nocendi causâ de industriâ inferuntur, Cic. 1. Off. c. 10. Permultum interest, utrum perturbatione aliquâ animi, an consultò & cogitatò fiat injuria, Cic. 1. Off. 11. Leviora sunt ea, quae repentino aliquo motu accidunt, quam ea, quae meditata & praeparata inferuntur, Id. ib. Composito est factum, Ter. Phor. 5. 1. Ut igitur haec scirem dedit● opera has ad te literas misi, Cic. Att.  
Chap. 37. Rule 4. After abhinc read pridem, putting out jam, and in the margin add this Note, Dudum de parvo tempore unius horae semihorae, etc. dicitur: Pridem de longiore tempore viz. decem, aut viginti dierum, mensis, anni, etc. ●ide Vall● Eleg. l. 2. c. 34.  
Chap. 44. Rule 10. To is sometimes used for towards afterwards denoting kindness, courtesy, etc. and their contraries, and then is made by in or erga: as  
His courtesies too [or towards me were many, many were mine to [or towards] him. Multa illius in me officia, multa in illum mea extiterunt, I set your good will to [or towards] me. Benevolentiam tuam erga me perspicio, Cic.  
Chap. 46. Rule 4. Under joined to colour, show, or pretence is made by per, generally with some of these words after it, viz. potestatem, nomen, speciem, causam, simulationem: as,  
He took it from him under colour [or pretence] of his office. Id ei per potestatem abstulit, Cic. They villainously betrayed me under a colour of friendship. Per simulationem amicitiae me nefariè prodiderunt, Cic. ad Quir. Under colour [or pretence] that the war was renewed by the Aequians. Per causam renovati. ab Aequis belli, Liv. To deceive under the name of [pretence or show of being] a friend. — Per amici fallere nomen. Under a pretence [or show] of doing one an honour. Per speciem honoris, Liv.  
¶ Per speciem praedandi ex hostium agro; permissu Magistratuum ab Capuâ profecti, Liv. l. 24. Fratris filiae Rhaeae Sylviae per speciem honoris (cum Vestalem legisset) perpetuâ virginitate spem partus ademit, Liv. l. 1. Per simulationem Aedilitatis statuas auferre, Cic. 6. Verr. Ut cum appropinquaret januae rex, per aliquam causam sustineret à terrâ agmen, Liv. l. 24.  
Chap. 51. Note 2. You 
* and me.  is sometimes without necessity expressed in the English, and then in the Latin may either be omitted, or made by tibi, which as well as mihi and sibi in Latin, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Greek is redundantly used: as, Look you what our condition is. Speak me fair to him, etc. Ecce tibi status noster, Cic. Expedi mihi hoc negotium: Ter. Suo sibi hunc jugulo gladio, Ter. Quid mihi Celsus agit? Hor. 1. l. 3. Ep. Hic mibi gloriatur, le omnes honores sine repulsâ obtinuisse, Cic. apud Saturn. l. 1. c. 45.— Ecce tibi eodem die Capuae literas accepi à Qu. Pedio. Cic. At tibi repentè paucis pòst diebus, cùm minimè expectarem, venit ad me Caninius, Cicero 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rem mihi alacriter suscipe. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. pus hoc tibi paucis ego diebus abso ●vam. Vide Viger, de Iditism. Chap. 4. Rule 2.  
Chap. 51. Rule 3. Your and my sometimes may as elegantly be rendered by the Dative cases, tibi and mihi, as by any other case of their Possessives tuus and meus agreeing with their Substantives: as,  
How came that into your head? Quî tibi istuc in mentem venit? You deafed my ears with entreating. Orando surdas jam aures reddideras mihi, Ter. Heaut. 2. 2.  
Mulier tibi adest, audin' Clinia? Ib. At tu pol tibi posthac comprimito istas manus, Ter. Heaut. 3. 3. Sed nescio quid profecto mihi animus praesagit mali, ib. 2. 1. Sic Homer. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. apud Clariss. Busb. Gr. Gram. pag. 131.    

CHAP. LII. Of the Particle Too.  
1. TOo) signifying over, and coming before an Adjective or an Adverb is made by nimis, or nimiùm: as  
You are too eager on both sides. Vehemens in utramque partem es nimis, Ter. Heaut. Never praise a man either too much, or too often. Nec nimis valdè unquam, nec nimis saepo laudaveris, Cic. We are too large in the most easy things. In rebus apertissimis nimium longi sumus, Cic. l. 2. d e Fin. You are come too soon. Nimium advenisti citò, Plaut.  
¶ Nimis numerosè scripta, Cic. Nimis penè mane est, Plaut. Magnum nimis ne in nos habeat dominationem, Cic. De quo jam nimiùm diu disputo, Cic. 4. Acad. Omittamus illam partem, quae in excogitandis argumentis muta nimiùm est: in ●●dicandis nimiùm loquar, Cic. 2. l. de Orat. At nostri Proavi Plautinos & numeros & Laudavere sales nimiùm patienter utrumque, Hor. de Art. Poet.  
2. But if a Verb of the Infinitive Mood either immediately, or else having the Particle for with a Substantive before it follow the Adjective, than the Adjective is to be put into the Comparative Degree, and the Verb respectively into the Indicative, ●● Subjunctive Mood; with quàm, and qui, or ut: as  
Being I have discerned your mother's affections towards my safety and honour to be too great to be required of a woman [or too great to require of a woman.] Quum matris tuae majora erga salutem dignitatemque meam studia, quàm quae erant à muliere postulanda perspexerim, Cic. These things are spoken too subtly for every one to apprehend [or, to be apprehended of every one.] Haec sunt dicta subtiliùs quàm ut quivis ea possit agnoscere, Cic. de Nat. Deor.  
¶ Sed hoc majus quiddam est, quàm ut ab iis postulandum sit, Cic. 2. de Orat. Hoc est altius, quàm ut nos humistrati perspicere possumus, Cic. 3. de Orat. apud Turs.  
3. Too.) signifying also, after a Noun, or Pronoun, or Verb, etc. is made by etiam, and quoque: as  
We have need both of your authority and counsel, and favour too. Autoritate tuâ nobis opus est, & confilio & etiam gratiâ, Cic. l. 9 Fam. Ep. 25. He to shall be prayed to. Vocabitur hic quoque votis, Virg.  
¶ Voce, motu, formâ etiam magnificâ, Cic. in ●rut. Probabilis oratori; jam verò etiam probatus, Id. ib. Adoptat annos viginti natus, etiam minor, Senatorem, Cic. pro Domo.  
Et tamen rarò praeponitur etiam, nullâ alià voce interpositâ: sed pro Et Etiam dici solet Atque etiam. Pareus do Partic. L. L. p. 506.  
Note. Sometimes Etiam, and quoque are joined together 
* In Comic Writers.  as, Atque ego quoque etiam. Plaut. Amphil. Prol. Etiam tu quoque assentaris huic? Plaut. Amph. At pol jam aderit, se quoque e●iam cum oderit, Ter. Hecyr. A. 4. Sc. 1.  

Certain particular Phrases.  He is too wise. Plus just● sapit.  
¶ Quisquis plus justo, non sapit, ille sapit, Martial. Ille est oneratus rectè, & plus justo vehit, i. e. nimis: plus quàm par est, Plaut. Bacch. A. 2. Sc. 3. Sic Lucret. Amplius aequo. Horat. Plenius aequo. Durrer. de Partic. p. 330.  
I love thee too too well. Te nim●o plus diligo, Cic.  
Et plus nimio memini mali, Plaut. Mil. a. 2. s. 6. Quem res plus nimio delectavere secundae, Ho●●. 1. Ep. 10. Plus nimio memor immtis Glycerae, Hor. I. 1. Od. 33.  
Enough and too much. Satis superque, Cic.  
¶ Vita acta perficiat, ut satis superque vixisse vide●mur, Cic. 1. Tuse. Sed id satis superque; tecum me non esse, Cic. 16. ad Att. Vide Par. de Partic. L. L. p. 408.  
In all things too much is more offensive, than too little. In omnibus rebus magis offendit nimium quàm parum, Cic.  
¶ Duas dabo, una si parum est, Plaut. Rudent. Nemo parum diu vixit, qui virtutis perfectae functus est munere, Cic. 1. Tuse. Parumne est, Piso, quod tantum homines fefellisti? ut Cic. pro Sex. Parumne igitur gloriam magnam relinquemus? imò verò aliis quamvis multis satis, tibi uni parum, Cic. pro M. Marcello. Et illam vocem tuam invitus audivi, satis te diu vel naturae vel gloriae vixisse: at quod maximum est patriae certè parum, Id. ib.  
It comes from nothing but too much ease. Nullâ adeo ex re istuc fit nisi ex nimio otio, Ter.  
In honoribus decernendis est nimius, & tamquam prodigus, Cic. Celeritates nimias suscipere in festinationibus cavendum est, Cic.   

CHAP. LIII. Of the Particle Above.  
1. ABove) having relation to order or height of place, and 
I.  being answered by below or beneath is made by supper or super: as  
To place one above him. Super se collocare aliquem, Suet. Atticus sat above me, Verrius below me. Supra me Atticus, infra Verrius accubuerunt, Cic. They fought above and beneath the ground. Pugnatum est super subterque terras, Liv. We use to cut them above the ground. Solemus supra terram praecidere, Sen.  
¶ Hinc atque hinc super subterque premor angustiis, Plaut. Famâ super aethera notus, Virg. Aen. 1. Nomentanus erat super ipsum, Portius infra. Vide Durrer. p. 430. Supra lunam omni● aeterna sunt, Cic. de Somn. Mare quod supra terram est, Cic. de Nat. Deorum. Homines interpellent, ut supra scripsi, Cic. 11. Fam. Ep. 11. Quod tibi supra scripsi Curionem frigere, jam calet, Cic. 8. Fam. 8. Ep. Ille quem supra deformari, Cic. pro Coocin.  
If the place refer to some degree of honour of one above another, than Above will be made by prior, or superior: asi  
Caesar could not abide to have any above him, nor Pompey any eqnal with him. Nec Caesar priorem, nec Pompeius parem ferre potuit. You have none above you in degree or honour. Habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem, Cic.  
¶ Nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerunt, Caes. Superior ordine, inferior fortunâ, Cic.  
2. (Above) coming before an express term of time, or number 
II.  of things or persons, so as that it may be varied by more, or longer than is usually made by plus or amplius: as,  
Though he had above an hundred Citizens. Qui cum amplius centum cives haberet, Cic. Verr. 7. Above two thousand men were slain that day. Hominum eo die caesa plus duo millia, Liv. He was never at Rome above three day's space. Neque unquam Rome plus triduo fuit, Cic. pro Rosc. Am. They sought above two hours. Pugnatum est amplius duabus horis, Liv.  
¶ Come Herennium Syracusis amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent, Cic. Verr. 3. Gubernator ait, non plus quinquc millia passuum in Africam abesse, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 9 Tribunum plebis plus viginti vulneribus acceptis jacentem vidistis, Cic. pro Sest. Paulo plus tricenta vehicula sunt amissa, Liv. Affuit, sed non plus duobus aut tribus mensibus, Cic. pro Quint. Quum plus annum aeger fuisset, Liv. Dies triginta aut plus ea in nave sui, Ter. Plus annum obtinere provincium, Cic. Tecum anno plus vixit, Plus una me nocte retomere non potuit, Cic. Non plus viduum, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. Amplius sunt sex mens●s, Cic. pro● Rosc. Comoed. Amplius triennium est, Ib. Qui septingentos jam annos amplius regnant, Cic. pro Flac. Noctem non amplius unam, Fall dolo, Virg. Aen. 1. Amplius horas quatuor pugnaverunt, Caesar.  
¶ Dixit etiam, Cicero pro Rosc. Com. Annos natus magisquadraginta, Tacitus, super octingentos annos, Sueton. Erant super miile, Cells. supra quinquagies, Item Sueton. in 
III.  Jul. Caes. c. 34. In singulos pedites super bina sestertia dedit.  
3. Above) signifying beyoud or more then, and not having any Noun of Number following it, is made ultra, praeter, an● supra: as,  
Above our strength [i. e. beyond.] Ultra vires, Juven. 3. Sat. He minded none of these things much above [i. e. beyond or more then] the rest. Horum ille nihil egregie p●aeter caetera studebat, ●erent. Andr. 1. 1. Above [i. e. beyond] what every one will believe. Supra quam cuique credibile est, Sall. Cat.  
¶ Etsi haec commemoratio vereor ne supra hominis fortunam esse videatur, Cic. l. 2. de Leg. Alexander Magnus ultimas oras quas visere supra spem humanam esset peragravit, Liv. Dec. 5. l. 5. Ratio quae supra hominem putanda est, Deoque tr●benda, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deorum. A●tici in co genere praeter caeteros excellunt, Cic. Unam hanc rem me habere praeter allos praecipuum arbitror, Ter. Testis est Phalaris cujus praeter caeteros est nobilitata crudelitas, Cic. 2. Off. Plura vide apu Tursell. c. 151. Obs. 4. † Dixit Sallust. Jugurth. Animadvertit super gratiam atque pecuniam suam invidiam facti esse. Et Virg. 4. Aen. Sed te super omnia dona Unum oro  
4. Above) coming after Over is made by ad, extra, super 
iv  quam, & supra quam,  
Ov●r and above these mischiefs. Ad haec mala▪ Ter. And. 1. 3. Over a●d above the prey, there were four thousand that yielded themselves. Extra praedam quatuor millia deditorum hablti, Liv. Over and above that he had fought at first with 〈◊〉 success. Nam super [supra] quam quod primo male pugnaverat, Liv.  
¶ Si ad caetera vulnera hanc quoque plagam Reipub. inflixisses, Cic.  
† Dixit, Sueton. in Claud. Super caetera flagitia— Liv. l. 28. Super morbum etiam fame afflixit. Item Sueton. Super veteres amicos ac familiares viginti sibi è numero principum ●ivitatis depoposcerat.  
5. Above) after from, and generally having no casual word 
V  after it is made by superne, or desuper: as  
Thy dwelling shall be of the fatness of the earth, and of the dew of Heaven from above, Gen. 27. 41. Ex pinguedine terrae erit habitatio tua, & ex rore coeli, superne, Junius [Desuper. Hier.] Thty fought from above out of carts. Desuper è plaustris pugnârunt, Flor. 3. 3.  
¶ Lapidibus desuper interfectus, Plin. Reperti sunt complures nostri milites, qui in phalangas insilirent, & scuta manibus revellerent, & desuper vulnerarent, Cic.   

CHAP. LIV. Of the Particle Like.  
1. LIke) importing resemblance of quantity, or quality; 
I.  figure, form, or shape, etc. in one thing to another is made by par, similis, or aequus, as  
Had there been in us the like skill in this art, that there is in that Painter. Si par in nobis hujus artis, atque in illo pictore scientia fuisset, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deo rum. You are like your Master. Domini similis es, Ter. As like as can be Lac lacti non est similius. Ouum ovo They have both the like terms. Aequa utrisque conditio est.  
¶ Par levibus ventis volucrique similima vento, Virg. Aen. 2. Quem metuis par hu jus erat, Lucan. l. 10. Utinam mihi esse● pars aequa amoris teoum, Ter. Eun.  
2. Like denoting to approve, delight in, be pleased with, 
II.  glad of, etc. is made by a Verb or Phrase of that import: viz. probo, cordi est, etc. as,  
You will like the doing of it. Gaudebis facto, Ter. If you like it. Si tibi istuc placet Cic. cordi est I like it well. Magnopore probo Cic. laudo  
¶ Enyo delector, Cic. Isocratem maximè mirantur, Cic. Quid est quod te in hac urbe delectare possit? Cic. Dicit sibi complacitam ejus formam, Ter. Heaut. 4. 4. Uterque utrique est cordi, Ter. Phorm. 5. 3. Arrident mihi aedes, Plaut.  
Note. It is very usual in English speech to invert or transpose the order of words (which must be carefully hecded in the Latin Translation) as,  
It likes me well; for I like it well. If it like you; for, If you like it.  
3. Like) sometimes imports a likelihood or probability of some 
III.  success or event, happened, feared or desired, and then it is made by verisimile, probabile, or credibile est: as  
Very like so; or great like so; or, It is like enough so. Verisimile est [sit] credibile est; satis probabile est.  
¶ Non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum literas ad amarit, Cic. Mihi quidem non fit verisimile, Ter. Non est probabile, Cic. Qualem credibile est ore fuisse me●, Ovid. Trist. 3.  
Or else according to some such form of speech as these that follow.  
We are like to have wat. Impendet nobis belli timor▪ Cic. I am like to lose my credit. Periculum famae mihi est, Cic. There was like to be peace In spe pax fuit, Cic. I am like to be hanged. Ego plectar pendens, Ter. You are never like to see me more. Hodie postremum me vides, Ter. I had like to have slain him. Parum [non multum; non long] abfuit quin eum interfecissem. The left wing had like to have been routed. Prope erat ut sinistrum cornu pelleretur, Liv. They had like to have taken [or gone into] the field without the Praetors command. Prope est factum ut injussu Praetoris in aciem exirent, Liv. l. 5. bell. Pun. Like to die. Morituro similis [〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Lucian;] ferme moriens; In articulo mortis; morti proximus.  
4. Like) sometimes is put to signify after the guise, garb, 
iv  manner, fashion, way, course, etc. and then it is made by an Adverbe denoting that guise, garb, etc. or by some phrase of like import: as  
You do [or deal] like a friend. Facis amicè, Cic. He was brought up like a Gentleman [or, Gentlemanlike.] Liberè eductus est, Ter. [Liberaliter educatus est, Cic.] He lives like a beggar. Vitam agit mendici, instar mendici. Are you not ashamed to live like lose Natta? Non pudet in morem discincti vivere Natlae? Pers. Like ha●l. In modum grandinis, Flor. 3. 11.  
¶ Cestius Senator disseruit principes instar deorum esse, Tac. Quae non fuit vici instar sed urbis, Cic. Ingenuè educatus, Cic. Vaticinantis in modum cecinit, Liv. l. 1. Servilem in modum cruciari, Cic. 2. Ver. Vide Tursell. c. 90. obs. 10.  
5. Like) is sometimes used for must, and then is made by 
V  a Gerund in dumb: as,  
You are like to [i. e. you must] stay till- Expectandum est tibi dum—  
6. Like) in the beginning of sentences, and otherwhere coming 
VI  together with any of these Particles, as, such, manner, sort, etc. is made by quemadmodum; sicut; pariter ac; non dissimiliter ac; itidem; id genus; hujusmodi; ejusmodi; istiusmodi; similiter and perinde with ac; or ut si; or some such like Particle: as,  
They do in like manner as if— Stmiliter ac si Cic. faciunt ut si You are always debasing me such like things. Hujusmodi mî res semper comminiscere, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 5. Like as it is a Wise man's part courageously to unterg● the chances of fortune, so- Quemadmodum sapientis est, fortuitos casus magno animo sustinere, ita— Colum.  
¶ Tu autem, qui id quaeris, similiter facis, ac si me rogues, cur- Cic. de Nat. Deor. l. 3. Similiter faciunt, ut, si nautae certarent, quis eo●um potissimè gubernaret, Cic. 1. Off. Quod ego perinde tuebar, ac si usus essem, Cic. ad Att. l. 13. A te peto ut meas in jurias perinde doleas, ut me existimas & dolere & tu●s ulcisci solere, Cic. Fam. l. 8. Istiusmodi civium magna nobis penuria est, Ter. Adelph. Perfacile ve●ò apud istius●●odi Praetorem, Cic. Ver. 3. In hominum aetate multa eveniunt hujusmodi, Plaut. Amph. Irae, si quae fortè eveniunt hujusmodi, ib. Venio nunc non ad furtum,— sed ad ejusmodi facinus in quo omnia scelera contineri atque inesse videantur, Cic Ver. 6. Ejusdemmodi totum jus Praetorium, ejusdemmodi omnis res judiciaria suit in Siciliâ, Verre Praetore, etc. Cic. Verr. 4. apud Par. de Part. L. L. p. 23. Quemadmodum socius in societate habet partem, sic haeres in haereditate habet partem, Cic. pro Rosc. Comoed. Quemadmodum nemo privato consilio ad hostem transibat, ita nihil salutare in medium consulebatur, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 6. Pariter nunc operâ me adjuves, ac dudum re opitulata est, Ter. Phorm. Utinam pariter fieret, ut aut hoc tibi doleret itidem, ut mihi dolet, aut ego istuc abs te factum, nihili penderem, Ter. Eun. Hic locus non est à totâ causâ separatus sicut membrum aliquod, sed tanquam sanguis perfusus— Cic ad Heren. l. 4. Sicut tibi curae est sentire cives tuos, quanto per te onere loventur: sic mihi laborandum est, ne, quae tunc pepigerunt, etc. Liv. Dec. 3. l. 10. Orationes, aut aliquid id genus scribere, Cic. Alia ejusdem generis, Cic.  

Certain particular Phrases.  I will do the like for you. Reddam vicem, Par pari referam, Parem referam gratiam. Like will to like. Simile simili gaudet. Pares cum paribus facillimè congregantur, Cic. Like lips, like Lettuce. Similes habent labra lactucas. And the rest did in like manner. Caeterique idem fecerunt, Curt. If any the like thing fall out. Si quid hujus simile evenerit, Ter. Heaut. 3. 2.   

CHAP. LV. Of the Particle Till.  
1. TIll having reference to space of Time, and coming 
I.  before a Noun is made by in, ad, usque ad  
He drinks till daylight. In lucem bibit, Mart. 1. 29. He stayed till nine a clock. Ad horam nonam expectavit, Caes. bell. Gall. l. 4. Should I tarry till the evening? Maneamne usque ad vesperam? Ter. Hecyr.  
¶ Vcl poena in mortis tempus dilata fuisset, Ovid. Trist. l. 3. El. 3. Pervigil in mediae sydera noctis eras, Ovid. Am. 1. 6. Tu omnia consilia differebas in id tempus, cum sciremus quae Brundusii acta essent, Cic. In ante diem 15. Cal. dis●uilt, Cic. Studebat in tempus Coenae, Flin. Ab horâ octauâ ad Vesperam secreto collocuti sumus, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Ad lucem pugnare; ad multum diei; ad multam diem, ad multam noctem vigilare; Phrases Livianae sunt apud Pareum de Part. L. L. p. 591. Ad id tempus, Flor. 3. 10. Si quis hunc vitae statum usque ad senectutem obtinere debet, Cic. pro Balbo. Id est difficile, quod cum spe magnâ fis ingressus, id non exequi usque ad extremum, Cic. pro Rab. Posth. Usque ad mortem volo, Plaut. Asin. Ind usque ad diurnam stellam crastinam potabimus, Manl. Menaech.  
† Tum patris pudor, qui me tam leni passus est animo usque adhuc [even till now] Ter. Andr.  
2. Till) before a Verb is made by dumb and donec elegantly 
II.  with usque: as,  
Do not stay till I give you thanks. Noli expectare dum tibi gratias agam, Cic. ad Brut. He never left praying till he prevailed with him. Nunquam destit it orare usque adeo donec perpulit, Ter: Andr.  
¶ An ego expectem dum de te quinque & septuaginta tabellae dicipiantur? Cic. in Pison. Retine, dum huc ego servos evoco, Ter. Phorm. 5. 7. Tityre dum redeo, brevis est via, pasce capellas, Virg. Ecl. 9 Usque eo premere earum capita mordicus, dum illae captum amitterent, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deor. Sed usque mihi temperavi, dum perducerem eo rem ut efficerem, Cic. Fam. l. 10. Jacet res in controversiis, isto calumniante biennium, usque dum inveniretur— Cic. pro Quint. Haud desinam donec perfecero, Ter. Phorm. 2. 3. Ad properationem meam interest, non te expectare donec venias— Cic. Fam. l. 3. Certum est obsidere usque donec redierit, Ter. Adelph. Et Sp. Carvilium mitteret, qui donec navem conscendissent, custodiret, Liv. l. 42. c. 36. Ind in Aetoliam progressi, ac-paucos ibi morati dies, diem,— Liv. 1. 42. c. 38.  
3. Till) sometimes is used in English speech as signifying 
III.  to allure or draw on; sometimes as signifying to blow, and order according to the prescriptions of Husbandry and then is respectively to be made by a Verb or Phrase of answerable import: as,  
Had you not tilled me on— Nisi me lactâsses [spe produceres] Ter. To till land. Agrum [terram] arare, colere, etc.  

Certain particular Phrases.  You took no rest till all was done. Tu, nisi perfectâ re, non conquiêsti, Cic. Fam. 1. Ep. Till the rest of the company shall be come up. Quoad reliqua multitudo advenerit, Sal. — Till two parts of three boiled away. — Usque quò ad tertiam partem decoxeris, Var. So long till. Usque eo, quoad, Cic.   

CHAP. LVI. Of the Particle What.  
1. WHat) put alone, without a Substantive is generally 
I.  made by quid: as  
What say you Gnatho? Quid tu ais Gnatho? Ter. Eun 3. 3. Take heed what you do? Vide quid agas, Ter. Eun. 2. 1. What should I now reckon up? Quid ego nunc commemorem? Ter. Ph. 5. 8.  
¶ Quid est quod sic gestis? Quid sibi his vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? Quid tibi vis? Quid multa verba? Quid tum? Quid? Quid tum; fatuè? Sed interim de symbolis quid actum est? Ter. Eun. 3. 5. Nec quid agam certum est, Ter. Andr. 1. 2. Neque scio quid dicam, aut quid conjectem, Ter. Eun. 3. 4.  
2. What) referring to a Substantive expressed or necessarily 
II.  implied is made by some case of quis or qui, and qualis, or quid with a genitive case of the Substantive referred to: as,  
Look what a tale is this? Hem, quae haec fabula est? Ter. What so great labour was it? Qui tantus fuit labour? Cic. pro D●. With what things moved didst thou it? Quibus rebus adductas fecisti? They know what a one his wife shall be. Illis notum qualis futura fit uxor, Juv. S. 10. Unto what state the matter is now brought thou seest. Quem in locum deducta res sit vides. What fellow is this? What attire is this? What What mischief is this? Quid hoc hominis? qui hic ornatus est? Quid illud mali est? Ter. Eun. 3. 4. What a madness is it? Quis furor est? Mart. 1. 21.  
¶ Quaeso quid tu hominis es? Ter. Heaut. Exponam breviter vobis quid hominis sit, Cic. 4. Verr. Quid cum illa tibi rei est? Ter Eun. Quid sit ei animi? Plaut. Merc. Vide plura hujusmodi apud Tursel. de Partic. c. 167. Quod dedit principium adveniens? Ter. Eun. 3. 2. Accedo ad pedisse quas, quae fit rogo? Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Quid ego nunc commemorem qualis ego in istum fuerim, Ter. Phor. 5. 8.  
† Ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit pater meus, Plaut. Amph. Prol.  
3. What) is oft Elliptically put for that which, and then it is 
III.  made by quod alone: as,  
There my man Parmenio gave me a hint of what I took hold on. Summonuit me Parmenio ibi servus, quod ego arripui, Ter. Eun. 3. 5.  
Sordidi etiam putandi qui mercantur à mercatoribus, quod statim vendant, Cic. 1. Off. c. 57  
4. What) sometimes put in distributive, or disjunctive expressious 
iv  for partly, and then is made by qua: as,  
What with great offices, and what with the friendship of the Princes. Quà officiis maximis quà amicitiâ Principum— Plin. ep. Marc.  
5. What) referring to the event or issue, of some time, intent, 
V  or action is made by quorsum: as,  
I feared what it would come to. Verebar quorsum evaderet, Ter. Andr. 1. 2.  
Quam timeo quorsum evadas, Ter. Andr. 1. 1.  
6. What) relating to the number or order of a thing is made 
VI  by quotus, or quotus quisque: as,  
What penny shall that be that will not be to be paid? Quotus erit iste denarius qui non sit deferendus? Cicero Verr. 5. Who? or what is he that turns not pale with fear, when Death comes? Quis est enim, aut quotus quisque, cui, mors cum appropinquet, non tefugiat timido sanguis? Cic. l. 6. de Fin.  
¶ Scicham si in quoto anno, & quantum in solo, solere quaerere, Cic. Att. l. 9, Die quotus es? quanti cupias coenare, etc. Mart. Qui quota terroris pars solet esse mei, Ovid. de Pont. l. 1. Ut in quamlibet pattem, quoto quoque loco licebit imaginibus commoniti dicere possumus id, quod locis mandaverimus, Cic. ad Heren. l. 1. Quota enim quisque res evenit praedicta ab aruspicibus? Cic. l. 2. de Divin. Vide Par. de Partic. p. 55, 56.  
7. What) before an Adjective setting forth the magnitude, 
VII.  multitude or excellency of the nature, properties, etc. of a thing with a kind of admiration is put for How, and made by quam, or quantus: as,  
What great matter were it to spare a dying man? Quantum erat perituro parcere? Ovid. de Trist. 3. 3. For what light matters are children angry! Pueri quam pro levibus noxiis iras gerunt! Ter. Hec.  
¶ At quam honesta, ac quam expedita tua consilia? quam evigilatae tuae cogitationes? Cic. Att. l. 9 Sumptus, quos fecisti in eos quam animo aequo tuli! Ter. Hec.   

CHAP. LVII. Certain singular Observations touching the translation of English into Latin.  
1. WHen a Passive English, hath no other but a Latin 
I.  Neuter to be made by, than the Present tense English must be made by the Preterperfect tense Latin; and the English Preterimperfect, by the Latin Preterpluperfect: as,  
The night is gone, yet the day not risen. — Nox abiit, nec tamen otta dies, Ovid. Am. 1. 5. I was gone abroad, before you were up. Prius ego prodiêram foras, quàm tu surrexeras.  
2. These Particles, where, here, and there, in such words as 
II.  these, whereof, therewith, hereto, etc. are put for which, that, and this [whereof being in sense of which or of whom, therewith, with that, hereto, to this: as,  
He hath not wherewithal to buy an halter to hang himself. Non habet, quo restim emat ad suspendium.  
Respondit ferrum sibi à majoribus quo [wherewith, or with which] urbem tuerentur relictam, Val. Max. Unum se legimus de quo [whereof, or of which] diceremus, Cic. Orat. Perf. Quod neque commissum à se intelligeret quare [wherefore, or for which] timerer, Caes. Quorum [whereof, or of whom] altar te scientiâ augere potest, Cic. 1. Off.  
3. When a Passive English hath none but a Deponent, to be 
III.  made by, in Latin; then the English Verb Passive, is to be varied by an English Active, and so to be turned into Latin: as,  
He is followed by many; i. e. Many follow him. Multi cum sequuntur, not à multis sequitur.  
4. When the sign of a Case is far off from the Verb, or after 
iv  the Noun, then is the natural order of the words to be by the sense sought out and found; and what is wanting to complete the sentence, is from the sense to be supplied: as,  
There is never a friend now that I have in the world, whom I dare be bold to disclose all my secrets to. Nemo est meorum amicorum hodie, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam, Ter. Heaut. 3. 3. Let us give most to him, whom we are most beloved of i. e. of whom. Ei plurimum tribuamus, à quo plurimum diligimur, Cic. 1. Off. Who wrote this? We did i e. we did write it. Quis hoc scripsit? Nos, or nos scripsimus; not, Nos faciebamus. God hath always saved his children. What said I, hath? yea doth, and always will. Deus suos semper servavit. Quid dixi, servavit? Imo servat, & semper servabit.  
5. When an English phrase cannot be translated word for 
V  word but into bald Latin, then is the full sense thereof to be expressed in other words: as,  
What a clock is it? i. e. What hour of the day is it? Quota est diei hora? Let us take our heels, i. e. run away. Fugiamus, or Nosmet in pedos conjiciamus. [He is going on his fifteen. Decimum quintum annum agit.  
6. A, a, and the be commonly signs of a Noun Substantive 
VI   
7. To the end that children may by easy steps be brought to 
VII.  the understanding of that great difficulty which lies in putting the Relative into its right case, gender, and number, wherein most usually they fail, this course is proposed to be taken with them.  
1. Give them Englishes wherein the Antecedent or Substantive 
I.  to which the Relative refers, shall not only go before the Relative, but be also repeated together with it: as,  
He had a knife wherewith, or with which knife he would have killed himself.  
I began to counsel them to peace, whereof, or which peace I ever was an Author.  
2. Cause them in their daily Translations to enclose in a Parathesis 
II.  the repeated Substantive, wherewith the Relative, as being a perfect Adjective must agree in Case, Gender and Number after this form.  
Ferrum habuit, quo [ferro] se occideret  
Coepi sua dere pacem, cujus [pacis] fueram semper author.  
3. Cause them in the fair writing of their whole week's Exercises 
III.  to omit the repetition of the Substantive Antecedent, yet in the construing 
* Yea even of their daily lessons.  to express it, as if it were written: as if, for example having written these Sentences thus.  
Ferrum habuit, quo se occideret.  
Coepi suadere pacem, cujus fueram semper author; they should in the construing put ferro to quo, saying, quo ferro, with which knife: and pacis to cujus; saying, cujus pacis, of which peace.  
4. After they have been practised for some time in this kind 
iv  of Exercise, then give them Englishes to translate, wherein the Substantive shall be expressed only in the preceding clause before the Relative, and not repeated together with it; as  
I know that advice, which I have taken to be right.  
The man is wise, that [i. e. who, or which] speaketh few things.  
Yet in the Translating of them, cause them still to express the Substantive together with the Relative; thus,  
Consilium quod [consilium] cepi rectum esse scio.  
Vir sapit qui [vir] pauca loquitur.  
This will baunt them where ever they meet with a Relative, even of course to seek out a Substantive for it, to express together with it.  
Nor is the Repetition of the Substantive Barbarous, as these ensuing examples will justify.  
¶ Cùm viderem ex eâ parte homines, cujus partis nos vel principes numerabamur, Cic. ad Quirin. post Redit. Diem scito esse nullum, quo die non dico pro reo, Cic. 3. l. ad Quint. Fr. Legé promulgaverat, quâ lege regnum Jubae publicaverat, Caes. 2. bell. Civil Pulverem in eâ parte videri quam in partem legio iter fecisset, Caes. 4. bell. Civil. Habet bonorum exemplum, quo exemplo sibi licere id facere, quod illi fecerunt, putat, Ter. Heaut. Prol.  
†— Quarumque partium corpo●is usus sunt necessarii, eas neque parts, neque earum usus suis nominibus appellant, Cic. 1. Off. c. 19  
But it is commonly omitted, lest by too frequent an iteration of the same word without special reason for it, our speech should become burdensome, obscure, or tedious, as would be even this of Cicero's— Ac duabus iis personis, quas supra dixi tertia adjungitur, quam casus aliquis vel tempus imponit:— If the Substantive Persona were so oft repeated as there be Adjectives agreeing with it, thus— Ac duabus iis personis, quas personas supra dixi, tertia persona adjungitur, quam personam casus aliquis vel tempus imponit.  
Yet this Repetition, it will be the Master's discretion to order his Scholars to omit, as he shall see cause, from their profiting, for it.  
5. Teach them to fill up such Elliptical passages as have only 
V  that case of the Substantive expressed, in which the Relative coming together with it doth agree, that wherein it might or aught to disagree from it being omitted: thus,  
Urbem quam statuo vestra est, Virg.  
Vestra est urbs, quam urbem statuo.  
Eunuchum quem dedisti nobis, quas turbas dedisti? Ter.  
Quas turbas dedit Eunuchus, quem Eunuchum dedisti nobis?  
— Populo ut placerent, quas fecisset fabulas, Ter.  
Ut fabulae placerent populo, quas fabulas fecisset.  
Quis non malarum quas amor curas habet, Haec inter obliviscitur? Hor.  
Quis non malarum curarum quas curas amor habet, Haec inter obliviscitur?  
6. Give them such Englishes for translation where man or thing either expressed or understood in the Pronoun put for them shall be the Substantive wherewith the Relative must agree: as  
He [i. e. that man] is happy that [i. e. who or which man] hath been able to see the clear fountain of goodness.  
Homo iste foelix est, qui [homo] potuit boni fontem visers jucidum.  
That [that thing] is good which [thing i. e. all things] desire.  
Bonum illud est quod omnia appetunt.  
Bona illa res est, quam [rem] omnes res appetunt.  
Thus by easy steps will children, in all probability, be brought to understand the way of reading in right case, gender, number, etc. the Latin of these Particles that, who, which, whom, whose, whereof, etc. than which there is scarce any thing more troublesome to them.   

CHAP. LVIII. Of the Particle Accord.  
1. ACcord) joined to Own denotes something done out of 
I.  a free and voluntary inclination, and is made by sponte or ultro: as,  
You did it of your own accord. Sponte tuâ faciebas, Cic. Cat. 1. He gave it me of his own accord. Ultro mihi dedit, Cic.  
¶ Ultro bellum intulit Cic. Improbos ultro semper lacessamus, Cic. 3. Cat. Asia illum non modo recipiebat fuis unbibus, verum etiam ultro vocabat, Cic. pro Flacco. Ultro amas, ultro expetissis, ultro accersi ad te jubes, Plaut. Asin. Sponte suâ numeros carmen veniebat ad aptos, Ovid. Sponte suâ, nullâ adhibitâ vi, Cic. Mea sponte, Cic.  
2. (Accord) coming after with one denotes a thing to be 
II.  done with a consent of minds or wills, and then is made by concorditer, unanimiter, uno animo, etc. as,  
These all continued with one accord in prayer, Act. 1 14. Hi omnes perdurabant concorditer in Oratione, Bez. Unanimiter, Hier. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. They gathered themselves together to fight with one accord, Jos. 9 2. Congregârunt se pariter ad pugnandum uno animo, Hier. Jun,  
But Of one accord is made by Unanimis: as  
Having the same love, being of one accord, Phil. 2. 2. Eandem habentes charitatem, unanimes, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
¶ Sodales unanimi, Fratres Unanimes, Catulliana sunt; Fraterna unanimitas, Livianum; Concorditer, Ciceronianum; Unanimo visu, & concordibus ausis Silianum.  
3. (Accord) in other uses either is a Substantive denoting 
III.  Agreement made by Concordia, consensus, consensio: as  
To bring a thing to an accord. Ad concordiam rem adducere, Cic. By the accord of all he was made chief Ruler. Omnium consensu ad eum defertur Imperium, Caes. The accord of all Nations is to be accounted the law of nature. Omnium Gentium consensio lex naturae putanda est, Cic.  
Or else it is a Verb Neuter importing that men do agree, made by consentio, concordo, convenio: as,  
I accord with you. Consentio tibi [or Convenit mihi tecum] Cic.  
Or else it is a Verb of an Active sense signifying to make men accord or agree, made by some Phrase of like import, viz. Lites componere inter. In gratiam redigere, in concordiam reducere. etc. Vide Phras. Winton.   

CHAP. LIX. Of the Particle Else.  
ELse) put for other is made by alius, etc. as  
No man else [i. e. no other man.] Alius nemo, Ter. Non alius 
I.  quisquam, Plaut. They meant nothing else but to overthrow me. Nihil aliud egerunt nisi me ut opprimerent, Cic. Fam. lib. 9  
¶ Complures dies nullis in aliis, nisi de rep. sermonibus versatus sum, Cic. Fam. l. 2. Quae est igitur alia poena praeter mortem? Cic. pro Lig. Quid hoc est aliud, quam tollere è vitâ vitae societatem? Cic. Phil. 2. Vide cap. 13. r. 5.  
* Eleganter usus est Livius pro alio, alibi. Coacti vendere praedam, ne alibi [upon any thing else] quam in armis animum haberent, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 10. Sic, Ter. Neque istic neque alibi tibi usquam erit in me mora.  
2. (Else) put for otherwise is made by alioqui, or alioquin: 
II.  as,  
Else were your children unclean, 1 Cor. 7. 14. Alioqui filii vestri immundi essent, Hier.  
Note. Alioquin dicitur sequente vocali; sequente verò consonanti alioqui, Durrer. p. 40.  
Omnia nostra dum nascuntur placent, alioqui nec subscriberentur, Quintil.  
3. (Else) used for more, further, is made by praeterea, por●, 
III.  adhue or ampliùs: as,  
Is there any thing else yet? Etiamne est quid porrò? Plaut. Unless haply you will have any thing else [i. e. more, or further.] Nisi siquid adhuc forte vultis, Cic. de Am. Had you ever any thing else [more or further] to do with her? Num quidnam amplius tibi cum illâ fuit? Ter.  
4. (Else) put for besides is made by praeterea: as 
iv   
I was afraid of him, and no body else [or besides] Hunc unum metui, praeterea neminem, Cic. Said we nothing else? Nihilne praeterea diximus? Cic.  
¶ Hoc sensu usurpatur à Plauto caeterum. Capti. 5. 2. v. 12. Herald Vivitne is homo? St. Argentum accepi, nihil curavi caeterum [I minded or regarded nothing else, or besides.] A me sic diligitur, ut tibi uni concedam praeterea nemini, Cic.  
5. (Else) joined with or answering to either expressed or understood 
V  is made by aut: as,  
Either let him drink, or else be gone. Aut bibat, aut abeat, Cic.  
¶ Necessitus coget autnovum facere, aut à simili mutuari, Cic. Or. Perf. Omnino, aut magnâ ex parte liberatus, Cic. 1. Tursc. Aut ego fallor, Hor.  
6. (Else) joined with or answering to whether is made by 
VI  five; as,  
That whether I come and see yond, or else be absent. — Ut five venero & videro vos, five absens fuero, Bez.  
¶ Sive habes aliquam spem de republicâ, five desperas, Cic.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Elsewhere Alibi; aliâs. [Nec tam presentes alibi cognoscere Divos, Virg. No where else. Nusquam alibi, Cic. Acad. l. 1.   

CHAP. LX. Of the Particle Ever.  
EVer) signifying any 
* When it so signifies, it hath the Particle a or an coming after it.  is made by quis, or ecquisnam: as, 
I.   
If there were ever a boy here. Si quis forte nunc puer adesset. It is a question whether there may be ever an addition to that which you call the chiefest good. Dubium est ad id quod summum bonum dicitis ecquaenam fieri possit accessio, Cic l. 4. de Fin.  
¶ Si quis forte nunc adsit ignarus legum, Cic. pro Cael.  
2. (Ever) signifying at any time is made by unquam: as,  
Did we ever hear this of any man? Ecquo de homine hoc unquam 
II.  audivimus? Cic. Verr. 4.  
¶ Quae re●igitur gesta est unquam in bello tanta? Cic. 1. Off. 26. Nec quis esset unquam audieram dicier, Ter. Eun. 4. 4.  
3. (Ever) signifying always, or continually is made by semper, jugiter, in aeternum: as, 
III.   
Mine eyes are ever towards the Lord, Psal. 25. 15. Oculi mei, semper ad Dominum, Hier. [Jugiter, Jun. This man abideth ever, Heb 7. 24. At iste in aeternum manet, Hier.  
¶ Necessitati parere semper sapientis est habitum, Cic. 4. Ep. 9 Manet, aeternumque manebit, Virg.  
4. (Ever) in these and the like compounded words, whosoever, 
iv  wheresoever, howsoever, is made by entailing cunque to the Latin for the former part of the word, or else by doubling it: as, Quicunque or quisquis; ubicunque, or ubi ubi; utcunque, or ut ut: Vide, So Ch. 38. r. 3.  
5. (Ever) coming together with or is usually put for before 
V  that, and made by cum nondum, ante, antequam, or priusquam: as:  
Or ever thou hadst form the earth, Psal. 90. 2. Cum nondum formasses terram, Jun. Priusquam formaretur terra, Hier. Or ever the earth was, Proverb. 8. 23. Ante primordia terrae, Jun. Antequam terrafieret, Hier. And we, or ever he came near, are ready to kill him, Act. 23. 15. Nos verò priusquam appropinquet parati sumus ipsum interimere, Bez.  
¶ Ut reus antè quàm verbum accusatoris audisset, causam dicere cogeretur, Cic. Vide cap. 10. r. 2. & c. 41. r. 9  
6. (Ever) joined with since, is made by jam with inde, or 
VI  usque a or ab: as [Vide since c. 37. r. 3.]  
Ever since his fathers and ancestors times. ●am inde àpatre, atque majoribus, Cic. pro Flacco. Ever since he was a youth. ●am usque à pueritiâ, Ter. Heaut.  
¶ Huic testi patronum suum jam inde à patre atque majoribus L. Flaccum mactandum tradidissent, Cic. pro Flacco. Jura jam inde à principio Romani nominis à majoribus nostris comparata, Cic. pro Balbo. Jam inde à majoribus traditus mos colendi socios, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 6. Is adeo dissimili studio est jam inde ab adolescentiâ, Ter. Adelph. Philocrates jam inde usque à puero mihi amicus fuit, Plaut. Capt. Vetus opinio est jam usque ab Heroicis temporibus ducta, Cicero lib. 1. de Divin. Amicus homo nobis est jam usque à pueritiâ, Ter. Heaut.  

Certain articular Phrases.  For ever. In perpetuum, Cic.  
¶ In perpetuum res suas alienare, Cic.  
Ever and anon. Subinde, Suet. Ever before. Usque antehac, Ter.  
¶ Ut animus in spe atque in timore usque antehac attentus suit, Ter.  
Ever after. Ind ab illo tempore. Did you ever perceive my kindness straitened towards you? Nuncubis sensisti benignitatem meam in te claudier? Ter. Two the veriest villains that ever lived. Duo sceleratissimi post hominum memoriam latrones, Cic. post Redit. As much as ever. Ut cum maxim, Ter.  
¶ Domus celebratur ita, frequentatur, ita ut quam maximè, Cic.  
As soon as ever. Statim ut; ubi primum. Vide As c. 7. p.   

CHAP. LXI. Of the Particle Out.  
1. OUt signifying by reason of, as denoting the cause of a 
I.  thing is made by propter.  
Many have often sought out wars out of a desire of glory. Multi bella saepe quaesiverunt propter gloriae cupiditatem, Cic.  
2. (Out) referring to the place, number, multitude, etc. 
II.  from whence any thing comes, goes, is sought, fetched, taken, etc. is made by the, è, ex: as,  
She snatched a supper out of the funeral fire. Rapuit de rogo coenam, Catull. He went out of the camp. Ecastris exiit, Cic. 1. Off. The Girl was catcht away out of Attica. Puella ex Atticâ abrepta est, Ter.  
¶ Tibi extorta est ista sica de manibus, Cic. 1. Cat. E flammâ petere cibum posse arbitror, Ter. Eun. 3. 2. Catilinam ex urbe ejecimus, Cic. Cat. 2. Studia serò in hanc civitatem è Graecia translata, Cic. Tusc. 4.  
3. (Out) signifying away from, not within compass, out of 
III.  reach of, etc. is made by ab or extra: as,  
Get you out of their sight. Ab eorum oculis concede, Cic. 1. Cat. Out of Gunshot [danger.] Extra periculum [teli jactum; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Lucian.] Sen. Ep. 75.  
¶ Cum hanc sibi videbit abduci ab oculis, Ter. Adelph. 4. 5. Extra omnem ingenii aleam positus, Plin. Maj. Extra culpam, conjurationem, ruinam esse, Ciceroniana sunt. Vide Pareum de Partic. p. 613.  
4. (Out) is oft included in the signification of the foregoing 
iv  Verb, as,  
Many things may be found out. Multa reperiri possunt, Cic. Attic. 9 8. Seek him out and bring him whither. Eum require atque adduce huc Ter. You are out, i. e. mistaken. Erras, Cic. 1. Off. Totâ erras viâ, Ter. It will out. Effluet, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. Speak out. Eloquere, Ter. Phor. 2, 1- For very love she shut him out of doors. Prae amore exclusit foras, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.  

Certain Particular Phrases.  He is out at the first dash. In limine impingit. Out of doubt. Sine controversiâ, Ter. Ph●rm. 5. 6. Haud dubiè, Liv. Out of order. Praepostere, Cic. Extra ordinem, Cic. Out of measure. Supra modum. He vanished out of sight. Oculis subductus est, Curt. I am almost out of my wits. Vix apud me sum, [vix sum compos animi,] Ter. I am quite out of love with myself. Ego nunc totus displiceo mihi, Ter. Heaut. 5. 4. They are fallen out Irae sunt inter eos, Ter. And. 3. 3 Out you Villain. Exi foras sceleste, Ter. Eun. 4. 4. He is out with me. Alieno à me an imo est.   

CHAP. LXII. Of the Particle Against.  
1. AGainst) referring to something to be done by or at some 
I.  set future term of Time expressed, is made by in with an Accus. case: as,  
He bade him to supper against the next day. Ad coenam invitavit in posterum diem, Cic.  
¶ In proximnm annum consulatum peteret, Cic. Att. l. 10. Sacrificium lustrale in diem posterum parat, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 1. In crastinnm, Plaut. In vesperum parata, Plaut.  
But if only a Verb with its Nominative case, and not any Noun of time be expressed after it, than it is made by dumb with a Verb: as,  
They made ready the present against Joseph came, Gen. 43. 25. Interea parabant munus suum dum veniret Joseph, Jun. Trem.  
2. (Against) joined with over hath reference to the opposite 
II.  position or situation of some thing, person, or place, and is made by ex adverso, or è regione.  
Over against that place. Ex adverso ei loco, Ter. Phor. 1. 2. Over against one of their bridges. E regione unius eorum pontium, Caes. 7. bell. Gal.  
¶ Ea sita erat ex adverso●, Ter. Phorm. 3. 3. E regione nobis, Cic. Reperiuntur apud Virgilium etiam hoc usurpata sensu contra & adversum: ut, Carthago Italiam contra, Aen. 1. Adve●sum recubare ducem gregis acrior instat, Cul. i. e. è regione, Durrer.  
3. (Against) implying something done or said to the offence, 
III.  damage, or prejudice of another is made by adversus, adversum, and in: as,  
Monies gathered up against the Commonwealth. Pecuniae conciliatae adversus Remp. Cic. 1. Verr. Should I speak against him whom I came to speak for? Adversumne illum causam dicerem cui veneram advocatus? Ter. Adel. 4. 5. He thought it spoken somewhat harshly against him. Dictum in se inclementius existimabat.  
¶ Id quod apud Platonem est in Philosophos dictum, Cic. 1. Off. In aliquem: & in seipsum peccare: & in aliquem aliquid facere Phrases sunt Ciceronianae passim, Vide Parei Com. de Partic. p. 617.  
4. (Against) signifying not with, across, or contrary to, is 
iv  made by adversus, (as well the Adjective, as Preposition) praeter and contra: as,  
He hath the wind against him. Adversis utitur ventis. Moneys gathered up against the Laws. Pecuniae conciliatae adversus leges, Cic. 1. Verr. I have added these three things against my nature. Haec tria addidi praeter naturam, Ter. Adelph. He ●●●ves against the stream. Contra torrentem brachia dirigit.  
¶ Praeter morem atque legem civium nimium ipse durus est, praeter aequumque & bonum, Ter. Adelph. Quid tam praeter consuetudinem quàm—? Cic. pro L. Man. Frontibus adversis ausi concurrere damae, Mart. Contra jus fasque, Cic. Nemo contra perditos cives à Senatu stetit constantius, Cic. de Cl. Orat.  
When contrariety to will, nature, etc. is expressed, then Invitus is eleg antly used: as,  
He did it against his will, Invitus [gravatè] fecit. nature. Invitâ Mineruâ  
So Diis iratis, or adversis; and Genio irato, facere aliquids To do any thing against the hair.  
5. (Against) importing to refuse, oppose, or hinder is made by 
V  a word or Phrase of like import: as,  
I am clear against it. Animus abhorret à [ab] Cic. I began at first to be against it. Coepi advorsari primò, Ter. Phor. 1. 2. I am not against it. Non recuso quo minus, Cic. 15. ep. 10. It may very easily be done, if the Senate be not against it. Facillimum factu sit, non aspernante Senatu, Cic. 15. Fam. ep. 10.  
6. (Against) sometimes denotes defence, or preservation, and 
VI  then is made by à or ad: as,  
I defend the myrtles against the cold. Defendo à frigore myrtos, Virg. His heart was hardened against any new grief. Obduruit animus ad dolorem novum, Cic.  
¶ A quo periculo defendite, Judices, civem Fonteium, Cic. pro Fonteio. Nisi desperatione rerum obduruisset animus ad dolorem novum, Cic. l. 2. ep. 16. Tecti esse ad alienos possumus: Socios verò quî carere possumus? Cic. pro Rosc. Am. Mirari licet, quae sint animadversa à Medicis herbarum genera, quae radicum ad morsus bestiarum, ad oculorum morbos, ad vulnera, Cic. l. 1. de Divin.  
7. (Against) after Verbs betokening any violent moving 〈◊〉 
VII.  made by ad or in: as,  
Lest thou dash thy foot against a stone, Luc. 4. 11. Ne quando offendas ad lapidem pedem tuum, Bez. The billows● beat against the shore. Fluctus illiduntur in littus Quintil.  
¶ Offendere ad s●ipitem, Columel. Puppis offendit in s●opulis, Ovid. Erigere scalas ad moenia, & ad murum, Liv. Pontus in scopulos undas erigit, Lucan. Dixit Virg. Aequora illisa scopulis.   

CAAP. LXIII. Of the Particle Which.  
1. WHich) spoken interrogatively is made by quis: as, 
I.   
Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee? John 21. 20. Domine, quis est ille quite prodit?  
2. (Which) spoken Relatively is made by qui, etc. as, 
II.   
Who is tich? He which covets not. Quis dives? qui nil cupit.  
¶ Providendum est ne quae dicantur, ab eo qui dicit dissentiant, Quint.  
3. (Which) put for whether of the two is made by uter: very 
III.  rarely by quis: as,  
Which of them two will love him best? Luc. 7. 42. Horum uter eum plus diliget? Bez. Consider which [i. e. whether of them] hath done the ●ther wrong. Considera quis quem fraudâsse dicatur, Cic. pro Rosc. Comoed.  
¶ Dijudicari non poterat uter utri anteferendus virtute videretur, Cic.  
4. (Which) put for what one of more than two, is made by 
iv  quis only: as,  
Which now of these three thinkest thou was neighbour to him that fell among thiefs? Quis igitur horum trium tibi videtur proximus fuisse illi qui incidit in latrones? Luc. 10. 36.  
Sed non parva est differentia inter quis & uter. Quandoquidem duobus existentibus, pro arbitrio licet interroges, quis, vel uter. Pluribus, quis tantum, Valer. Max. l. 9 Uter est luxuriosior, egone, an tu? Ovid. l. 3. de Ponto. Quis non è timidis aegri contagia vitet? Quis autem de duobus dici, author est, Cicero in Actione pro Roscio Comoedo: Considera C. Piso, quis quem fraudâsse dicatur, Roscius Fannium. August. Saturn. Gram. Instit. l. 5. c. 30.   

CHAP. LXIV. Of the Particle Whether.  
1. answering to itself in the beginning of 
I.  several clauses of distributive speeches is made by seu or sive: as  
Whethtr you use a Physician, or whether you do not, you shall not recover. Sive a dhibueris Medicum, sive non adhibueris, non convalesces, Cic. Fam. l. 12. Whether through anger, or whether through hatred, or whether through pride— Sevira, seu odio, seu superbia, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 1.  
¶ Sed tamen, si quis est, qui illam Posthumi sive inanem spem, sive inconsultam rationem, sive, ut gravissimo verbo uter, temeritatem reprehendendam putat, etc. Cic. pro Rab. Post. Seu ira, seu odio, seu superbia insita ingenio, nullam eum vocem emisse, refert, Liv. Sive ego tacco, seu loquor, scio scire te, Plaut. Stich.  
Note, Whether in the beginnings of the latter clauses is oft omitted, though always understood: as, whether I hold my peace, or speak, [i. e. or whether I speak] I know you know it, whether you use a Physician, or no: whether through anger, or hatred, or pride—  
2. (Whether) in interrogative speeches is made by Ne or Utrum; 
II.  in Dubitative by si, num, or an: as,  
Whether had you rather live at Rome, or at Mytylene? Romaene, an Mitylenis malles vivere? Cic. Fam. l. 4. What makes th'matter to you whether I eat it raw or sodden? Quid tu curas, utrum crudum, an coctum edam? Plaut. Aul. I will see whether ht be at home— Idque adeo visam si domi est, Ter. Eun. 3, 4. To over therefore whether you ought to make any doubt— Quare videte num dubitandum vobis sit, Cic. pro L. Manil. I know not whether it were better for the people— Nescio an satius fuerit populo Flor. 3. 12.  
Note1. Ne and Utrum are indifferently used in Dubitative and Interrogative Speeches: An (for whether) and num (unless in composition with quis, quid, etc.) are seldom used in Interrogative, but mostly in Dubitative; si in Dubitatively only.  
Note2. Many times it is not unelegant to omit the Latin Particle for whether, especially if an be expressed in the latter clause:  
¶ Multum interest, alienos populêre fines, an tuos uri exscindique videas, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 8. Dic mihi hoc, quod te rogo, Album, an atrnm vinum potes? Plaut. Menaech. Bene praecipiunt, qui vetant quicquam agere, quod dubites aequum sit, an iniquum, Cic. l. 1. Off.  
3. (Whether) being put partitively for which of the two is 
III.  made by uter, utra, etc. as,  
Take whether of them you like best. Utrum horum mavis accipe.  
¶ Quamobrem uter tandem nostrûm Labiene popular is est? tune, an ego? Cic. pro S. Reperiam qui dicat, aut scribat utra valet lingua, Cic. in Orat. Duobus propositis honestis, utrum honestius: Itemque duobus propositis utilibus, utrum utilius— Cic. 1. Off.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Let them look whether there be any maid or woman. Investigent ecqua virgo sit, an mulier, Cic. apud. Dict. Lat. English. He asked me whether I would have any thing into Sardinia. Rogavit, nunquid in Sardiniam vellem, Cic: ad Q. Fr.  

An Appendix touching the Particle Whither.  
(Wither) wheresoever standing alone it is put for to what, or to which place (whether in Interrogative or Indefinite speeches,) is generally made by quo: as,  
Whither go you? Quónam abis? Plaut. Aul. In which Isle there is a Town of the same name whither he never came. In quâ Insulâ oppidum est eodem nomine quò iste nunquam accessit, Cic. Verr. 6.  
¶ Quò te Maeri pedes? an, quò via ducit, in urbem? Virg. Ecl. 9— quò fessus ab undis se recepit, Virg. Georg. 4.  
— But when joined to other Particles, no, some, etc. it is made by a liquò, nusquam, etc. as,  
You were a going some whither else? No whether. Tu profecturus aliò fueras?  Nusquam, Ter. Eun. 2. 1.    

CAAP. LXV. Of the Particle Within.  
1. having a word of Place expressed after it, 
I.  is made by intra: as,  
He kept the foot men within the trench. Intra vallum pedites tenusit, Liv.  
¶ Intra urbem, Flor. 3. 18. Nisi intra parietes meos de meâ pernicie consilia mirentur, Cic. Att. l. 3. ep. 14.  
2. (Within) not having any express word of Place after it, is 
II.  made by intus: as,  
He is within together with them. Inrus est cum illis, Ter. Phor. 5. 8.  
¶ Ego te intus & in cute novi, Pers. Intus nemo est, Plaut.  
3. (Within) having reference to space or compass of Time, 
III.  is made by in, intra, and cis: as,  
Within a few days. In paucis diebus, Ter. Cis paucos dies, Plaut. Truc. a. 2. Sc. 3. v. 27. Within this hour it will cease. Intra horam desinet, Sen. ep. 54.  
¶ Intra 16 dies coeptum peractum est, Flor. 1. 11. Fere in diebus paucis quibus haec acta sunt, Chrysis haec vicina moritur, Ter. And. 1. 1. Cis paucas tempestates, Plaut. Mostell. a. 1. sc. 1. v. 17.  
Note; in is oft omitted, yet the word of Time is put nevertheless in the Ablative case; as, I hope that within a few months Diphilus' work will be at an end. Spero paucis mensibus opus Diphili perfectum fore, Cic.  

Certain particular Phrases.  Keep within compass. Modum tene, Cic. Within these few days, I will see you. Propediem te videbo, Cic. He returned within a while after. Rediit Haud multo post, Ter. Paulo post, Cicero 1. Off.   

CHAP. LXVI. Of the Particle Where.  
1. WHere) signifying in what or in which place is made 
I.  by ubi: as,  
Where is my brother? Ubi est frater? Ter. This very porch where we walk. Porticus haec ipsa, ubi inambulamus, Cic. l. 2. de Orat.  
Note; We may (especially in more earnest expressions) for ubi use ubinam, ubinam gentium, ubi gentium, ubi loci, ubi terrarum: as, Phaedria tibi adest. A. Ubinam? Ter. Phor. O dii immortales ubinam gentium sumus! Cic. 1 Cat. Non aedepol nunc ubi terrarum sim scio si quis roget, Plaut. Amphit. 1, sc. 1. v. 179, etc. Vide Parei Com de Partic. L. L. p. 454. Voss. Lat. Syntax. p. 78. Turs. de Partic. c. 211. reg. 12.  
2. (Where) signifying by which place or way, is made by 
II.  quà: as,  
He got up into the temple I know not where through a mine. Ipse in templum nescio quà per cuniculum ascendit, Cic. 3. Phil.  
¶ Iste ad omnes introitus quà adiri poterat in eum fundum armatos opponit, Cic. pro Cecin. Perge modò & quà te via ducit, dirige gressum, Virg. 1. Aen.— Quà equitatum ubi tempus esset emitterent, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 9— Quà primum maris nostri limen aperitur, Flor. 3. 6.  
3. (Where) in composition with any of these Particles any, no, 
III.  some, every, is respectively to be rendered by usquam, uspiam, alicubi, * nusquam, ubique: as,  
Neither is there any where room for either counsel, or authority. Nec est usquam consilio, aut auctoritati locus, Cic. 2. Off. Whether that law be written any where, or no where. Sive est ulla lex scripta uspiam, sive nusquam, Cic. 1. de Legibus. If Pompey be safe, and have made a stay any any where— Si salvus sit Pompeius, & constiterit a licubis— Cic. Att. l. 9 It is every where spoken against, Act. 28. 22. Ubique ei contradicitur, Hieron.  
¶ Ind utrum consistere uspiam velit, an mare transire nescitur, Cic, ad Att. l. 7. Nihil usquam spei, nihil auxilii est, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 9 Si scires aspidem occulte latere uspiam, Cic. 2. de Fin. Ille autem vir bonus nusquam apparet, Ter. Eun. Ego verò nusquam esse illos puto, Cic. 1. Tusc. * Ullbi & Nullibi minimè usitata sunt, Tursell. c. 131. Obs. 3.  
4. (Where) in composition with any of these Particles of, to, 
iv  at, by, from, on, upon, with, [withal] etc. is the same in sense with what or which, etc. and made generally by that case of quis or qui which those Particles are signs of: as,  
He had a knife wherewith he would have slain himself. Ferrum habuit quo se occideret. There is no other name whereby we must be saved, Acts 4. 12. Nec aliud nomen est in quo oporteat nos salvos fieri, Hier. And be not drunk with wine wherein is excess, Ephes. 5. 18. Et nolite inebriari vino, in quo est luxuria, Id. Whereof we are all witnesses. Act. 2. 32. Cujus omnes nos testes sumus Id. This is the day, whereof I have spoken, Ezech. 39 8. Haec est dies de qua locutus sum, Id. The place whereon thou standest is holy. Locus in quo stas sanctus est Id. Tables whereupon they slew their sacrifices, Ezech. 40. 41. Mensae super quas immolabant, Id. It shall prosper in the things whereto I sent it, Esa. 55. 11. Prosperabitur in his ad quae misi illud, Id.  
Note, Instead of the Relative, unde may elegantly be used for whereby, whereupon, and wherewithal: as,  
Whereby shall I know this? Unde hoc sciam? Whereupon he promised with an oath. Unde cum juramento pollicitus est. I have wherewithal to do these things. Est mihi unde haec fiant, Tu.   

CHAP. LXVII. Of the Particle Let.  
1. LEt) joined with alone, and signifying to leave off, give 
I.  over, or pass by; is made by mitto, or omitto: as,  
Will you let me alone or no? Mittis me, an non mittis? Plaut. I will not let you alone. Non omitto, Plaut.  
¶ At jam crepabunt manu malae tibi nisi me omittis, Plaut. Mil.  
2. (Let) without alone signifying to give leave to, or suffer, 
II.  is made by permitto, and sino: as,  
He let him spend as much as he would. Quantum vellet impendere permisie, Liv. Dec. 4. l. 9 I will not let you go away. Abire te non sinam, Plaut. Mil. I let him take his belly full. Sivi animum ut expleret suum, Ter. And. 1. 2.  
¶ Quaeso sinite transigi, Plaut. Poen. Prol. Sinito ambulare, C. foris, si intus volent, Plaut. Captiv. 1. 2. Sine, biduum hoc praetereat, Ter. Eun. 2. 2. Neque enim liberum id vobis permittet Philippus, Liv.  
3. (Let) having the sign os a Verb before it, without any other 
III.  Verb after it, is itself a Verb, and (as signifying to hinder) is made by impedio, or obsto: as,  
What doth let [i. e. hinder] why it should not be? Quid obstat cur non? Ter. And. 1. 1.  Quid impedit quo minus?  
¶ Nec aetas impedit, quo minus agri colendi studia teneamus, Cic. Quod isti ne faciant summâ malevolentiâ & livore impediuntur, Brut. Ciceroni.  
4. (Let) coming before another Verb without any sign of a 
iv  Verb before itself is generally the sign of an Imperative Mood: as,  
Let them go home. Domum abeant, Plaut. Poen. Let them have regard to piety. Pietatem colunto, Cic. 3. de Leg.  
If the Verb is to be of the first Person * singular, then let is a sign of the Present tense of the Subjunctive * Mood: as,  
Let me see it. Videam *.  
¶ In hujusmodi structurâ est Ellipsis 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sine ut—, vel permit ut— Quid quod? amet, amemus, ament, amemur & amentur, Imperativi non sint, sed Subjunctivi.  
5. (Let) having an Adjective next before it is a Substantive 
V  importing hindrance or delay, and made by mora, etc. as,  
I will be no let [i. e. hindrance] to you. In me nihil erit morae, Ter. And. 1. 1.  
6. (Let) coming together with in or into signifies to give 
iv  admission or entrance to, or to suffer to come in, and is made by admitto, or intromitto, etc. as,  
To let one in that stands at the doors. Ante fores stantem admittere, Mart. 1. 26. See you let no body into the house. Cave quenquam in aedes intromiseris, Plaut. Aulul. 1. 2.  

Certain Particular Phrases.  Let the old man come. Cedò senem, Bud. I will let you know. Tibi notum faciam Plin. Te certiorem Cic.   

CHAP. LXVIII. Of the Particle Last.  
1. LAst) having a Substantive of Time, viz. day, night, week, 
I.  month, year, Christmas, Easter, etc. expressed together, with it is elegantly made by proximus, with a Verb of the Preterperfect tense: as,  
They were Ambassadors the last year. Anno proximo Legati fuerunt, Cic. pro Leg. Manil.  
¶ Eoque magis quod his proximis Nonis tu non affuisti, Cic. de Am. Terrebat & proximus annus lugubris duorum consulum funeribus, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 7. Quid proximâ quid superiore nocte egeris, Cic. Cat. 1. Quem librum legimus biduo proximo superiore, A Gell. Quem proximis superioribus diebus acerrimè oppugn âsse tulissem, Cic. Vide Francisci Sylvii Progymnasm. Centur. 2. cap. 100  
2. (Last) having reference to the order or place of a thing is 
II.  made by novissimus, extremus, ultimus, supremus, Summus, Proximus, Postremus.  
To compare the last with the first. Confer novissima primis, Cic. To the last hour. Usque ad extremum spiritum, Cic. My writings want my last eate. Dost scriptis ultima lima meis, Ovid. Trist. 1. 6. Think every day to be thy last. Omnem crede diem tibi diluxisse supremum, Hor. Neither fear nor wish for thy last day. Summum nec metuas diem, nec optes, Mart. In the last Book we spoke of Cropes'. Proximo libro de Tropis dictum est, Quintil.  
Or by some Adverb derived of some of these Adjectives, proximè, novissimè, postremùm, etc. as,  
He whom I named last. Is quem proximè nominavi, Cic. Last of all. 
III.  Novissimè, Flor. 1. 13. This is the last time you are like to see me. Hodie me postremùm vides, Ter.  
¶ Illius temporis mihi solet in mentem venire quo proximè unà fuimus, Cic. 7. Fam. 3. ep. Quo ego interprete novissimè ad Lepidum sum usus, Planc. Cic. Ut vestigium illud ipsum in quo ille postremùm institisset, contueremur, Cic.  
3. (Last) having at before it, without any Substantive expressed after it (as signifying at length) is made by some of these Particles, Jam, tandem, aliquando, demum, denique, ad extremum, ad postremum, etc. as,  
Now at last I understand. Nunc demum intelligo, Ter. Heaut.  
¶ Nunc jam fum expeditus, Cass. Cic. Praelium diremit tandem nox interventu suo, Plaut. Amphit. Perfice ut jam tandem illi fateantur, Cic. contra Rull. Quod diu parturit animus vester, aliquando pariat, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 1. Collegi me aliquando, Cic. pro Cluent. Tandem aliquando Catilinam ex urbe ejecimus, Cic. Cat. 2. Spes est hunc miserum atque infelicem aliquando tandem posse consistere, Cic. pro Qint. Nunc demum literis tuis rescribo, quas ad me misisti, Cic. ad Att. Tum denique omnes diligimus nostra bona, quum quae in potestate habuimus, ea amisimus, Plaut. Captiv: Tantum accessit, ut nunc denique amare videar, antea dilexisse, Cic. Fam. l. 9 Nudus atque egens ad extremum fugit è regno, Cic. pro Rab. Posth. Tantus terror, eorum nominis erat, ut Syriae quoque ad postremum reges stipendium dare non abnuerent, Liv. Dec. 4. l. 6.  
4. (Last) sometimes is put to signify the duration or continuance of a thing, and then is to be made by some Verb or Phrase of like import: as,  
It will last for ever. In aeternum durabit, Quint.  

Certain particular Phrases.  The last save one. Proximus à postremo, Cic. Alter ab extremo. Novissimus citra unum. He held out unconquered to the last. Invictus ad ultimum permansit, Liv.  
Chap. 6. Rule 4. Note. When [and] comes betwixt two Verbs Active there may be an elegant translation of them by putting a Participle in stead of the former Verb, and the Particle and: as,  
Whom his mother conceived and bore. Quem mater conceptum genuit [for concepit, & genuit] Aen. 5.  
¶ In hujusmodi verò cōstructione imitatio quae dam est Graecoiū qui vel elegantiae, vel brevitatis saltem causâ Participium usurpant pro verbo & copula 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ut Lucian in Dialog. Cyclops. & Neptun. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉— qui me inebriatum excaecavit. Id. lb. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: Ego verò comprehensos ipsorum quosdam devoravi. Vide Vigeri Idiotism. cap. 6 S. 1 Reg. 14. Item clariss. Busbei Gr. Gram. p. 181.  
Chap. 16. Rule 9 After quo minus add or quin.  
I can hardly keep myself from flying in his face. Vix me contineo, quin involem in capillum, Ter. Eun. 5. 2.  
Chap. 18. Rule 5. Add to the Examples of that Rule this.  
How should I come to know of it? Qua resciscerem? Ter. Adel. 4. 5.  
Chap. 33. Rule 1. Add in the margin of that Rule this explicative note to come in after above, viz. as above hath relation to an higher place: but if either over or above relate to a greater number, than they are made by amplius, etc. Vide Above, c. 43 r. 1. 2.  
Chap. 34. Rule 4. Accipitur quoque Qui causaliter pro Cum seu Quia vel Quod sequente conjunctivo ut, Peccavi, qui contra dicta tua venerim. Ut intelligatis vos in Jehovam-gravem culpam admisisse qui regem vobis poposceritis! Peccâsse mihi videor, qui à:  
Chap. 44. Rule 11. (To) after expressions importing a continued act of accusing, complaining, commending, or speaking of any person or thing to, before, or in the presence of other Persons is made by apud: as  
He made an Oration to the people. Verba fecit apud populum, Cic. He complains to me by letters Queritur apud me per literas, Cic.  
¶ Quum de me apud te loquor, Cic. Orationem apud Senatum habuit, Cic. Diximus a pud Pontifices, Cic. Accusantur a pud Amphyctiones, Cic. Aliquem laudare a pud a liquem, Cic. A pud quem evomat virus acerbitatis suae. Cic. in Lael. Cur ego apud te mentiar? Plaut. Poen.  
Chap. 44. Rule 12. (To) is used in English for of, as to, or concerning, & is made by ad sometimes, (most usually by de c. 30. r. 16.) as  
I shall speak to [i. e. of or concerning] that presently. Ad illud statim verba faciam.  
¶ Ad (inquit Durr. p. 17.) valet. De. Plaut. Aulul. a. 3. sc. 5. v. 23. Nimis lepidè fecit verba ad parsimoniam, Symmach. l. 4. ep. 56. Postquam vos ad virtutem verba fecistis. Sed potest esse eadem prudentiae definitio, de quâ principio diximus, Cic. 1. Off. 55.  
13. (To) before a word of time after Verbs denoting a delay or putting off, until that time is made by in: as,  
The soldier's hope is put off to [i. e. till] another day. Spes prorogatur militi in alium diem, Plaut. Aul. a. 3. sc. 5.  
In posterum diem distulit, Cic. pro Deiot.  
Chap. 57 Rule 4. To the third Exomple of that Rule add this following Note.  
¶ Est tamen ubi Verbum facio ad vitandum odiosam verbi jam semel dicti repetitionem sic Latini usurpant, quemadmodum nos Angli Particulas do, did, etc. Quid est suavius, quàm bene rem gerere bono publico? Sicut ego feci heri. Plaut. Capt. ac. 3. sc. 2. Si Dî immortales id voluere vos hanc aerumnam exequi, Decet id pati aequo animo, si id faciet is, levior labos erit, Plaut. Capt. a. 2. sc. 1. Multas à te accepi epistolas, eodem die, omnes diligenter scriptas. Ea verò, quae voluminis instar erat, saepe legenda, sicuti facio: Cic. ad Att. l. 10. ep. 4.  
Chap. 15. Rule 16. (For) in distribution of things by proportion to several persons, etc. is elegantly made by in: as,  
He sets down twelve acres for every man. Duodena describit in singulos homines jugera, Cic. cont. Rull.  
¶ Titurius quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegit, Cic. pro Font. Ut in singula conclavia tricenos lectos quaereret, Cic. Verr. 6. Ut in singulas colonias ternos cives Romanos facere posset, Cic. pro Balbo. Bina boum vobis— Dat numero capita in naves, Virg. Aen. 5.  
Chap. 15. Rule 17. (For) before a casual word having an Infinitive mood after it, is to have nothing made for it, but is comprehended under the Latin of the Accusative case of the Noun, and Infinitive Mood of the Verb: as,  
Since the people of Rome remembers this, it were a most shameful thing for me not to remember him. Hoc cum Populus Rom. meminerit, me ipsum non meminisse turpissimum est, Cic. 11. Fam. ep. 16.  
Note 1. If a Noun or Verb, etc. governing a Dative case come before for, than the casual word following it, may be either the dative case as governed of the foregoing word, or the Accusative as governed of the following Infinitive mood, as will appear by the following Examples.  
¶ Turpe est eyes, qui bene nati sunt, turpiter vivere, Sen. Quod ipsi sure it honestissimum discere, Cie.  
Licitum est tibi ex hac juventute generum deligere, Cic. l. 4. ep. 5. Hei mihi! quod domino non licet ire tuo, Ovid. Trist. 1. 1. Non licet hominem esse saepe ita ut vult, si res non sinit, Ter. Heaut. a. 4. sc. 1. Neque me servitio exire louse bat, Virg. Ecl. 1. Sin mihi neque Magistratum, neque Senatii auxiliari licuerit, Cic. Fam. 5. ep. 4. Sedibus in patriis det mihi posse mori, Ovid. 1 Trist. 1. Nec te hinc comitem asportare Creusam Fas, Virg. Aen. 2.  
The reason of this indifferency as to the case, is because if the sentence were written at the full of it, there should be expressed both the Dative case, and the Accusative case, as it is in this of Cicero's— Hoc te expectare tibi turpe est. And this was meant surely by that Submonition in Lilies Grammar concerning these Examples— Nobis non licet esse tam disertos. Expedit bonas esse vobis, Quo mihi commisso non licet esse piam: viz. that before the Infinitive Moods herein expressed there are Accusative cases to be understood: as if the Sentences were written at large, Non licet nobis nos esse tam disertos, etc. And hence it comes to pass that Adjectives coming after Verbs of the Infinitive mood do so often differ in case from the Substantives coming before them, as in the forenamed examples—: Nobis esse disertos: Vobis esse bonas; Mihi esse piam: Which Adjectives agree not with that Substantive that is expressed (if differing in case from them) but with that which is omitted. Hence also it is that the Accusative case before the Infinitive Mood being omitted, the Adjective coming after it may also be the Dative case as well as the Substantive: as, Nobis non licet esse tam disertis. Natura beatis omnibus esse dedit. Lastly, hence it is that though neither Dative, nor Accusative case be expressed before the Infinitive mood, yet the Adjective may be of the Dative case, as in that of Terence, Phorm. 5. 2. Nos nostrâpte culpâ facimus ut malis expediat esse.  
Note 2. Such Sentences where For is thus used, may be varied both in English by if or that, and in Latin by si or ut, with a Nominative Case and a Subjunctive Mood; as this English Sentence— It is a shame for them that are well bred, to live basely— may be varied thus, It is a shame if they that are well bred do live basely. Or, It is a shame that they that are well bred should live basely. And so the Latin also. Turpe est eyes, qui bene nati sunt turpiter vivere, may be varied thus— Turpe est si two, qui bene nati sunt, turpiter vivant; Turpe est ut two qui bene nati sunt, turpiter viverent.    

A PRAXIS upon the foregoing Treatise of Particles. Solus & Artifices qui facit usus erit. Ovid.  

An Advertisement to the Reader, touching the Praxis.  
MY drift hath been in these following Dialogues, to give some taste of the usefulness of the foregoing Treatise; although being bound up to words and Phrases, I could neither follow such sense nor style, as being at liberty I might have done. Be pleased only to note (for better Direction) that I. The intervening Figures in the English Dialogues direct to that Chapter and Rule, etc. according to which the preceding Particle or Phrase is to be made into Latin. II. If there be but one figure it refers to some Rule of that Chapter, where the foregoing Particle is handled. Thus in the first Interlocution of the first Dialogue, the single figure (1) after the Particle — For— refers to the first Rule of that Chapter where that Particle is handled, which you may most readily find by proceeding in your search for it, according to the order of the Alphabet. III. If the figures be two (as sometimes the nature of the Chapter requires it) the first refers to the Chapter, and the second to some Rule or Note of that Chapter. As in the same Interlocution the figures (34. 1.) set immediately after the words — was looking— refer to the 34th Chapter of the Treatise, and the first Rule of that Chapter, where is a Direction for the rendering of those words. iv If an (n) either alone or with a figure after it, be set after any Particle, that (n) refers to some Note belonging to that Chapter, where the foregoing Particle is handled. Thus in the last Interlocution save one of the third Dialogue, after the word — taking— (35. n. 2.) refers to the second Note to that 35th Chapter. V If a (p.) be set after any word or Phrase, it refers to the Particular Phrases set after the Rules of that Chapter, where the preceding Particle is handled, where you shall find either the same Phrase that is used, or some other whereunto allusion is made in that place. Thus in that fame Interlocution the (p) after — but— refers to the Phrases subjoined to the Rules for the Particle But; the first whereof is this [He came but yesterday. Heri primùm venit.] which is alluded unto in that place of the Dialogue. VI These Letters (app.) refer to an Appendix to Chapter 23d. where are set down certain Phrases giving some light towards the right rendering of the Particle — Most. VII. If you find any word or Phrase enclosed within two semiquadrats or brackets, the import thereof is a variation of the foregoing word or Phrase whether English or Latin by other words. Thus in the tenth Interlocution of the third English Dialogue these words, [as soon as ever he spoke] are a variation of the foregoing Phrase — at his first speaking— And accordingly in the Latin Interlocution answering thereunto these words [statim tamen ut, verum ubi primum locutus est; vix autem loqui coeper at cum] are so many several variations of the foregoing Phrase — ad primam tamen ejus vocem— And so throughout And now this being all that I thought needful (if yet this be needful) to trouble you with, I commend you to the blessing of God and rest  
Yours to use as you shall see cause, W. W.   

A Praxis upon the foregoing Treatise of Particles.  
DIALOGUE 1.  
Richard. George. Richardus. Georgius. R. WEll met George, for 2 I was looking 34. 1 of 14. you 1. R. OPportunè te mihi offers Georgi, nam teipsum quaerebam G. I am very 1 glad you are 41. 6, 7. well Richard. But 10. what would you with (p) me? G. Vehementer gaudeo, Richard te bene valere. Sed quid me vis? [quaeris?] R. A friend of 4 mine, that 2 is at 7 my house, doth much 3 long 3 to 3 see you. R. Amicus quidam meus, qui domi meae est, magnopere te videre cupit. G. Where lives he? G. Vbinam vivit? R. He lives at 3 London, most (p) an end; but 10 is now come 57 1. from 1 Oxford by 2 Cambridge. R. Londini quidem ut plurimum; [plerunque] verièm nunc venit Oxonio [ab Oxonio] per Cantabrigiam. G. How 1 long 4 is it since 4 he came thence? G. Quàm diu est, quum [quampridem] inde profectus est? R. About 3 fourteen days. R. Dies circiter [plus minus] quatuordecim. G. Brings he any news? G. Ecquid novi affert? R. Never 2 a word: and 2 besides I quite forgot to 3 ask of 14 any such 2 thing. R. Ne verbum [ne unum verbum] quidem: nec porro ullam in rem hujusmodi inquirere mihi in mentem venerat. G. I must 1 dispatch a certain business that 2 I am about 7 which, though I would never so 26. 3. fain, yet 1 I must 1 not 2 leave before 9 n. & 41. 9 it be all 1 done: Otherwise I should have willingly gone along 1 with 2 thee to 1 him now. But 10 about 2 noon I shall have leisure to 5 come to 1, and 4 speak with 5 him about 4 his occasions here. G. Conficiendum est mihi quoddam, quod ago negotiolum, à quo ego, etiamsi vel maximè velim, priùs tamen desistere non debebo, quàm totum [integrum] perfecero [effectum dedero]: lubenti aliàs animo jam unà tecum ad illum pergerem. Atqui circa meridiem erit mihi otium eum adeundi, ac de [super] gerondis suis hic negotiis colloquendi. R. About 2 that 1 time too I shall be about 6 the marketplace, about 7 a little business there 1, but 10 at 1 the time appointed I will come home. R. Ipse quoque sub id tempus circa forum in parvo quodam ibidem negotio occupatus sum futurus: ad praestitutum tamen horam me domum conferam. G. About 7 it then 2 instantly, and 4 when you have brought it about 7 and are about to 1. 5 come home, than 1 see you wander not 3 about 1 the streets. G. Actutum ergo accingere: id vero cum effeceris, ac rediturus fueris, tum circa vicos cave errs; [cave ne, vide ne errs, errare noli.] R. I shall remember. R. Memorem moans [meminero] G. Farewell. G. Vale.   

DIALOGUE II.  
Thomas. James. Thomas. Jacobus. T. WHere spends your 51. 2. brother John his 17. 1. days? T. URinam gentium vitam agit suam frater tuu● johannes? I. Awhile ago truly he lived at 3 Athens, but 10 now he lives at 4 Carthage. I. Nuper quidem Athenis, nunc autem Carthagine. T. When was he with 4 you 1 at 7 your 2 house? T. Quando apud te domi fuit? I. At 1 Christmas last. I. Proximis Christi Natalitiis. T. Were you not 4 very 1 glad to 6 see him well? T. Nun laetatus es admodum, cum [ubi] eum salvum conspexeras? I. At (p) my very 2 heart truly: for 1 I had never 1 seen him before 3 since 2 he went from 1 London. I. Ex ipso certè animo: nec enim unquam antea ex quo Londino discesserat mihi in conspectum venerat. T. He is a very 1 godly man 3 sure, and 4 much (p) a Scholar. T. Summè is haud dubiè pius homo est, nec vulgariter doctus [& cum primis eruditus.] I. Truly I am of your mind 57 5. for 1 the next day after 3 he was come 57 1. he was at 5 Church, at 8 a Sermon: and I. Equidem ipse tecum sentio: nam postridie ejus die quo advenerat, sacrae in temple concioni interfuit: 4 all 1 his 1 discourse was continually of 16 religion. We could scarcely be set 57 1. down at 6 table, but 4 he was presently propounding 34. 1. to be 44. n. 1. talked of 14 some question as 5 profitable as 5 pleasant to be 44. n. 2. heard. And 4 as for 12 wealth, he is so 4 far from gaping 34. 8. after 4 it, that 5 he sets nothing by 14. p. it at all, 4. p. omnisque perpetuo ejus sermo de religione erat. Ad mensam vix unquam consideramus, quin [cum] quaestionem continuò aliquam auditu perinde utilem ac jucundam discutiendam proponeret. Quod autem [quantum verò] ad divitias spectat [attinet] adeo iis nullus inhiat [ita iis non inhiat; tantum abest, ut iis inhiet] ut nihili omnino [prorsus] aestimet. T. Knew you him at 9 the first sight? T. Primòne eum aspectu [fancy; front:] nor as? I. No 1 indeed: and 3 yet 1 at 9 his 17. 1. first speaking 35. 3. [as soon as 7. p. ever he spoke] I remembered him presently. I. Minimè verò: ad primam tamen ejus vocem [statim tamen ut, verùm ubi primùm, locutus est; vix autem loqui coeperat cum] eum pernovi illi●o. T. I am confident you could not 2 but 6 grieve extremely at 9 his departure. T. Non potuisti scio quin discessu ejus vehementer doleres [non vehementer angi.] I. I could indeed do nothing but 5 weep, though he were a little angry at 11 me for 2 it. I. Aliud profectò nihil quàm [nisi] steer potui, licet [quanquam, ut ut] ed mihi de causâ subirasceretur [nonnihil propterea mihi succenseret.] T. I confess you are by 1 not 2 means to be 44. n. 1. blamed for 9 not 2 suppressing 34. 4. such 1 a natural affection. But 10 I must 1 away: my business T. Nullo, fateor, pacto in co es culpandus quòd affectum tam [adeo] naturalem minus [non] represseris. Caterùm abeundum calls me hence. Hereafter 57 2. we will talk more 2 of 16 these things, beginning 34. 10. at p. the uttermost. In the meantime 20. p. Farewell. est mihi: aliò mea me negotia vocant. Plura de hisce postea, ab extremo incipientes, colloquemur [confabulabimur.] Interim [interea loci] Vale.   

DIALOGUE III.  
Nicolas. Robert. Nicolaus. Robertus. N. WHat news from 1 Cambridge, Robert. N. Ecquid Roberte novi affers è Cantabrigiâ? R. None truly: and 3 yet 1 all's 2 new there 1. R. Nihil planè: etiamsi nova sint illic omnia. N. Do the young Scholars study hard? N. Num diligenter incumbunt studiis suis Juniores Academici? R. Very 1 hard: and 3 yet 1 the University (me thinks) is much 3 altered for all that 15. 11. R. Admodum diligenter [quàm diligentissimè]: nihilominus mirè mihi mutata tamen videtur Academia. N. I have heard as much 24 p. long since 34. 4. of 13 many. N. Istuc [tantundem] ego jam pridem ex multis audiveram [acceperam]. R. I doubt not 2 but 7 it will grow both 2 more 1 full, and 12. 2. famous every day, for all 15. 11. Scholars are every where so 2 little set by 12 now adays. R. Non dubium est mihi quin [nihil vereor ne non] & auctior indies & illustrior futura sit; tametsi adeo parvi passim nunc dierum habeantur viri eruditi. N. There 2 is very 1 small hope of 1 it, for all that 15. 11 for 1 where rewards are taken from 3 the learned, there 1 the learners are soon discouraged from 2 learning 35. n. 2. N. Perexigua tamen esus spes est: ubi enim praemia erudilis adimuntur, ibi erudiendi citò à discendo deterrentur. R. Virtue and 4 knowledge are their 17. 1. own 36. n. 2. rewards both 1 which now flourish in 5 the University. R. Virtus & Scientia sua sunt ipsorum praemia, quae ambo jam in Academiâ ●fflorescunt. N. But for 13. 2. your 2 saying 35. 3. [If 4 you 1 had not 19 4. said it] I should never 1 have believed it: not but that 13. 3. I have a good opinion of 16 the University; but 10 because such 4 is the corruptness both 2 of 1 the times and 4 manners every where, that 5 but 8 a very 1 few retain so much as 24. p. the name of 1 virtue, and 4 all 2 for the most part 23. app. are ignorant of 5 the thing it self 1. N. Absque tuo sermone esset [ni tu dixisses] [haud unquam] id. ego credidissem: non quin honorificè de Academia sentiam [Non quod p imus honestam ad Academiae opinionem conceperim] sed quod ea sit cùm temporum, tum morum ubique pravitas, ut virtutis vel nomen tantùm non nisi paucissimi retineant, rei autem ipfius plerique omnes ignari sint [ipsa verò quid sit plerique omnes ignorent: à plerisque omnibus ignoretur.] R. But that 13. 1. I love thee, verily I could be half angy with 3 thee, for 9 saying 34. 4. that 1 that 2 none but 9 some Timon ever thought. Thou meetest me at 1 not 2 time, but 4 thou art presently complaining 34. 1. thus. I R. Ni [nisii] te amarem profecto subirasci tibi possem, qui [quod] illuddicas, quod praeter [extra] Timonem aliquem nemo unquam homo senserit. Nullo [vix ullo] tu mihi tempore occurris, quin [quo non] isto statim pacto think thou 41. 7. canst do nought but 5 brawl. conqueraris. Credo ego te nihil posse nisi [quam] rixari. N. I cannot choose but 6 fret to 6 see the baseness of 1 the world up and down 6 p. N. Non possum, quin commovear [non animo discruciari] cùm [ubi] hominum passim turpitudinem contemplor. R. The most 23. app. I grant are bad, yet 1 not 2 all 2; some few are good, Indeed the world is made up of 13 both 1. 'Twas always thus; and 2 better is not 2 to be 44. n. 1. looked for 15: and 4 'tis great folly for 10 a man 4 to 1 grieve for 2 what he cannot mend. But 10 I came home but (p) yesterday, and 4 am yet 3 weary with 1 taking 35. n. 2. a long 4 journey; and therefore 6. 3. I would not 2 have you 1 keep me any longer with 1 talk. R. Plerique (non inficior) mali sunt, nec [haud] tamen omnes; rari quippe boni: ex utrisque revera consta● hominum genus. Sic se semper habuit res: nec melior a speranda sunt: stultitia verò est extrema quenquam ob id dolere [si; cum quis ob id se angat] quod nequit corrigere. Caeterum heri primùm domum redii, & longum conficiendo iter [longo ex itinere] etiamnum fessus sum; nolim proinde ut ampliùs me sermone tuo detineas. N. I am glad Robert that 6 you are well: I pray that 3 you may be. N. Salvus quod sis, Roberte, laetor; ut sis precor. Far you well. Vale.   

DIALOGUE IU.  
Peter. Geoffrey. Petrus. Galfridus. P. WHat thinkest thou will become of 9 p. me Geoffry. P. Quid me Galfride futurum censes? G. Truly Peter, I neither know that 1: nor indeed know what to 6 think of 16 it. However modesty doth become 3 a young man. Carry but 8 yourself 36. n. 1. then 2 as 2 it becometh 1 you 2 before 1 your 2 father, and 2 fear not 2 but 7 all 2 will be well. Time that 2 subdueth all 2 things will bring it about 7 at last 8. p. that 3 he shall become 2 a little more 1 mild, although for the present 15. p. he be never so 26. 3. fierce. G. Illud bercle, mi Petre, neque scio, nec planè de illo quid suspicer invenio. Decet utcunque adolescentem modestia. [Eum itaque te praestes modo] in patris conspectu decet, nec metuas ne non rectè fiant omnia. Efficiet tandem tempus (quod cuncta subigit) ut mansuetior paulo evadat, etiamsi in praesen●iâ ferocissimus fuerit. P. He never 1 used me thus before 3. P. Isto me pacto nunquam tractavit antè. G. The more 4 kind then 2 that 8 he hath been towards you 1 heretofore, the more 4 submissively do you behave yourself 36. n. 1. towards him now. By 4 suffering 35. n. 2. you shall overcome. G. Quanto igitur antehac benigmor in te fucrit, tanto te nunc submissiùs erga illum geras. Ferendo vinces. P. Being that 11. 3. he is my father, I confess he is the more 3 to be born 44. n. 1. withal. P. Quandoquidem pat●r est, eo, fateor, magis est ferendus. G. Your 2 father being 3 a wise man 3 cannot but 6 love you 1 being 2 his 17. 1. child, though for a while 15. 7. perhaps he may hid his 17. 1. love from 16. p. you 51. 1. G. Non potest pater tuus, cùm vir sapiens sit, [quip qui vir sapiens sit: ut est vir sapiens] quin summè te filium suum amet, licet amorem fort ass suum, ad tempus te celet. P. For all that 15. 11. his 17. 1. being 5 so 2 harsh to 10 me of late 30. p. [this late so 4 great harshness of 4 his 17. 1 to 10 me] is some trouble to 1 me. P. Veruntamen quòd ita acerbus nuper erga me extiterit [nihilominus haec ejus nupera in me acerbitas] haud parum me commovet [nonnihil mihi molesta est.] G. Old men I know being 1 never so little 26. 3. displeased, are froward enough: yet 1 such 4 a one is your father that 5 if 1 you will but 8 humour him a while, I doubt not 2 but 7 he will soon be friends with p you: and if 6. p. ever my being 4 with 4. you, may stand you in any stead 20. p. with the help of God 47. p. I will not 2 fail you. G. Satis, scio, morosi vel minimùm laesi senes esse solent: is tamen pater tuus est ut si modò velis huic parumper [paulisper] obscqui, non dubium est mihi, quin sit brevi ●e in graliam recepturus: quòd si mea unquam apud vos praesentia, in rem tuam [è re tuâ] sit futura, tibi juvante Deo, decsse nol●. P. I entreat thee by 8 that 1 love, that 2 hath ever been betwixt us, that 3 thou wouldst be by p. at 8 our first meeting 35. 3. for 1 I perceive by 7 his 17. 1. letters, by 1. P. Per eam te obtestor amicitiam, quae mihi tecum semper intercessit, ut congressui primo nostro velis intercsse: nam intelligo ex literi● ejus, quibus me ad colloquium evocat, quoth which he summons me to 2 a Park, that 6 according to 4 the old wont I am to be without 3 some body stand 44. n. 1. sound schooled, by 3 us, to 6 take my part, and 4 speak for 14 me. ingenti, de more, jurgio nisi quis propter nos assistat, qui a me sit, ac pro me [secundum causam meam] dicat, excipiendus sum. G. To 6 be [that 4 I may be] short, (for 1 I am to 7 make haste) Parents though they be a little froward, yet 1 are to be 44. n. 1. respected with 1 all 2 both 2 duty, and 12. 2. affection by 5 their 17 children. And 3 therefore it will be much 5 better for 10 you to be 44. n. 2. a little chidden by 5 your father in word only 20. p. then 3 to 3 be wholly cast off 14 by 5 him. And the one is as 5 easy to be 44. n. 2 done, as the other is hard to be 44. n. 2 undergone. G.  te absolvam paucis (nam festinandum est:) Parents tametsi morosiores paulò fuerint, à liberis certè suis omni quà officio, quà affectu colendi sunt. Multo proinde melius erit à patre te tuo graviùs verbo tenus corripi, quàm ab eo penitus obdicari [quam ut te pro suo non ampliùs habeat]. At hoc aequè est factu facile, ac illud ferri difficile. P. I thank you 1 hearty for giving 34. 4. me such 1 faithful counsel, and so 2 friendly an advertisement: God willing 34. 10. I will henceforth in 5 this matter, both 2 follow your 2 counsels, and observe your admonitions. Farewell. P. Maximas ago tibi ex animo gratias, [quod] fidele adeo consilium mihi dederis, tamque amicè me officii [commonueris] tuis hâc in re, favente Deo, & sum consilis deinceps usurus, & monitis pariturus. Vale.   

DIALOGUE V.  
Arthur. Edward. Arthurus. Edvardus. A. HOW 3 now Edward? What's the matter I pray, that 6 I see your eyes so 2 swelled with crying 35. n. 2? A. Quid nunc Edvarde? Quidnam, quaeso, est quod sic video tumidos tibi lachrymando oculos? E. After 2 I had once heard that 41. 7. we should play after 1 dinner, I could neither look after 4 any lesson nor look on 4 book after 3. E. Postquam [ubi cum] it semel audiveram nos à prandio [post prandium] lusuros, nec potui exinde [postea] animum ulli lectioni intendere, nec librum inspicere. A. No wonder 27. p. then 2. that 6 [if 1] you were beaten for 2 your 2 negligence. But 10 if 4 you were not 2 unwise 2. 1. I suppose you would study the harder, and 1 not 2 on the contrary 31. p. loiter the more 2 when you are to 7 play afterwards; But 10 who I pray thee was so 2 kind to 10 us, as p to 3 & 6 [that 5 he would] get us leave to 7 play? A. Minimè ergo mirum eum, quod supplicium ob [propter] negligentiam tuam [si negligentiae tuae poenas] dederis. Quod si [sin] tu parum prudens non esses, cò te, opinor, impensiùs literarum studiis addiceres, (non autem è contrario tanto magis cessares) cum tibi postmodo ludendum fuerit. Sed quisnam quaeso est, qui tam in nos humanus extitit, ut ludendi veniam impetraret? E. A Gentleman of 1 good worth 3, that 2 came to 1 school, to 3 see our Master. E. Generosus quidam magnae vir autoritatis, qui praeceptorem nostrum salutaturus [salutatum, salutare, ut salutaret, ad salutandum, salutandi gratiâ] ad scholam venerat. A. Obtained he his 1 request easily? A. An facile est factus voti sui compos? E. Nay marry: that 1 was a matter of 1 very 1 much 1 difficulty: but 10 yet 1 he would take no 2 denial. Nay, he was so far 38. p. from yielding 34. 8. to 1 our Master, that 5 he would not 2 give over 4. begging 34. 3. of 14. him, before 41. 9 he had overcome him with begging 35. n. 2. E. Minime verò: permulti erat illa res laboris: verùm tamen nullam hic pati repulsam voluit. Quid? quod tantum aberat Praeceptori nostro ut cederet, ut eum non ante usque orare desierit, quam orando superâsset. A. Brought he not 2 body along 1 with 2 him? A. Neminemne unà secum attulit? E. Himself 1 all alone 4. p. set upon 4 our Master, as 1 he was walking 34. 1. in 5 [along 2] the School as 2 his 1 manner is: and 4 though he shown himself 2 at 1 this time too such 2 as 4 he had often shown himself 2 before, 3, yet 1 he overcame him. E. Praceptorem pro more suo in scholâ ambulantem [dum, ut solet, per scolom ambularet] unus ipse solus est adortus [persolus ipse aggressus est]: eumque licet talem hoc etiam se tempore praebebat, qualem se ante saepiùs exhibuerat, exoravit tamen. A. I make no p. question but 7 you 1 gave him as 3 great thanks as 3 could be. A. Nihil dubito quin ei gratias quant as potuistis maximas egerilis [habitae sint ei à vobis gratiae quantae poterant maximae.] E. Yes indeed. E. Ita sanè. A. But 10 if 1 you 1 had any wit, you would be as 5 glad of 14 instruction, as 5 of 14 recreation: for 1 as 6 you sow now, so 1 you shall reap hereafter 52. 2. as it is commonly said 7. p. A. Verùm si quid in te ingenii esset, non minus erudition, quàm lusu gauderes [perinde te study, ac ludo oblectares]: ut enim nun● sementem feceris, vulgò quod dici solet, ità posthàc meats. E. As if 7. p we could become 2 men 1 ere we be passed boys: and 2 should not be partakers of 1 youthful things; as it is in 20 Terence. E. Quasi verò [perinde quasi] priùs in viros evadere oporteret, quàm ex ephebis excesserimus, neque illarum affines esse rerum, quas fert adolescentia: ut est apud Terentium. A. Be ruled by me, 14. p though: mind your study, and do not 2 give yourself 36. n. 2 any longer to 2 childish pleasure, whereof 51. 2 you will both 2 be much 3 ashamed, and greatly repent too, when you are grown a man, (1 & p). A. Me tamen audi [ausculta mihi modò]: studiis incumbe tuis diligenter; nec ampliùs puerili te voluptati ded as [totum tradas], cujus te, togam ubi virilem sumpseris [in viros transcriptus fueris;— firmata virum te fecerit aetas] & pudebit multùm, & vehementer poenitebit. E. Truly Arthur you speak right: hereafter, I hope, I shall be wiser. Far you well. E. Profectò Arthure id quod res est dicis: in posterum sapiam spero rectiùs. Vale.   

DIALOGUE VI.  
Charles. Gilbert. Carolus. Gilbertus. C. HOw much 24. 2 boughtest thou that 1 book for 5 Gilbert●? C. Qvanti Gilberte istum es mercatus librum? G. Truly the Stationer held it at 2 a shilling 35. 2; but 10 I bought it for 4 ten pence. G. Duodecim certè indicavit eum Bibliopola denariis; emi verò decem. C. Now 3 say you? so 2 dear? But if 13. 10. I had bought it for 15. 3. & 6. you 1 I should have bought it for 5 somewhat less, I trow. I would not 2 have given him over 2 five pence, or 3 six pence for 6 it, at the most (23. app.) In troth 20. p I cannot 28. 2 hold from laughing 16. 2 to 6 think how 1 finely the fellow hath gone beyond thee. C. Quid dicis? tam magno [caro]? Sin autem ego prote emissem, paulo credo minoris mer catus essem. Non ultra quinque séxve, ad summum, denarios pro eo numerâssem. Nequeo mihi herclè temperare, quin [quo minus] rideam, cum in animo mecum repu●o quàm vafre te homo circumvenerit. G. Now 5 could I help it? I asked him with 1 what conscience he could ask so 4 great a price for 6 so 4 small a book [rate so 4 small a book at 2 so 4 much 2; set so 4 little a book at 2 so 2 high a rate,] and 4 that 1 more than once or twice 23. p? But 10 G. Qui potui ego id praecavere? Quaesivi ab eo, nec id semel [idque iterum ac saepius] quânam posset animi conscientiâ tantum [ita magnum] pro tantillo libro pretium postulare [tanti tantillù librum aestimare; tantulumtam magno pretio librum indicare] Caeterum he had like to have rated me for 2 it. Moreover 33. P he told me flatly how 4. & 41. 7 it was a folly for 10 to 1 look for 15 any abatement of 1. & 13. that 1 price. And p if 4 you 1 will not 2 believe me, ask him yourself 36. n. 1 if 2 it be not 2 so 1. perparum [non multùm; non longè] abfuit quin mihi propterea convitium fecisset [propè erat; factum est, ut eâ me de causâ convitiis incesseret]; Quinetiam disertis mihi dixit verbis quod amentia foret [amentiam fore] ullam istius pretii diminutionem expectare [si ullam de isto pretio diminutionem sperarem; ut aliquid istâ de summâ demi [diminui; decessurum; iri detractum] cuperem. Quod si [sin] tu mihi minùs credas [fidem habeas] ipsum tute, anon sic se res habeat, rogues. C. It is likely it lay not 2 him in 4 above four pence. C. Credibile est ei non amplius quatuor denariis stetisse. G. What is that 1 to p me? A thing is worth 1 as much as 24. 2 it may be sold for 5. G. Quid id meâ refert? Tanti res quaeque valet, quanti vendi potest. C. Right. But 10 that 1 is sold for 4 too much p that 2 may be bought for 5 less. If 3 you can by 1 any means put it off 14 again to 1 some body, though for 4 a less price than 3 it cost you: for 1 if 4 I mistake not, 19 4 I remember I have seen the very same 45. 2 Book Printed at 3 Oxford in 2 English. C. Recte quidem. Atqui id nimio venditur, quod minoris ematur. Alicui eum, si quo potes pacto, licet minore quam emeras pretio, vend denuò: nam, ni fallor, eundem ipsum librum Oxonii Anglicè excusum me vidisse memini. G, In troth 20. p I got it more 3 for 8 the purity of G. Eum hercle mihi magis ob styli puritatem quam dignitatem argumenti comparavi: proinde 1 the style then 3 for 8 the worth 3 of 1 the matter: and 3 therefore I shall like it never the better 26. p for 9 its being 5 turned into 6 English: though others may do what they please for 13 me. nihilo ego plus eo delectabor, quòd in Anglicum vertatur: quanquam, per me, aliis quod libet, licet. C. But 10 our Master will say by and by p that 7 we do nought but 5 trifle all the day long 21. 1 and 4 spend out most precious time in 3 talking 35. n. 2. C. Atqui exclamabit illico Praeceptor toto nos die nihil quàm nugari, pretiosissiumque tempus nostrum garriendo consumere. G. As if 7. p it were not 2 long of ●1. 2 you, that 6 we fell into 6 this talk. I pray thee then 2 leave that 1 babbling 35. 3. of 4 thine, that 4 we may mind our studies a little: for 1 ere long p we must 1 go say. G. Quasi verò tu non in causâ esses [per te non esset factum] quod in hunc sermonem delapsi simus. Missamigitur facias quaeso tuam istam garrulitatem, quò studiis paulisper incumbamus: nam brevi nobis repetendum [recitandum] erit.   

DIALOGUE VII.  
Henry. Gervase. Henricus. Gervasius. H. GErvase; have you heard any thing yet 2 of 16 Anthony? H. GErvasi; ecquid adhuc audisti de Antonio? G. Not 2 any thing: and 3 yet 1 I cannot but 6 look for 15 something yet 3. G. Nihil planè: nec tamen queo quin aliquid usque [etiam nunc] expectem. H. I would very 1 fain know what course of 1 life he takes, [what kind of 15 life he leads; how 5 he leads his life]. H. Perlubens scirem [nimis velim scire] quemnam vitae cursum teneat [qualem vivendi viam ingressus sit; vitam ut suam instituer it]. G. That 1 (I grant) is a matter of 1 great concernment to 1 know. G. I stud, fatcor, nôsse magni res est momenti. H. He went away full of 8 wrath, because he was taxed of 9 some negligence in 3 doing 35. n. 2 & 4 his duty: but 10 it reputes him, I fear, by this time 14. p of 10 his 17 1 going 35. 3 away from 1 us. H. Plenus irarum abiit, quod nonnullius in obeundo munere suo intertiae argueretur: verùm poenitere jam eum sui à nobis discessûs nimis male metuo. G. Truly though he behaved himself 17. 2 not 1 as 28. 1 'twas fit, yet 1 there 2 is none of 6 us but 4 thought him more G. Profectò ut se aliter a● [secus quàm] par erat, gesserit, nostrûm tamen nemo est quin [qui non] miseratione eum worthy of 7 pity then 3 of 7 punishment: especially since 1 he was come of 1 so 2 good and honest parentage. quàm supplicio digniorem censuerit: praecipuè [presertim] cum parentibus adeo bonis & honestis prognatus sit. H. No 2 man 4 sure, that 2 is not utterly 2 bereft of 12 all 2 wit, will ever think much 4 to be 44. 3 & n. 2 told of 9 a fault, and 4 of 11 a friend, and friendly too. H. Nemo certè homo qui non omni prorsus ingenio privatus sit indignabitur unquam se errati idque ab amico, & amicè quoque admoneri. G. I shall know within a while of 13 my father's 30. 17 man 5 what manner of 15 life he lives: and 4 then 1 I will certify you 1 by 8 a letter how 5 he doth. In the mean time 20. p my boy of 3 wax, farewell. G. Qualem vivat v itam è patris mei famulo [homine; servo] brevi [in paucis diebus] resciscam: tum autem quemadmodum sese habeat certiorem ipse te per liler as faciam. Interea verò loci [temporis] mi ceree puer, valebis.   

DIALOGUE VIII.  
Philip. Bernard. Philippus. Bernardus. P. HOw 2 many Scholars have you 1 at 5 your 2 school Bernard? P. Quot Bernarde habetis in Scholâ vestrâ discipulos? B. About fourscore. B. Octoginta plus minus [ad octoginta]. P. How 2 many of 6 them are under 1 the Usher? P. Quot ex illis sunt sub Hypodidascale? B. Not 2 under 2 forty. B. Non minus [haud pauciores quam] quadraginta. P. 'Tis a hard task without ● doubt that 2 he hath undertaken. P. Dura illa sine dubio est quam suscepit provinciam. B. Yet 1 he undergoes it very 1 cheerfully. B. At eam animo tamen perquam alacri sustinet. P. Are not 4 the upper Scholars unruly oftentimes when the Master is gone out? P. Nun tumultuantur saepe primarum pueri classium, Magistro egresso? B. Very 1 seldom; without 3 the Masters be both 1 out together at 1 the same time. B. Quàm rarissimè; nisi utrique Praeceptores eodem tempore abfuerint. P. What keeps them in n. 1 awe? P. Quid est, quod eos in ordinem cogit? B. Besides the Ushers 30. 17 authority over p them, the Master himself 17. 2 is ever and anon standing 34. 1 without B. Praeter Hypodidascali quoque in eos imperium, adstat subinde for is Magister ipse clàm auscultans, quò eos, siquid turbarum 1 privily listening 34. 10 to 3 take them tardy if 5 they keep any coil, and punish them offending 34. 10. excitent imparatos [nec opinantes] opprimat, ac delinquentes puniat. P. 'Tis a very 1 good way you speak of 15: But 10 with 4 us the use is for p. & 52. 5 Masters to 1 & 6 set certain Monitors over 4 their Schools to 3 & 6 give them notice what one doth amiss in p their absence. P. Rationem tu cum primis mihi probandam narras. Atqui Praeceptoribus apud nos mos est, ut Monitores quosdam scholis praeponant suis, qui eyes si quid malè per eorum absentiam gestum sit notum faciant. B. I like not 2 that 1 way so 2 well. for 1 there 2 is nothing almost more 1 ordinary then 3 for 10 & p those Monitors of Schools whom you speak of 15 & 52. 4, if 1 they do but 8 bear any ill will to 10. & p any one of 6 their fellow-scholars, to 6 accuse him falsely to n their Master, and make him be whipped ofttimes without 2 desert. B. Haud perinde istud ego consilium laudo. Nam nihil ferè est, quod frequentius usu veniat, quàm ut isti, quos memoras scholarum Monitores, si modò iniquiore sint in unum aliquem è condiscipulis suis animo, eum apud Praeceptorem suum falsò criminentur, atque in causâ sint ut virgis saepe immerito caedatur. P. Some such 2 like things do I believe fall out sometimes: nevertheless 26. p, in 5 those great Schools especially, it cannot be otherwise: for 1 but for this 13. 2, there 2 were not living 35. n. 3 for 3 any Master in 5 a great school. P. Accidunt, credo, nonnunquam bujusmodi quaedam● tamen secus se res habere, in scholis praesertim illis frequentioribus, non potest: nam absque eo esset, haud ulli unquam Magistro in majore aliquâ scholâ vivendum foret. B. Therefore do I prescribe nothing to 1 any man 4 but 10 freely leave every man 4 to 3 & 6 follow his own 17. 1 way so far as 38. 4 he pleaseth, for 13 more. B. Nihil itaque praecipio ego ulli: sed unicuique permitto liberè, ut per me, suo, quantum videbitur, instituto utatur.   

DIALOGUE IX.  
Ralph. Herbert. Rodulphus. Herbertus. R. DOth Francis bring, any news over 3 the sea with 2 him? R. NVm quidnam [nunquid] adfert [apportat] novi secûm trans mare, Franciscus? H. Yes truly: He tells very 1 many strange, & some monstrous stories of 16 the countries that 2 he travelled over 3. H. Immò certè: Mira permultae ac quaedam etiam monstri similiae narrat deregionibus illis, per quas iter fecit. R. Such 3 commonly is the nature of 1 travellours. But 10 how 2 long 4 (I pray you) hath he been out? R. Sic sunt, ut plurimum, peregrinatores. At, amabo te, quàm diu peregrè fuit? H. 'Tis eleven years over or under (33p) since 2 he went away hence from 4 us. H. Vndecim plus minus anni sunt, cum binc à nobis abiit. R. I dared have sworn he 41. 7 had not 2 been away over 1 seven years as the most 23. p. But 10 can you tell whether he did ever see Mahomet's 30. 17 Tomb or 1 no 1? R. Ausim vel deserâsse eum no● supra [amplius] septem ad summum annos abfuisse. Scin' verò utrum Mahumetis unquam spectarit sepulchrum, necne [an non]? H. He saith he 41. 7 saw a goodly Monument of 1 some brave person, whose name truly I cannot 2 now think of 30. 14, but 10 shall (I hope) remember by and by p. H. Augustum praenobilis cujusdam viri Monumentum se vidisse memorat, cujus quidem nomen mihi nunc non occurrit, sed jam [statim] (spero) in memoriam redibit: R. Is it true that 2 I hear that (6&7) he came home on 4 the very 2 self 2 same day of 1 the year that 2 he went out on 52. 4? R. Verumne est id quod audio rediisse eum eodem ipso anni die, quo discesserat? H. Yes truly. H. Ita certè res est. R. I marvel what the matter was that 6 he came back. R. Miror quid esset, quod rediret. H. By 7 the beginnings 35. 1 of 1 discords which he saw growing 34. 10 in 5 those pa●ts, he thought there 2 would some mischief hang over (1 & 4) his 17. 2 head, should he stay any longer there 1. H. Ex principiis dissidiorum, quae in illis nascentia partibus advertebat, judicabat, fore ut sibi [ei], si diutius ibi consisteret [commoraretur] aliquid mali supra caput impenderet. R. I am to 7 go a hunting 34. 2 too (day 44. p) with 2 two or ● three friends of mine 30. 4: or else 32. p I would speak with 47. 5 him face to face 29. 1, and bid him welcome home. R. Lundum est mihi hodie venatum unà cum duobus tribusve amicis meis: alioquin ipse eum coram alloquerer [convenirem], eique de incolumi suo reditu [domum reditione] gratularer [illique advenienti salutem darem]. H. There 2 is no question but (27. p) he will be as glad as 5 can be to 6 see you. H. Non dubium est quin perinde futurus sit laetus, ac qui laetissimus, ubi [cum] te videbit. R. I am fully of your mind 52. 5 Herbert. Far you well. R. Prorsus juxtà tecum Heberte sentio. Foeliciter vale.   

DIALOGUE X.  
Martin. Roger. Martinus. Rogerus. M. COme Roger, since 1 we have nought to 6 do, let us lie on 1 the grass here a little while, and 4 talk together. M. AGe mi Rogere, cùm quod agamus nihil sit, aliquantisper hic in gramine requiescamus, ac confabulemur. R. I was thinking 34. 1 how 1 little worth 1 all even the greatest worldly honour was, which me thought was like that 1 Summer 40. 1 apple, that 2 but just now (13. 8. & p.) was hanging 34. 1 on 1 the trees 30. 17 top, but 10 now is fallen 52. 1 upon 2 the ground. R. Meditabar quàm parvi pretii esset omnis vel maximus mundanus honour, qui mihi quidem similis [non dissimilis] visus est aestivo [praecoci] isti malo, quod modò in arboris cacumine pendebat, verùm nunc in terram decidit. M. Verily it is worth the while 49. 2 sometimes to 1 think of 16 such 2 things, since 1 the condition of worldly things is such 3 & 4 that 5 many times he that 2 thinks he stands the surest falls the soon of 6 all 2. The more 4 that 8 a man's 4 worth 3 is, the greater 23. 4 envy shall he be liable to (1 & 52. 4) most an end (23. app.). M. Profecto operae pretium est nonnunquam de rebusejusmodi cogitare, cùm ea sit humanarum conditio rerum, [sic, ita res humanae sint] ut saepenumero qui sibi pulcherrimè stare videtur, citissime omnium dilabatur. Quanto major est ullius dignitas, tanto graviori invidiae plerunque obnoxius erit. R. And 4 when once a man 4 is fallen 52. 1 into 6 any disgrace, than 1 he shall be sure to be 52. 5 [i. e. it is most certain that he shall be] persecuted 52. 3 by 5 such 4 as 7. p he was followed 52 3 by 5 before 3. R. Quod si [sin verò] quis unquam in aliquod dedecus incurrerit, tum est certissimum [certo certius] fore ut two, qui cum ante sunt secuti persequantur. M. Such 1 truth is there 2 in 5 that 1 old saying 35. 3— Whatsoever 38. 3 is put into 6 a riven dish [i. e. is done for 3 an unthankful person] is lost. M. Tantum est in veteri illo Adagio veri— Pertusum quicquid in dolium insundi●●● [i. e. quicquid ingrato seceris] perit. The end of the Dialogues. The glory be to God. Finis Dialogorum. Dco gloria.    

Faults to be thus corrected.  
Pag. 3. l. 12. the Example Aemilium circa, etc. belongs to the next Rule, l. 26. for other Phrases, r. certain particular Phrases, & so in some following Chapters, p. 9 l. 12. Consul videt, hic l. 16. animum l. 17. put out quoque, l. 27. r. procul, 11, 12. qualem, 14. 3. put out or Dative 22. ult. ni essem, 23. 3. put esset after juramento 25. 14. put out this one I. 17 ausculta l. 20. fida 33. 28. concupiscimus 34. 23. put out nemini etc. to videte, l. 26. paucas 35. 12. multo 39 6. Ter. 40. ult. me 41. 31. gemitus 43. 31. hath 44. 20. persuasuros l. 32. principum 45. 26. eo 47. 6. quod, 50. 24. dejiciemus 51. 2. habebunt 54. 29. pius, 56. 12. condemnaretur 57 25. infantis 59 20. funus 63. 1. but after more 64. 11. sudores l. 29. aestimas? 69. ult. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 72. 14. negative speeches 73. 15. meritorum memoriam 74. 18. blot out si tu, etc. to Aliter 76. 26. r. chap. 24. 77. 11. put the Example. By little, etc. among the part. Phrases 82. 10. tabe tuâ natarum, 84. 28. is saying, 85. 18. iidem 94. 10. vexabar 96. 25. ● 100 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 105. 3. absumpsit 109. 21. since I must 110. 13. repulsam l. 15. dies est. 110. 28. colerem, 111. 19 put out jam 113. 22. fient 114. 21. so greatly l. 32, abest ut 115. 25. vobis 119. 8. Flor l. 23. patet 121. 24. accidit l. 28. properaret 122. 18. possitis l. 32. Farentanae and Farentane 124. 31, cuperet. 125. 28. censeo 128. 12. recepissem, 129. 16. me 134. 14. mediocria 135. 5. facit 137. 22. against 141. 23. to swim 144. 30. referendum 147. 4. ultro 150. 17. testudine l. 23. were 152. 29. hic for sui 155. 27. without jesting 158. 3. denos 163. 14. postridie quàm 170. 8. I see 172. 16. loquax 175. 5. or supra l. ult. of for or 183. 22. Plaut. Maen. 184. 19 dumb for diem 185. 20 etc. for and 186. 21. Parmeno 190. 9 of which peace 191. 5. hint 192. 3. dedit l. 25. rendering 194. 6. nisu 198. 14 come, 201. 10. hither 204. 4. a thing 207. 3. emifisse 211. 25. illa. Some few literal faults in the Supernumerary examples are omitted, as being easily discernible to any ordinary Reader.  
In the Praxis.  
Pag. 1. l. 6. put the figure (1) in place of (2) pag. 3. l. penult. diei. Some Copies need these corrections following: Pag. 6. l. 10. after dixisses, put nunquam, l. 13. minùs honestam de Academiâ, l. 24. [nisi] 8. 9 blot out these marks [] and put quem after modò. 10. 2. parley. l. 4. read that line after the fifth. l. 14. abdicari. l. 21. after officii put commonefeceris. l. 23. consiliis. 11. 11. ad ullam lectionem. l. 13. est for eum. 16. 7. pretiosissimumque.   

Idiomatologiae Anglo-latinae Specimen.  
OR, A Taste of an English-Latine phraseology.  
Rendering many of our most ordinary and most difficult English Phrases into Latin, according to the Propriety of Speech observable in both the Languages.  
A Work New and Useful both for our own and other Countrymen.  
By the Author of the Treatise of English Particles.  
LONDON, Printed for T. Garthwait at the Little North-door of Saint Paul's Church, 1655.   

A Preface to the Reader.  
Courteous Reader,  
BEsides the variety of Elegancies in the Particles of our Language, there are almost infinite other Elegancies in it, arising from the various acceptions and uses of other Parts of it. From whence it comes to pass both that other Countrymen find our Language so hard to be learned, and our own Countrymen find it so difficult to render our Language in proper Phrase into Latin. Having long observed this, I began out of the Authors that I read (as well Modern as Ancient, Domestic as Foreign) af●er this Form, that is here presented to thee, to compose a Phrase-book, wherein there should be ranked one against the other Proper Latin Phrases answering to so many Proper English Idiotismes as the Capital word under which they were placed did ordinarily bear. Having communicated this my Design (wherein I walk an untrodden path) to some prudent Persons, I have been drawn by pressing reason to give thee this Taste of it: which accordingly as I shall find thou dost like or disrelish, I shall be willing either to augment, or to retract. Yet I believe, when thou hast well considered of it, thou wilt find not only an usefulness in such a work when done, but even a Necessity, or something like it, of some such works being done if not by myself, yet by some other more able Person. A fair interpretation of my zeal to thy service ● a candid acceptation of my endeavours for thy good; and a charitable censure to my faults in all, if, as I beg, so I may obtain of thee, I shall the more comfortably sit down and study how I may in the most Useful way express myself, what I unfeignedly am  
Thine to serve thee W. Walker. Louth School June 30th, 1655.   


Abide.  
I Am not able to abide in the house. DUrare nequeo in aedibus, Plaut. He could not abide that. Pati non potuit, ut- T. No man were able to abide him. Nemo posset hunc perpeti, T. He could not abide such cruel sooners. Tam saeva miracula non tulit, Mart. I shall not abide to be by. Non possum adesse, T. I cannot abide to do it. Aegrè est mihi facere, Plaut. If you abide but the first charge. Primamsi coitionem sustinueris, T. I will not abide it. Non patiar, non feram, non sinam, Cic. He cannot abide a wife. Abhorret à re uxoriâ, T. The father cannot abide the son. Odio parenti filius est, Cic. I perceive they can abide none of us. Invisos omnes nos esse illis senti●, T. Hec. It will abide. Firmum & stabile illud permansurum est, Cic.   

Able.  
I am able to allow it. Est mihi unde haec siant, T. I bore them as well as I was able. Ut potui, tuli, Cic. They are not able to help themselves. Nihil opis est in ipsis, Cic. He was so able a man. Ita bonis viribus fuit, Cic. He is not able to pay. Non est solvendo, Cic. He gives more than he is well able. Benignior est quàm res patitur, Cic. - So as that we may be able to be liberal to our own. - Ut facultas sit quâ in nostros simus liberales, Cic. He is not able to bear so great an envy. Tam magnae non est par invidiae, Mart. If you be able to abide the first brunt. Primam si coitionem sustinueris, Ter. I am not able to abide in the house. Durare nequeo in aedibus, Plaut. Amphit. One of this age is able to be of the Emperors Guard. Praestare Neronem securum valet haec aetas, Juv. 8. Sat. - ●hat is able to bear any griefs. - Qui ferre queat quoscunque dolores, Juv. 10. Sat.   

Break.  
I will break your pa●e. Diminuam tibi cerebrum, Ter. At break of day. Cum lucesceret, Cic. Prima luce, Ter. Ortu Luciferi, Juv. Cum primo Stellas Oriente fugârat Clara dies, Virg. He hath somewhat to break his sleep for Habet propter quod rumpere somnum debeat, Juv. noctes pervigilet, Plaut. vigilias agate, Cic. To break promise. Fidem datam solvere T.- Fallere, Cic. I will break this custom of yours. Adimam hanc tibi consuetudinem, T. Ph. 1. 3. He breaks the league of hospitality. Tesseram hospitii confringit, Godw. He breaks his brains with studying. Ingenii vires studendo comminuit, Ou. Vide Phras. Winton. To break ajest. R●sum joco movere, Cic. They break their fast betimes in the morning. Multo mane jentant, Cic. To break a league. Foedus violare, rumpere, frangere; Sanctiones rescindere, Cic. To break up a letter. Epistolam resignare; linum incidere, Cic.   

Brought.  
The matter is now brought to that pass, that- Adeo res rediit; in eam jam res rediit locum, ut, T. By their tricks it was brought to pass that- Eorum artificiis effectum est, ut- Cic. He cannot be brought off from it. Ab eo deduci non potest, Cic. I cannot yet be brought to do it. Nondum adducor ut faciam, Cic. She is brought to bed of a Girl, o● two Boys. Puellam Peperit, T. Geminos enixa est. See what I am brought to. Hem quo redactus sum, T. He hath brought mischief upon himself. In se iram derivavit, T. I heard by the Seaman that brought them. Audivi ex nautâ, qui illas vexerat, T. He hath brought me into a great deal of trouble. Magnâ me curâ & sollicitudine affecit, T. They carry out with them all they brought. Efferunt, quae secum huc attulerunt, T. We were brought up together of little ones. Una è pueris parvuli educati sumus, T. He hath brought me into disgrace. Conflavit mihi invidiam, Cic.   

Case.  
As the case stands. In hoc rerum statu; è re natâ, T. You see how the case stands. Videtis quo in loco res haec sit, T. So stands the case. Sic res est; T. Sic se habet, Cic. To argue the case Pro & Con. Manum conserere, Godw. Ant. Put the case my son was worthily punished. Tulerit sanè filius nost●r merito poenas, Quint. Put the case he be cast. Pone eum victum esse, T. Ph. 4. 3. Put the case it be not so. Ne sit sanè, Cic. I thought it a very hard case. Durum admodum mihi videbatur, Cic. You are every whit in as bad a case. In eadem es navi, Cic. F. l. 1. Ep. 5. In very good case. Perbono loco res est, Cic. As if it were their own case. Quasi sua res agatur, Cic. The case is not the same. Dissimilis ratio est, Cic. Oftentimes cases happen, when- Incidunt saepe tempora cum— Cic.   

Charge.  
He gave it me in charge. Hoc mihi in mandatis dedit, Plaut. They were provided at a small charge. Parvo curata sunt, Cic. He could never be able to undergo the charges of her. Sufferre nunquam ejus sumptus queat, T. They were routed at the first charge. Primo impetu pulsi sunt, Liv. You have undertaken a great charge. Duram cepisti provinciam, T. The whole charge resteth on you. Ad te summa rerum redit, T. The first charge is the hottest. Prima coitio acerrima est, T. He went to his charge. Ad delegatum sibi officium ibat, Plin. They charge their Maskets with Guapovide●. Sclopeta nitrato [tormentario] pulvere onerant, Com. I will not charge 〈◊〉 with any greater 〈◊〉. Nolo in illum gravius dicere, Ter. Ad. 1. 2. v. 60. He lays felony to his charge. Eum furti alligat, infimulat, Plaut. He charged the enemy in front. In ho●tium faciem irruit; impetum fecit, C. Hosts à front adortus est, Com. He is perfumed at my charge. Olet unguentum de meo, T. He lives at huge charges. P●ofusis sumptibus vivit, Cic. pro Quint. Free from taxes and public charges. 〈◊〉 & oneribus publicis immunes, Com. My coming was not a peny's charge to him. Adventus noster ne nummo quidem sumptui fuit, Cic. ad Att l 5. Case me of this charge then- Leva me igitur hoc onere, Cic F. 3. I charged him to watch a time- Praecepi ei, ut tempus observaret, Cic.   

Come.  
If it should ever come to that- Si usus veniat,— T. Hec. 3. 2. All comes out. Erumpunt omnia, Cic. If you can come to speak with him. Si ipse coràm congredi potueris, Cic. It will come to some mischief, or other. Evadet in aliquod malum, T. It is come to the last push. Ad triarios ventum est, Godw. I will not come behind. Posteriores partes non feram, Ter, Old age comes creeping on. Sensim sine sensu aetas senescit, Cic. I had ill luck to come hither. Haud auspicato huc me appuli, T. Rather than you should come to any trouble, danger- Potius quàm venias in periculum? Ter. It will come to nothing. In nihilum recidet, Cic. He doth what comes next to hand. Facit quod in proclivi est, T. Come a little this way from the door there— Concede huc paululum à foribus sodes, T. I shall be shut out from coming at— Extrudar hinc ne acc●dam ad— 1. T. What comes on't at last? Quid fit denique? T. He will come presently. Jam hic aderit, T. I feared what would come of it. Metui quid futurum donique esset; quo evaderet; quorsum iret, T. It is come to his ears. Aures ejus res contigit, Juvenal. Rem omnem rescivit, T. Marry I come fairly off— Imò verò pulchrè discedo & probè, T. Is it come to this, that—? Adeóne res rediit, ut? T. Come of a good house, kindred, family— Bono genere; genere summo; summo loco; loco nobili; nobili familiâ natus, T. & C. Let me come to myself a little. Sine paululum ad me ut redeam, T.   

Deal.  
There is a great deal of difference. Permultum interest, Cic. There is a great deal of swéetness in— Plurimum est suavitatis in— Cic. What a deal of wine hath he spent me with sipping only? Pitissando modò mihi quid vini absumpsit? Ter. Shuffle the Cards and deal them again. Misce folia & rursum impertire, distribue, Lud. Viu. I have got a great deal of acquaintance with him. In consuetudinem ejus me penitus immersi, Cic. Do you deal so with me? Itáne agitis mecum? T. A great deal more, less better— Impendio magis, minus, C. & Plaut. Nimio plus, minus, satius, Plaut. Liv. I never had to deal with her. Nunquam cum eâ mihi commercium fuit, Plaut.   

Do.  
'Twould not do. Non successit; parum processit, T. What had we best do now? Nunc quid facto est opus, vide, T. How do you? Quid agitur; ut vales? T. It makes me I know not what to do. Me consilii incertum facit, T. Ph. 4. 1. Eo me redigit, ut, quid agam, nesciam, T. 'Tis but as I use to do. Solens meo more fecero, Plaut. I will do the part; duty of— Fungar vice; partibus; officicio; munere, Plin. I can find myself to do. Quid ego agam habeo, T. You'll do no good. Nihil promoveris T. possis auxiliari I'll do you as good a turn— Vicem rèddam; reddetur opera, Plaut. I'll do it for you. Ego tibi hoc effectum reddam, T. What have you to do here? Quid tibi hîc negotii est? with me? rei mecum T. I had to do with no body else then. Quocum tum uno rem habebam, T. What to do is there? Quid istuc turbae est? T. I had much to do to get them to come. Plurimum negotii habui, ut cogerem, Cic. I have much to do to forbear. Non possum pati quin— T. Vix me contineo What shall I do first? Nunc quid primum exequar? T. You'll have enough to do, if Sudabis satis, si— T. You may do something with him— Valebis apud hominem, C. I'll do my endeavour. Dabo operam; dabitur à me opera, C. Had I wherewithal to do. Si esset unde id fieret, T. These things do a little trouble me. Nonnihil molesta sunt haec mihi. What have you to do with't? Quid tua id refert; ad te attinet? T. I'll have nought to do with you. Res tuas tibi habeto; agito, Godwyn. Antiq.   

End.  
They end their sentences with numbers. Claudunt numeris sententias, Cic. That the speech may end the better. Quo meliùs cadat oratio, Cic. They end ill. Malè concludunt, Cic. In the end of the street. In ultimâ plateâ. T. Phorm. There had been an end of- but that- Actum erat de-nisi. Flor. 4. 1. They do it to the end, for this end that- Id agunt, ut-; ob eam causam ut- Cic. I will not leave till I have made an end of it. Haud desinam donec perfecero, T. Ph. I am tearful what will be the end of it. Timeo quorsum evadat, accidat, eventurum sit, T. I am afraid it should come to some ill end. Vereor ne in nervum erumpat, T. Ph. 2. 2. v. 11. I would not have had it to have ended thus. Sanè nollem hunc exitum, T. Ad. 5. 1. It is in the latter end of that book. Est in extremo illo libro, Cic. The war is almost at an end. Bellum penè confectum est, Cic. I will make an end of speaking, ask- Finem faciam dicendi, T. Rogandi, Cic. It is to no end in the world. Frustra operam sumis, conteris; actum agis; laterem lavas; operam perdis, T. He cares not which end goes forward. Susque deque fert, habet, Plaut. Amph. 3. 2. Vide A. Gell. 16. 9 He is there most an end. Ibi plurimum [plerumque] est, T. Get you an end. Move ociùs te, T. Propera: quid stas? Come an end. Grandiorem fac ad me gradum, Plaut. Night ended the battle. Nox praelium diremit, Plaut. He will end the stir.- Seditionem in tranquillum conferet, Plaut.   

Fit.  
I think it not fit. Non par arbitror, Plaut. As it is fit you should. Ut te decet, T. Ch. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Lucian. Pro eo ac debes, Cic. Is this think you fit to be spoken of? An hoc proferendum tibi videtur? Ter. What is fit shall be done. Fient quae fieri aequum est omnia, T. A man fit for any thing. Omnium scenarum homo, G. Antiq. Ad omnia habilis, Comen. He is not fit to be sent. Non est idoneus qui mittatur, Cic. A man fit for that employment. Dignus eo munere, Cic. His shoes fit his feet. Apti sunt ad pedem calcei, C. He is fit to go Ad iter instructus est, T. Chr. for going. If you think fit. Si tibi videtur, Cic. For a fit. Ad tempus, Cic. It is fit for us. Convenit nobis, Juv. 10. He carries more than is fit. Plus justo vehit, Plaut. He can fit his speech thereto. Ad id poterit accommodare orationem, Cic. It comes, takes him by fits. Habet certa per intervalla paroxysmos, Comen.   

Give.  
He is given to the World. Ad rem attentus; avidior est, T. He gives his mind to writing— Animum ad scribendum appellit, T. I give God thanks for it. Diis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago, quando- T. Ph. 5. 7. I did not give credit to the man. Non credidi homini, Cic. 5. 6. Ep. They are forced to give way to necessity. Necessitati parere coguntur C. I'll give you a dash o'th' tooth. Pugnum in os impingam tibi, T. Ch. I'll give your hide a warning. Ego te faciam ferventem flagris, Plaut. Give ear. Animum advertite, T. If you give another word. Si verbum addideris, T. They give themselves wholly to pleasure. Se totos tradiderunt voluptati, Cic. He shall give you as much more if you take not heed. Geminabit, nisi caves, T. What answer do you give me? Quid mihi respondes, T. Come give over your freting. Jam verò omitte tuam istam iracundiam, T. To give in charge. In mandatis dare, Plaut. He gives him a challenge. Digito provocat, Godw. R. Antiq. He hath a legacy given him. Haeres est in imâ cerâ, Ib. To give over a suit; enterprise, etc. Light; conatu, incepto desistere, Virg.   

Go.  
Will you have any thing with me are I go? Nunquid vis quin abeam? T. They go from the matter. A re discedunt, Cic. I let him go. Eum missum feci, Cic. dimisi, Cic. Go to, tell me this. Agedum, hoc mihi expedi, Ter. Let us go a little nearer. Propiùs accedamus, T. Things go not well with them. Res sunt illis minus secundae, T. What doth he go about. Quid hic coeptat? T. machinatur; conatur; molitur. Which way should I go seek him? Qua quaerere insistam viâ? T Since things go so. Isthaec cum ita sint, T. He goes about to scare me with words. Maledictis deterrere parat, T. However things go with me. Ut ut meae res sese habent, T. I marvelled it should go thus. Mirabar, hoc si sic abiret, T. Go over to my wife. Transito ad uxorem meam, T. I can neither let her go nor keep her. Neque amittendi mihi nec retinendi copia est, T. Whether are you going? Quo tibi est iter? T. Chr. intendis? T. We go strait thither. Eò rectâ contendimus [proficiscimur] viâ, T. Chr. How wilt go now? Quid nunc fiet? T. I am hardly able to go on my iegs. Pedibus insistere vix queo, T, Chr. I will go think on them by myself. Ea nunc meditabor mecum, Plaut. He goes lazily about it. Somniculosè persequitur, Plaut. Go on as you began. Perge quo coepisti, Cic. Uti occoepisti, Plaut. They shall not go away with't so. Inultum id nunquam auferent, T. Chr.   

Hand.  
He doth what comes next to hand. Facit quod in proclivi est, T. Come hither on my right hand. Concede ad dextram, T. Bind him hand and foot. Quadrupedem constringe, T. You have had a good hand of it to day. Processisti hodie pulchre, T. It is only moved to what is at hand. Movetur ad id solùm quod adest, Cic. It is hard at hand. Propè instat; T. Praestò est, Com. He knew his own hand and seal. Cognovit manum & signum suum, Godw. R. Antiq. He is burnt in the hand. Nebulo stigmaticus ib. To fight hand to hand. Manum conserere, ib.  Cominus pugnare, Flor. He was in hand with the old man. Egit cum seen, T. Herald 4. 4. There is somewhat else in hand. Aliud agitur, Sen. Ep. 75. I gave money in hand. Pecuniam in manum dedi, T. Ph. 4. 3. We got the upper hand. Nostri superiores fuerunt, Caes. They fell into my hand. In potestatem meam venerunt Cic. Let me first tell up what I was in hand with all. Hoc quod coepi, primam enarrem. T. Herald 2. 3. I put all into your hands. Et me, & amorem meum, & famam permitto tibi, T. Herald 2. 3. He writes a good hand. Concinnè scribit; probè pingit, L. Viu. Hand over head. Tumultuario; fortuito, Com. You are nearer hand. Propiùs abes, Cic. Att. 1. 1.   

Head.  
I will break your head. Diminuam ego caput tuum, T. How came that into your head? Qui istuc tibi in mentem venit? Plaut. They lay their heads together. Consilia sua conferunt, T. Over head and ears in love. In amore totus est, T. In the head of the Army. Primam ante aciem, Flor. They'll run of their own heads. Sponte suâ properant, Ovid. To give one his head. Laxas dare habenas, Virg. You have hit the nail on the head. Rem acu tetigisti, Adag. He came of his own head to her. Ultro ad mulierem venit, Cic.   

Hear.  
I am glad to hear it. Voluptatem magnam nuntias, T. My father will hear of it. Resciscet rem pater, Plaut.  Permanabit hoc aliqua ad patrem, Ter. Hear Ye— Attend sis, Plaut. Animum advorte, T. Will you hear a fools counsel? Vin' tu homini stulto mihi auscultare? T. He was not heard speak for himself. Indictâ causâ damnatus est, God. Antiq. Rom. We heard it for a certain. Nos quidem pro certo habebamus, Cic. He said he heard it of— Se accepisse dicebat ex— Cic. I cannot stay to hear you now Non est mihi otium nunc auscultandi, T. I heard the news of— Renunciatum est mihi de- Cic. If we will hear the truth— Si verum admittimus, Juv. — Lest they come to hear of their own faults. — Malefacta ne noscant sua, T.   

Just.  
It is just so with me. Eadem mihi usu veniunt, C. It is just as you say. Ita res est, habet, ut dicis, C. & T. He light on me but just now. Modò me prehendit, T. Just as I was going away. In ipso discessu nostro, Cic. You ought to show yourself just to me. Te mihi aequum, justum praebere debebis, Cic. Just when we thought you were coming. Cum jam te adventare arbitraremur, Cic. Att. 1. 3. Just so as when— Haud aliter quam, cum— Ovid. if Haud secus ac si— Per. 1. Sat. Just then, when. Jam tum, cum— T. Eun. 3. 3.   

Keep.  
He keeps himself within the Town. Intra urbem se praecludit, Flor. I doubt I keep you too long. Detineo te fortasse, T. Eun. 2. 2. You cannot keep it from your wife. Neque jam id celare potes uxorem tuam, T. He hath nothing but the tiles to keep him from rain. Quem tegula sola tuetur à pluvia, Juv. 3. Sat. He keeps in the Country most anend. Ruri ferè se continet, T. Ph. 2. 3. I had a care to keep my credit. Curavi ut mî esset fides, T. Ph. 5. 7. They will not keep a ravening fellow. Alere nolunt hominem ediacem, T. I can neither keep her, nor part with her. Mihi neque ejus est amittendi, nec retinendi copia, T. Can you keep it close? secret? Potes tacere? T. Restore what was given you to keep. Red depositum, Cic. It is a very hard thing to keep a holy society. Difficillimum est sanctam servare societatem, Cic. 1 Off. 10. She gave me it to keep whilst she went to wash. Ea lavatum dum it, servan dum mihi dedit, T. Herald 4. 1— It is ill done of you, not to keep off your hand. Facis indigne, qui non abstineas manum, T. Herald 3. 3. Keep all to yourself. Integrum tibi reserves, Cic. 8 F. Ep 9 To keep open house. Aperto vivere ostio, Sen. Ep. 43. He kéeps the enemy from plundering. Hostem rapinis prohibet, Cas. Grief keeps him from coming. Dolour tenet quo minùs veniat, Cic. What a rule keep you there? Quid istic turbae agitur? T. He shall not keep me from— Neque me impedit quo minus— Cic. keep you there. Hem istuc serva, T. Ph. 1. 4. Keep yourself in. Reprime te, T. Keep in your breath. Animam comprime, T. Ph. To keep promise; touch; his word. Fidem firmare; T. Conservare, Cic. To keep within bounds. Intra limites coercere, Cic. To keep the Assizes. Forum agere, Godw. R. Antiq.   

Leave.  
Leave me as good as you found me. Restitue in quem me accepisti locum, T. I leave all to his discretion. Ejus judicio permitto omnia, T. Ph. Leave that to me. Me vide; ego videro, T. If my occasions will give leave. Si per negotia liceat, H. Leave your crying; railing. Desist lachrymare; mitte lach ymas, T. Contumelias cessa dicere, T. Ph. 2. 3. Leave, 'tis past cure. Desine, jam conclamatum est, T. I have frèe leave granted me. Libera facta est mihi potestas, Cic. You have my frèe leave to have and enjoy. Per me uti atque frui licet. Cato. He leaves not manners t'th dish. Lari sacrificat, Godw. R. Antiq — With your good leave I desire this— Abs te hoc bonâ veniâ peto, T. Ph. 2. 3. " So I leave you to God. " Sic te superis commendo, I. C. You leave out the best and speak the worst. Tu ●d, quod boni est, excerpis, dicis quod mali est, T. Ph. 4. 4. I will leave speaking. Finem dicendi faciam, T. Ph. prol.   

List.  
To live as a man lists. Sic vivere ut velis; Cic. Suo modo; more; arbitrio, T. Let him do what he lists. Faciat quod lubet; libitum est, T. He lists himself amongst them. In his nomen profitetur suum, T. He enters the lists. In arenam descendit, Gedw. Rom. Antiq. From the lists to the goal. A carceribus ad metam, God. & Com. You were not in that list. Non eras in hoc albo, Plin.  Nulla me incessit cupido, Liv. I have no list to— Abhorret animus ab— T.   

Matter.  
What great matter were it— Quantum erat, ut- Ovid. It is a great matter—? Magnum est- Cic. He thought it an easy matter. Facile credid it, Cic. What is the matter? Quid est? Cic. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; Soph. Did you tell him what the matter was? Quid rei esset, dixti huic? Ter. What makes th' matter to you? Quid tuâ id refert? T. Quid ad te—? Flor. It comes all to a matter. Tantundem e●● Juv. It is no great matter. Non magni intere●●, Cic. To get judgement twice upon one matter. De eadem causâ bis judicium adipiscier, T.   

Mean, Means, Meant.  
What do you mean? Quid tibi vis? T. Chr. Quid agis, C. What doth the man mean Quam hic rem agit? T. What should this mean? Miror quid hoc sit? T. Esse quid hoc dicam, quod—? Ovid. By all means. Quàm maxim; quoquo pacto, T. By no means. Nullo modo, Cic. Minime gentium, T. By thy means I am undone. Operâ tuâ ad restim mihi res rediit, T. By any means. Ulla, quacunque ratione, Cic. By that means. Eâ viâ, T. My father will hear of't by some means. Permanabit hoc aliqua ad patrem. I understand not what he means. Quid sibi velit [quorsum eat] none, [haud satis] intelligo, C. Eras. He means to go by break of day. Primâ luce parat ire, Ving. Men of small means. Tenuis census homines, I. C. A man of a mean condition. Imi subsellii vir. Plaut. Stich. 3. 2. Since man could mean. Post hominum memoriam, C. We are to consider what he meant not what he said. Quid senserit, non quid dixerit, cogitandum, Cic. If ever he meant to see him alive. Si viventem illum aspicere vellet unquam 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Soph, In the mean time, while— Interea loci; T. Inter haec, Liv. Interim; interea, T. But what e'er you mean. Verum ut ut es facturus, Plaut. No mean Orator. Non mediocris Orator, Cic. In apparel the mean is best. In vestitu mediocritas optima est, Cic. To keep a mean. Medium tenere, Plin. I do not mean. Non lubet, I. C.   

Mind.  
I was always of that mind. Ego semper eo fui animo, T. Chr. How came that into your mind? Qui istuc tibi in mentem venit; in ment est? Plaut. He gave his mind to writing. Animum ad scribendum adjecit; appulit, T. You know his mind concerning that. Ejus sententiam de eâ re intelligis, T. In my mind he is much mistaken. Erat longe meâ sententiâ; meo judicio, T. & C. I know his mind very well. Ego illius sensum pulchrè calleo, T. I am troubled in mind. Discrucior animi, T. I am of the same mind. Haud aliter sentio, T. Juxta tecum Mind what you are about. Hoc agite amabo, T. It will not out of my mind. Insidet in memoriâ, Cic. What was in your mind? Quid cogitabas? C. He had a great mind to— Incessit eum cupido— Liv. It runs in my mind. Mihi ante oculos observatur, C. If they have a mind to— Simo eye videtur, lubet, libitum fuerit, T. They mind how every one carries himself. Observant quemadmodum se unusqu Isque gerat. They very place putteth me in mind of— Me locus ipse admonet; mihi suggerit, C. To conceive in mind. Intellectu consequi, Quint. You have a wife to your mind. Habes ita ut voluisti uxorem, T. Is every thing to your mind. Satin' omnia ex sententiâ, T. Call to mind. Redige in; ad memoriam, T. I have told you my mind. Dixi, T. Phor. 2. 3. Let me know your mind. Me certiorem face; facias, T. Whilst he is in the same mind. Dum lubido eadem haec manet, T. This is all he minds; bends his mind to; he minds nothing but this. Ad id unum cogitationes omnes intendit, Q. Huic uni studet, C. Vacat, Plin. Indulget, Flor. Operam dat, impendit; animo incumb it, animum advertit, adjungit, intendit. Hoc unumstudet, T. Chr. Totus in eoest, Strada. Matter is minded not words. Res spectatur non verba, Cic. He is otherwise minded. Aliter est animatus, Plaut. Aliter atque ego sentit, T. Aliter animus, sententia ejus est. As a mind is minded, so— Ut homo est, ita— Ter. He minds his own business. Suum curat negotium, Cic. He came of his own mind. Ultro advenit, T.   

Need.  
It must needs be that— Abbess non potest quin— C. He said he would not do it but upon great need. Nisi necessariò facturum negat, Cic. There is no need. Nec verò necesse est C. Nihil opus est, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Soph. So that we need not look for any more. Ut nihil sit praeterea nobis requirendum, Cic. The same need drives us. Eadem nos necessitas; egestas impellit, Plaut. what need so many words? Quorsum haec tam multa de—? Cic. There is nothing yet that you need be afraid of. Nihil adhuc est quod vereare, T. He hath no need of them. Ille his non eget, Cic. As every one standeth most in need of help. Ut quisque maximè opis indigeat, Cic. If you will needs do it, why do it then. Si certum est facere, facias, Ter. Eun. 2. 3.   

One.  
The last but one. Proximus à postremo, Cic. How should one deal with such folks? Quid cum illis agas, qui? T. — One after another— — Alii ex aliis— Flor. 3. 5. The one of them is alive, the other is dead. Eorum alter vivit, alter est emortuus, Plaut. Give to every one according to their desert. Cuique pro dignitate tribuatur, Cic. Off. 16. I sent one to pay for the carriage. Misi qui pro vecturâ solveret, Cic. If he be such a one as you writ. Si talis est qualem scribis, Cic. When the Nearer is such a one as— Cùm is est auditor, qui— Cic. Had I not thought him to be such an one. Ni ita eum existimâssem, T. — But that one thing is wanting— — Ni unum desit, T. It is all one to me. Meâ nil refert, T. They like one another well. Uterque utrique est cordi, T. They help one another. Tradunt operas mutuas, T. The profit of all, and of every one be it all one. Eadem sit utilitas uniuscujusque & universorum, Cic. It is all one. Tantundem est. He salutes the Captains one by one. Centuriones sigillatim appellat, Caes. They think he will send one of his sons to you. Putant alterutrum de filiis ad te missurum, Cic. He is one of that gang. De illo grege est, T. Ad. 33. 38.   

Part.  
Night parted the fray; fight. Praelium diremit nox interventu suo, Plaut. By my good will I would never have parted from him. Quoad possem & liceret, ab ejus latere nunquam discederem, Cic. I will part with my life first. Animam relinquam potius, T. Thou hast played thy part finely. Lautè munus administrâsti tuum; parts egisti tuas, T. To take in the worst part. Rapere in pejorem partem, T. This is a fatherly part Hoc patrium est, T. the part of a Wiseman. Sapientis est, Mart. To part with something of his right. De jure suo concedere paululum, Ter. He is there for the most part. Ibi plurimùm est, T. For the most part it comes to pass that- Plerunque fit ut— Cic. It parts Helvetia from Germany. Agrum Helvetium à Germanis dividit, Caes. If it be that thou and I part. Si erit, abs te ut distrahar; avellar— Ter. Part it's amongst you. Vos inter vos partite, Plaut. I take it in good part. Boni consulo, Plaut. Aequi bonique facio, Cic. He can play any part. Omnium scenarum homo, Godw. You would hardly take his part else— Ni haec ita essent cum illo haud stairs, T. Ph. 2. 1. For my part. Quod ad me attinet, Cic. It is your part to- Tuum est officium, ut— T.   

Pass, Past, etc.  
I pass you my word. Tibi meam astringo fidem, T. The matter is brought to that pass. Adeò res rediit; in eum res rediit locum, ut— T. They bring me to that pass, that Eò me redigunt; in id redactus sum loci, ut— T. Letting these things pass— Ut ista mittam, omittam, praetermittam, T. He said it would come to pass— Affirmabat fore, ut— Suet. Whereupon it comes to pass— Ex quo id essicitur, sit, effectum est, Cic. I shall the easilier bring my purpose to pass. Consiciam facilius ego quod volo, T. I pass not for his help. Ejus operam nihil moror, Plaut. To pass over without mention. Silentio praeterire, transire, Cic. He passeth not for himself. De se nihil laborat, Cic. She is so old she is past childbearing. Parere jam diu haec per annos non potest, T. You are passed marrying. Praeterit tua ad ducendum aetas, T. He is passed a child. Excessit ex ephebis, T. All is past and done. Facta & transacta omnia, T. It is past help, cure, remedy, recovery. Actum, conclamatum est; Ilicet, peristi, T. She might have passed for- Falleret & credi posset Latonia-Ovid. There was such valour in this Commonwealth in times past. Fuit îsta quondam in hâc repub. virtus, Cic. Many words passing on both sides. Multis verbis ultro citroque habitis, Cic. No day passeth him but- Nunquam unum intermittit diem, quin- T. It came to pass as I wished it. Euénit ex sententiâ, Ter. To pass sentence, judgement- Sententiam far, dicere, Quint. Judicium pronuntiare, Cic. He hath passed his time in pleasure. Ille suam vitam semper egit in otio— T. He hath passed it away by bargain. Pactione transmisit, Com. They passed away the night in talk. Noctem sermone trahebant, Virg. He hath passed his account. Rationem retulit, reddidit, 12.   

Purpose.  
It were then indeed to some purpose. Si quidem-tum istuc prodesset, T. Eun. 3. 1. His purpose was. Id voluit: hoc ejus consilium fuit, T. They purposed to bring it up- Decreverunt tolleret. And. 1. 3. It will be to as much purpose- Tantun dem egero, T. To the same purpose. In eandem sententiam. To no purpose. Nequicquam, Juv. Frustrà, T. Incassum, V. As it was purposed. Ut erat propositum, Cic. It was done of purpose. Composito est factum, T. De industriâ consultò & cogitatò; Meditata & praeparata inferuntur, Cic. To What purpose? Quam ad rem? Cic. For these very purposes. Haec ipsa ad munera.   

Quartir.  
They had their quarters about Aquile jam. Circa Aquileiam hyemabant, Caes. He draws them out of their Winter quarters. Ex hibernis educit, Caes. The enemy broke out from all quarters. Ex omnibus partibus, omni tractu hostis erupit, Flor. 3. 2. She came into these quarters about three years ago. Abhinc triennium commigravit huc viciniae, T. And. 1. 1. They have quarter given them. In fidem [deditionem] accipiuntur, Com. There was no quarter given. Ad inter necionem coesi sunt, Liv. A quarter [i. e.] fourth part of- Quadrants- Col. Gell. What a quarter they keep- Quid turbae est apud forum, T. And. 4. 4.   

Reason.  
I wonder what should be reason that Miror quid causae fuerit, quod, Cic. There is reason why you should yield me this. Aequrum est me à te impetrare ut- Cic. There is no reason for- Non est quod- Sen. There is some reason for it. Non est temere- T. It were more reason that it should be done willingly. Aequius erat id voluntate sieri, C. Do I not ask reason? Num iniquum postulo? T. As reason was- Ita uti par fuit, T. The reason is this. In causâ haec sunt, T. She could not by reason of her age. Neque per aetatem etiam poterat, Ter.   

Set.  
He set upon him cowardly [at unawares, or unprovided]. Imparatum adortus est; aggressus est, T. Set your heart at rest. Animo otioso esse impero, T. Supper is set on the table. Coena apponitur, T. Ph. 2. 2. If you be set on it- Si certum est faceret. The Sun is set. Sol occidit, Com. I set all other things aside. Omnes posthabui mihi res, T. Ph. 2. 2. We have set down those things wherein- Eas res constituimus quibus-justitia continetur, Cic. 1. Off. On a certain set Day. Stato quodam dic, Flor. 1. 13. It is most stncerely set down. Sanctissimè perscriptum est, Cic. Yourself have set a time when these things shall cease. Tute his rebus finem praescripsisti, Ter. And 1. 1. Men do not set a net for an Hawk. Non rete Accipitri tenditur, T. These were not set Forth, [out] by him. Non haec sunt edira ab illo, Ovid. Do you set so little by me? Itáne abs te contemnor? T. I set the more by him- Pluris cum feci, quod- Cic. I set mach by it. In magno pretio habeo, Sen. They set nothing by it. Pro nihilo dueunt; Cic. Nihili, parvi, aestimant, faciunt, habent, pendunt. He sets himself to please the most. Se quamplurimis placere studet, T. Many of those trees were set with mine own hands. Multae istarum arborum meâ manu sunt satae, Cic. He hath set his heart, mind on- Animum adjecit, appulit ad T. They set us together by the ears. Committunt nosmet inter nos, Suet. He hath set up trads. Quaestum occepit, Ter. And. 1. 1.   

Take.  
Let him take this for an answer. Is sibi responsum hoc habeat, T. I must take a journey to- Est mihi iter in- T. What way shall I take? Quam insistam viam? T. They take on because they want what they love. Illis, quia defit quod amant aegrè est, T. He takes me behind by the cloak. Pone apprehendit pallio, T. I will take him aside; alone. Prendam hominem solum, T. Ph. 4. 3. I will take witnesses- Mihi testes adhibebo, T. He takes these things mighty impatiently. Haec tolerat violenter, T. Ph. 5. 1. Animo hoc oppidò iniquo fert, ibid. Duriùs accipit, Cit Att. 1. 1. Was not that enough to take wrong at him? but- Nun id satis erat accipere ab illo injuriam? Etiam- T. Ph. 5. 2. He takes her about the middle. Mediam mulierem complectitur, T. Let him take his swing. Animum expleat suum; T. He endeavours to take me off from- Operam dat, ut me abstrahat à T. A should be loath to take your oath- Jurato metuam tibi credere; Juv. I shall take you tardy. Imparatum te offendam, C. Oscitantem te oppriman, T. He takes the Senate's part. A Senatu stat. C. Taking them for enemies— Hostem rati— Flor. 1. 18. They take it in the worse part. Rapiunt in pejorem partem, T. Let us take our héels. In pedes nos conjiciamus, T. Nos fugae mandemus, Caes. He takes the upper hand. Dextrum claudit latus, Juv. He will take my word before your oath. Injurato plus credit mihi, quam jurato tibi, Plaut. His word may be taken. In verbis inest fides, Ter. Take my word for this. Crede hoc meae fidei, T. Eun. 5. 2. I am mightily taken with them. Quibus ego incredibiliter delector, Cic. These things take with the people. Laudantur, probantur in vulgus, Cic. We take wrong courses. Praeposteris utimur consiliis, C. Take heed what you do. Vide quàm rem agas, T. He hath taken the fault upon himself. Crimen suscepit; peccatum in se transtulit, T. To take example by others. Ex aliis sumere exemplum sibi, T. He is taken in adultery. In adulteriodeprehenditur, C. She might have been taken for— Credi posset Latonia-Ovid. He takes bad courses. Ingurgitat se in flagitia, Cic. It takes deep root. Altas radices agit, Cic. He takes his pleasure. Animo suo morem gerit, Plaut. I take it to heart. Hoc mihi cordi est, Ter. They never take thought. Nihil morantur, T. Chr. To take Sanctuary. Ad aram, asylum confugere, C. Take it in a word thus. Brevi sic habeto, C. No body takes pity of me— Mei miseret nemo, Plaut. He takes to him again. In gratiam cum eo redit, Cic. Take you no care for that. Mihi curae est, T. He takes a solemn oath. Conceptis jurat verbis, Plaut.   

Tell.  
I'll tell him of all. Nihil reticebo, T. What tell you me of your son? Filium narras mihi? T. I tell you truly. Quod res est dico, T. Chr. I have now no time to tell. Non est nunc narrandi locus, T. He had one at home to tell him. Domi habuit unde disceret, T. He cannot tell which is which Uter sit, non quit decernere, Plaut. Act. 2. She tells her father of the adultery. Adulterium parenti indicat, Ovid. Tell it, if thou canst, in a word. Id, si potes, verbo expedi, T. Tell it me then. Cedo dum, T. She hath got somewhat to tell him of. Habet quod ei obganniat, Ter. I am come to tell you, that— Ad vos venio nuntiatum— T. Tell me where you dwell. Ede ubi consistas, i. e. dic ubi habits, Juv. 3.   

Time.  
I have spent my time in that study. In eo studio aetatem consumpsi, Cic. I had thought to have writ something to you at this time. Statuissem aliquid hoc tempore ad te scribere, Cic. So as that we had not time to think. Ut ne esset spatium cogitandi, T. I have not time to tell thee now. Nunc non est narrandi locus, T. In former times. Olim, T. Ph. 5. 1. At this time. In praesentia, T. In the mean time the old man told me. Interea mihi senex narrabat, T. At one and the same time. Uno eodemque momento, Flor. 3. 3. I shall find a time to be revenged on you. Est ubi vos ulciscar, T. Without it be told you an hundred times over. Nisi idem dictum est centies, T. If at any time you be cited to be a witness. Si quando vocabere testis, Juv.   

Use.  
You muse as you use. Animum alterius ex tuo spectas, T. My heart is so light, over what it useth to be. Ita animus praeter solitum gestit, T. Chr. It was never his use. Mos illi nunquam fuit, Plaut. We have not been used to these waters. Non aquis assuevimus istis, Ovid. To use force. Vim adhibere, Cic. Somewhat differing from what uses— Aliquanto secus atque solet, Cic. If you use her otherwise than is fit— Si tu illam attigeris secus quàm dignum est, T. He used her but unkindly. Non humanitus tractavit, T. Had it been a thing known and used— Si nota atque usurpata res esset— Cic. Riches are desired for necessary uses. Expetuntur divitiae ad usus vitae necessarios, Cic. He is wise that useth you so— Ille sapit, qui te sic utitur, Juv. 5. Sat. It is a great matter to be used to a thing in one's youth. In teneris consuescere multum est, Virg. A te id, quod consuesti, peto, Cic. He puts out money to use. Argentum foenori dat, locat, Plaut. He borrows money upon use. Argentum foeneri sumit, Plaut. I will pay the use money to him. Ei usuram pendam, Cic. Att. l. 13. It is but as I use to do. Solens meo more facio, Plaut. He brings up a fashion grown out of use. Rem desuetam usurpat, Liv. Not used to the fashions of the Romans. Insuetus moribus Romanis, Liv. He used great severity towards them. Graviter in eos animadvertit, Com.   

Way.  
Which way will you do it? Quâ viâ istuc facies? T. Phor. Quâ re-? T. I will tell you by the way. Dicam in itinere? T. Phor. I am going another way. Aliò mihi iter est, Hor. You lighted him the way to- Cui facem praetulisti ad- Cic. I am a great way of. Longè absum, Cic. I am no way fitted for Minime sum accommodatus ad- Cic. I know which way it useth to be ●●●e. Quo pacto id fieri soleat calleo, Ter. I go strait way thither. Eo rectà viâ quidem illuc, T. Phor. 2. 1. Two manner of ways. Dupliciter; duobus modis, C. We sèe a great way off Longo interjecto intervallo videmus, Cic. D●te way if he be an enemy, another way if a competitor- Aliter si est inimicus, aliter si competitor- Cic. He courteously showeth the way to one that is out of his way. Homini erranti comiter commonstrat viam, Cic. A new way of conquering. Nova vincendi ratio, Cic. I went my own way. Meo instituto usus sum, Cic. I know not which way to avoid them. Quae neque uti devitem scio, neque- Ter. Let her go her way hence Haec hinc facessat, T. Lest she should some way come to the knowledge of it. Ne id aliquà uxor mea rescisceret, T. Go thy way and tell- Tu abi, praenuncia- T. He is going on his way. Cursum instituit, T. Ph. 5. 6. By the way- he will read or write. Obiter-leget, aut scribet, juu. 3. Sat. If there be no way but you will nèeds do it. Si certnm est facere- T. Sun. 2. 3. This is the only way to prevent it. Id ut ne fiat, hae res sola est remedio, T. Eun. 3. 1.   

World.  
He is known all the world over. Toto notus in orbe, Martial. There is nothing in the world that I would rather hare- Mihi nunc nihil rerum omnium est quod malim, quàm- T. As the world rules. Hoc tempore; ut sunt mores, T. There is nothing in the world more unreasonable, than- Homine imperito nunquam quicquam injustius, T. By no means in the world. Minime gentium, T. I know not what in the world to do. Nec quid agam certum est, T. I know not whereabouts in the world I am. Non ubi terrarum simscio, Plaut. He will be well spoken of to the world's end. Memoriam illius viri excipient omnes anni consequentes, Cic. What says the world of me? De me quis populi sermo est Pers. We are too much given to the world. Ad rem avidiores sumus, T. This is the fashion of the world. More hominum faeit, Plaut. A world of little small stars. Infinitae minutissimae stellae, Com. It is one of the strangest things in the world. Nihil mirabilius, Com.    

An Index of the Heads in this Specimen.  

Abide 1  
Able 2  
Break 3  
Brought 4  
Case 5  
Charge 6  
Come 7  
Deal 9  
Do ibid.  
End 11  
Fit 13  
Give 14  
Go 15  
Hand 16  
Head 18  
Hear ibid.  
Just 19  
Keep 20  
Leave 22  
List 23  
Matter ibid.  
Mean, Means, Meant 24  
Mind 26  
Need 28  
One 29  
Part 30  
Pass, Past, etc. 31  
Purpose 33  
Quarter 34  
Reason ibid.  
Set ibid.  
Take 3●  
Tell 39  
Time, 40  
Use 42  
Way  
World 43   
The End.   

An Index of the Treatise of PARTICLES. The first number of each quotation directs to the Page, and, if it be alone, to the Chapter beginning there; the second to the Rule or Note, and p. to the particular Phrases of that Page; the short stroke (thus-) distinguisheth the quotations.  

A, an 189. 6. A or The before Polylables in-ing 102. 2. I go a hunting, 95. 2  
Above 175-93. 1. More than, 176. 2, 3-60. 2  
About, 1  
Accord, 193  
According to 140. 4-164. 5  
Adjectives compounded with does, in or un, 4  
Adverbs compounded with does, in or un, 4  
After 4 after he had [or having] done it, 99 9-126. 9-15. 10  
Afterwards, then, next, secondly. thirdly, etc. 131. 1  
Against, 202  
since, 111. 4 6  
〈◊〉 loan 7. p. let me alone, 213. 1  
Along, 8  
Also, 173. 3  
Although though, 36. 11-159. 1-115 p-72. 1  
Always, 197. 3  
I Am to [or, must] do it, 143. 7  
vid. Must, 68  
And 8. both-and, 21. 2  
Any, ever a, any thing, aught, 52. 5-197. 1-68. 2-195. 3  
As, 10. as to, as for, concerning 12 p37. 12-218. 12  
At, 13 at last, 216. 3-16. p.  
He is Away, got away, etc. 125. 8 200. 3. Shall not go away with it so, 154. p.  
To Be 144 paper not good to be written on, 98. 7. vide Passive Englishes, 188. 1, 3  
Because, being, since that 20. 3-109. 1-123. 6. I thank you because you did [or, for doing] it 96. 4  
Becometh, 16  
Before, 17. before that, 126. 9-18 2-198. 5-18. 3, etc.  
Being, 19  
Below, under, 150. 1  
Besides, more, else, moreover 196. 3, 4-63. p.  
Beyond, over, 93. 2. above, more than, 176. ●  
Both, 21  
But, 22  
By, 26. he gets glory by giving 28. 4. 104. 2. by how much-by so much Vide much, 66. 5 & The 61. 4-125. 8. by or of after Passives, 85. 11-28. 5  
To Come to be or become, 16. 2  
Concerning, about, 2. 4-87. 16. as for, 37. 12-12. p-218. 12  
Cross, overthwart, over, 93. 3. contrary to, against, 203. 4  
Dis-] Adjectives and Adverbs compounded therewith, 4  
Each one, 6. 2-119. 1  
Either, 91. 1.  
Else, 195  
To the End that 97. 5-121. 4-138. 3 etc.  
Even such, even then when, 131. 1. 114. p. even as if 7. p-52. p. even the selfsame, 107. 2. I'll be even with you, 154. p.  
Ever, 197. Ever since 198. 6-110. 3 ever a, any, 197. 1  
Except, saving that, but 25. 9-1563  
How Fain would I, 46. 1  
Far, much, 65. 3. as far as I am able 10. 2-13. p-119. 1. as for as, for aught that, 69. 3. thus far, as yet hitherto 160. 2. So far fromthat 20. 5-167. 5-98. 8-114. p-42 p.  
For, 31. for aught, as far as, 69. 3 for writing, 96. 4. etc. 35. 9 born, profitable, for, to etc. 138. 2, 3, etc. I dare not, for angering him, 97. 6  
Forasmuch, sinee that, 109. 1-20 3-12. p.  
From, 40. from, of, out of, by 29. 7 from above, 178. 5. from on high, 41. 4. discouraged from learning, 40. 2-104. 2. So far fromthat, Vide Far.  
Great, much, 64. 1. greatly, much, 65. 3. greater, more, 60. 2  
Hard by, 30. P-27. 3. 14. 6. hardly, 127. 10  
Having [when, after he had] done it, 99 9 126. 9 15. 10. I would have you study how &c. 47. 5  
Her, of hers, her sells, etc. 42-108. 1  
Hereto, 188. 2  
His, of his, himself &c. 42. 108. 1. Virgil his [or Virgil's] works, 87. 17  
Hitherto, as yet, 160. 2  
How, 46-187. 7  
However, yet, 159. 1  
Howsoever, 113. 3-198. 4  
If, 49  
In, 52. into 53. 6. in comparison of 144. 9-55. P. negligent in writing 104. 2-53. 3. Adjectives and Adverbs compounded with does, in or un, 4  
Indeed, 43. 2-108. 2-159. 1  
Infinitive Mood how to be varied, 138, 3, etc.  
- ing] of the English of the English of the Participle of the Present tense, 95. Of Polysyllables in-ing, 102. See also the Particles by, for, from, in, of with, etc. when they come before words in-ing.  
It, us, itself, etc.  
Kind, sort, manner of, such 116. 2-86. 15-181. 6. A kind of covetous fellow, 147. p.  
Last, 215  
Less then, short of, under, 150. 2  
Lest that 127. 10-97. 6  
Let, 213  
Like, 178  
Long, 55. longer than, above P. 176. 2. how long, 48. 57 not my own man, 109. P.  
As great as might be, 10. 3  
Me vid. you, 170. myself, Vide self.  
More, 60. more then, above 60. 2. 176. 2, 3. any thing more, else, 195. 3  
Most, 63  
Much, 64  
Mu, or aught 68-143. 7. like to be, must be, 181. 5  
Near, hard by 27. 3-14. 6-30. p. near, like to be, 180. 3. near being killed 167. 5  
Neither, nor, 9 2-37. 13  
Next, then, secondly, thirdly, etc. 131. 1. Next after, 4. 15. p6. p.  
Never, 70  
Nevertheless 71. p-36. 11. yet 159. 1  
No, 72. no, not a, never a, 71. 2  
Nor, neither, 9 2-37. 13  
Not, 74. not a, never a, 71. 2  
Notwithstanding, 71. p-36. 11- yet 159. 1  
Nouns repeated with a Preposition betwixt them, 77  
Now at last, 216. 3  
Of 78. of living or to live, 78. 2. 103. 1-105. 4. out of, by, from, 29 7. concerning, about 2. 4-87, 16. 218. 12, as for 37. 12. become of 17. p.  
Often, 105. 4  
On or upon, 88  
All at once, 7. p.  
One may [a man may] ask, etc. 58 4. at one a clock, 13. 1. all one, 7 p. what a one, 185. 2  
Only, but, 25. 8  
Or, 91  
Other, 121. 4-195. 1-37. 12-44. 2  
Otherwise, else. 74. 1-195. 2  
Over, 93. over and above 177. 4-94 p. over against 202, 2-94. p. over, too much, 172. 1-94. p.  
Overthwart, cross, 93. 3  
Ought, or must, 68-143. 7  
Out, 200  
Own self, 107  
Participles of the presentense, 95  
Partly, 186. 4  
Passive Englishes, 188. 1, 3. Signs of a Verb Passive before the english of a Participle of the Present tense, 95. 1  
Polysyllables in-ing, 102. See also the Particles y, for, from, in, of, with, etc. when they come before words in-ing.  
Preposition betwixt a Noun repeated 77  
Quit out of mind, 126. 9-out of love with myself, 201. p  
rather, 19 n. 1-92. 3-61. 3  
Ready, about to 3. 5  
By Reason of, 200. 1-32. 2-31. p. No reason why 153. 3-74. 160 Reciproques, 42  
Relatives, how to be put in right case, gender and number, 189. 7 Sometimes used for Reciproques & contrà, 44. 1, 2, 3  
●entailed to a Substantive, as Virgil's works 87. 17  
Same, selfsame, 107. 2-149. 2. about the same time, 2. 2  
For his Sake, 34. 8  
Saving, except, but, 25. 9-156. 3  
Seeing that, 20. 3-109. 1  
Self, 107-43. 2  
Short 107-43. 2  
Short of under, 150. 2  
On our Side, for us, 38. 14. on thus side, etc. Vide on, 90. p.  
Since, that, seeing that, ibid. & 20.  
Sith, Vide seeing that  
Small, 114. p-116. 1  
So 112, so, such 116. 1-112. 2. so fromthat, Vide Far.  
Soever as in whosoever, wheresoever, etc. 113. 3-198. 4  
Some 81. 6-121. 4. Sometimes, 96. 3  
Soon, 40. 2-104. 2. as soon as, 12. p.  
In Stead of, for, 33. 6. It will stand you in stead, 54. 1-55. p.  
Still, yet, 160. 3  
Substantives becoming Adjectives, 118  
Such, 116  
Than, Vide Then 132. 3. more than 60. 2-176. 2, 3  
That, 119. as such, as those that, 117. 4-130. p. how or how that 47. 4-123. 6. that which, what, 186. 3. Vide Relatives, 189. 7. to the end that, Vide end.  
The, 189. 6. The or A before Polysyllables in-ing, 102. 2. The more learned thou art, the more humble be thou, 61. 4-125. 8-66. 5  
thou or thou, Vide You.  
Their, 42  
Themselves, 42  
There, 135. There is no coming for me there, 135. 2-105. 3.  
Therefore, 9 3  
Therewith, 188. 2  
This, that, they, those, for, such, 117 4  
Though, although, 115. p-176, 2-36. 11-159. 1●72, 1  
Through, Vide By, 29. 8  
Till, 183  
To, 136. to be 144-98. 7. Vide Passive Englishes, 188. 1, 3  
Together, with, 152. 2. to get them together, 120. 3  
Too, 172  
Towards, 170. 10  
Very, 147  
Un or in] Adjectives and Adverbs compounded therewith, 4  
Under, 150  
Unless, except, but, 156. 3-25. 9  
Unto, to, 136  
Up, 136. 1. up and down, 9 p.  
Upon or on, 88  
As Well as, 11. 5  
Were it not that, but that 22. 1, 2  
What, 185  
Whatsoever, 113. 3-198. 4  
When, while, 10. 1-15. P- after that 5. 2-99. 9-15. 10. When as, seeing it is such, 12. p.  
Where, 210  
Whereas, 120. 3-12. p.  
Whereby, 212. 4.  
Wherefore, 188. 2  
Wherein, 212. 4  
Whereof, 188. 2-212. 4  
Whereon, 212. 4  
Wheresoever, 113. 3-198. 4  
Whereto, 212. 4  
Whereupon, 109. 1-212. 4  
Wherewithal, 188. 2-147. p-212. 4  
Whether, 206. 91. 1. whether of the two, 205. 3-208. 3. if 49. 2  
Which, 205-120. 2-142. 6. Vide Relatives, 189. 7. Which way, how, 47. 5  
While, 10. 1-15. 10. A while since, 26. p-111. p. A little while after 123. 6  
Wither, 208  
Who, which, 120. 2-205. 1, 2-142. 6. Vide Relatives, 189. 7  
Whole, all, 6.  
Whom, Vide who, or which.  
Whose, 110. 2-87. 17.  
Whosoever, 113. 3-198. 4  
Why, wherefore, 91. 1-188. 2  
With, 〈◊〉 2. weary with walking, 104. 2-154. p.  
Within, 209  
Without, 155  
Wor● 157  
Yet, 159. l yet 9 3  
You, 161-170. 2  
Your, 162-171. 3